Home

Communication Interface - Electro

1. EASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Sets the edge detection count for the reference waveform of delay 5 112 F COUNt measurement between channels or queries the current setting EASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Sets the polarity of the reference waveform of delay measurement between 5 113 Ference POLarity channels or queries the current setting EASure BIT x AREA x DELay Sets the trace for the reference waveform of delay measurement between 5 113 EFerence TRACe channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Sets the reference of delay measurement between channels or queries the 5 113 SOURce current setting MEASure CALCulation Queries all settings related to calculation items 5 113 MEASure CALCulation ALL Turns ON OFF all calculation items 5 113 MEASure CALCulation COUNt lt x gt Queries the statistical processing count of the calculation item 5 113 MEASure CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Sets the equation of the calculation item or queries the current setting 5 113 MEASure CALCulation MAXimum lt x Queries the statistical value of the calculation item 5 113 gt MEAN lt x gt MINimum lt x gt SDEViation lt x gt MEASure CALCulation STATe lt x gt Turns ON OFF the calculation item or queries the current setting 5 113 MEASure CALCulation VALue lt x gt Queries the automated measured value of the calculation item 5 1
2. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 20 40 0 60 16 100 0 120 16 140 0 160 16 NUL DEL SP 0 Q P p 0 0 10 16 20 32 30 48 40 64 50 80 60 96 70 112 1 1 GTL 21 LLO 41 1 61 17 101 1 121 17 141 1 161 17 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 1 1 11 17 21 33 31 49 41 65 51 81 61 97 71 113 2 2 22 42 2 62 18 102 2 122 18 142 2 162 18 STX DC2 2 B R b r 2 2 12 18 22 34 32 50 42 66 52 82 62 98 72 114 3 3 23 43 3 63 19 103 3 123 19 143 3 163 19 ETX DC3 3 C S c S 3 3 13 19 23 35 33 51 43 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 4 4 SDC 24 DCL 44 4 64 20 104 4 124 20 144 4 164 20 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 4 4 14 20 24 36 34 52 44 68 54 84 64 100 74 116 5 5 PPC 25 PPU 45 5 65 21 105 5 125 21 145 5 165 21 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 5 5 15 21 25 37 35 53 45 69 55 85 65 101 75 117 6 6 26 46 6 66 22 106 6 126 22 146 6 166 22 ACK SYN amp 6 F V f V 6 6 16 22 26 38 36 54 46 70 56 86 66 102 76 118 T T 27 47 7 67 23 107 7 127 23 147 7 167 23 BEL ETB 7 G WwW g Ww 7 7 17 23 27 39 37 55 47 71 57 87 67 103 77 119 8 10 GET 30 SPE 50 8 70 24 110 8 130 24 150 8 170 24 BS CAN 8 H X h x 8 8 18 24 28 40 38 56 48 72 58 88 68 104 78 120 9 11 TCT 31 SPD 51 9 71 25 111 9 131 25 151 9 171 25 HT EM 9 Y i y 9 9 19 25 29 41 39 57 49 73 59 89 69 105 79 121 A 12 32 52 10 72 26 112 10 132 26 152 10 172 26 LF SUB J Z j z A 10 1A 26 2A 42 3A 58 4A 74 5A 90 6A 106 7A 122 B 13 33 53 11 73 27113 11 133 27 153 11 173 27 VT
3. CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor x BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst CURSor SERial SCURsor x BITorder x 210r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BITORDER LSBFIRST CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BITORDER gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSORI1 BITORDER LSBFIRST CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt FORMat Function Sets the display format of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt FORMat BINary HEXa CURSor SERial SCURsor x FORMat x 210r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 FORMAT HEXA CURSOR SERIAL SCURSORI FORMAT gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 FORMAT HEXA CURSor SERial SCURsor x HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 HYSTERESIS 1 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 HYSTERESIS gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSORI HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 spuewwoy CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt JUMP Function Moves the serial cursor to the specified direction Syntax CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt JUMP BACK FRONt l
4. cccccccccccceeceeseeseececeeceeecueauesseseececeseeseeaueaseseeeeeeseeseaueaaeeseeeeeseeseeaueaaenes iii Overview of the USB Interface 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 Part Names and Functions sssssssesssssseseeeen nennen nnne nennen enses nennt nenne nnns 1 1 USB Interface Functions and Specifications ssssssssssssseeeeeene 1 2 Connection via the USB Interface cesis inest kde teradi ga 1 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 USBY ssrin nennen nnne nnns 1 5 Overview of the Ethernet Interface Optional 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 Part Names and FUrCtOoris erp e ee tide stents Era P e eas becca Nr ERUE 2 1 Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Features and Specifications sess 2 2 Connecting to the Ethernet VXI 11 Interface ssssseeeen es 2 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 Network mme 2 5 Overview of the GP IB Interface 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 Part Names and F nctlons cecinere tenet sete ett R e seh uon ede aa Eai 3 1 Connecting the GP IB G td edet ren rtr eire den nt HERES ER E pP da dee nep Ege 3 2 GP IB Interface Fu nctlons iiie innere rcnt tte Lin e kn ee rk EEEa den dee iE 3 3 GP IB Interface Specifications sssssssssssssssssssssssses enne ener enne nnne 3 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 GPA B si emnes 3 5 Responses to Interface Messages eet nete etapas nee ined ER ca 3 6 Before Programming 4 1 MESSA
5. Symbol Meaning Example NR1 Integer 125 1 1000 NR2 Fixed point number 125 0 90 001 lt NR3 gt Floating point number 125 0E 0 9E 1 1E4 NRf X Any of the forms lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt is allowed The instrument can receive decimal values that are sent from the controller in any of the forms lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt This is represented by lt NRf gt For response messages that the instrument returns to the controller the form lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt to be used is determined by the query The same form is used regardless of the size of the value For the lt NR3 gt format the sign after the E can be omitted However the sign cannot be omitted Ifa value outside the setting range is entered the value is normalized so that it is just inside the range Ifa value has more significant digits than the available resolution the value is rounded Form Example lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt lt Unit gt SMV lt NRf gt lt Unit gt 5E 3V lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt 5M lt NRf gt 5E 3 lt Multiplier gt lt Multipliers gt which can be used are indicated below Symbol Word Multiplier EX Exa 1018 PE Peta 1015 T Tera 1012 G Giga 10 MA Mega 106 K Kilo 10 M Milli 103 U Micro 10 9 N Nano 10 9 P Pico 10 12 F Femto 10715 A Ato 10718 Unit Units that can be used are indicated below Symbol Word Meaning V Volt Voltage S Second Tim
6. TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HSYNc Hsync Freq Function Sets the user defined horizontal sync signal or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HSYNc lt Frequency gt TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HSYNC Frequency 10k to 200k Hz Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HSYNC 10KHZ TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HSYNC gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HSYNC 10 00E 03 E23 TRIGger ESTate Function Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger Syntax TRIGger ESTate TRIGger ESTate EOR Function Queries all settings related to the OR trigger Syntax TRIGger ESTate EOR TRIGger ESTate EOR CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel polarity of the OR trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ESTate EOR CHANnel x DONTcare ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger ESTate EOR CHANnel x lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ESTATE EOR CHANNEL1 DONTCARE TRIGGER ESTATE EOR CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ESTATE EOR CHANNEL1 DONTCARE Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EOR ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger SOURCce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow ON For all other cases FALL RISE is valid 5 162 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger ESTate POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger or quer
7. ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure XYINteg VALue Function Queries the integral value of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg VALue x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG VALUE gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis XY lt x gt TRANge Time Range Function Sets the measurement range of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis XY lt x gt TRANge lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALysis XY lt x gt WINDow Function Sets the measurement source window of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt WINDow MAIN Z1 2Z2 ANALysis XY lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 WINDOW MAIN ANALYSIS XY1 WINDOW gt ANALYSIS XY1 WINDOW MAIN ANALysis XY lt x gt XTRace Function Sets the X axis trace of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY lt x gt YTRace lt NRf gt ANALysis XY lt x gt YTRace Syntax lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS XY1 YTRACE 1 ANALYSIS XY1 YTRACE gt ANALYSIS XY1 YTRACE 1 Example ANALysis XY lt x gt YTRace Function Sets the Y axis trace of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY x YTRace lt NRf gt ANALysis XY x YTRace Syntax x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS XY1 YTRACE 1 A
8. IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal Sets the horizontal mode of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 42 MODE setting ANALysis FFT x LENGth Sets the number of FFT points of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 42 setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the FFT 5 42 computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to the marker cursor measurement of the FFT 5 42 MARKer computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to basic items of the marker cursor of the FFT 5 42 MARKer BASic computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure Turns ON OFF all basic items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation 5 42 MARKer BASic ALL ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Queries all settings related to the frequency value between marker cursors 5 42 MARKer BASic DFRequency of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Turns ON OFF the frequency value between marker cursors of the FFT 5 42 MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Queries the frequency value between marker cursors of the FFT 5 42 MARKer BASic DFRequency computation VALue ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to the power value between marker cursors of 5 42 MARKer BASic
9. Sets the trace of the reference waveform of the delay measurement between 5 118 channels or queries the current setting Sets the reference of the delay measurement between channels or queries 5 118 the current setting EASure TRACe x DPRoximal Queries all settings related to the distal and proximal values 5 118 command MEASure MODE Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or 5 114 queries the current setting MEASure THReshold Queries all settings related to the threshold levels of the automated 5 115 measurement of waveform parameters MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Queries the threshold levels of the trace 5 115 MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Sets the detection mode when the auto setting of the threshold level is 5 115 AUTO enabled or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Queries all settings related to the level and hysteresis of the threshold level 5 115 LHYSteresis MEASure THReshold TRACe x Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level or queries the current setting 5 115 LHYSteresis HYSTeresis MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Sets the level of the threshold level or queries the current setting 5 115 LHYSteresis LEVel MEASure THReshold TRACe x Sets the setup mode of the threshold level or queries the current setting 5 115 MODE MEASure THReshold TRACe x Queries all settings related to the upper and lower limits of the thresho
10. 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH TIME1 1S TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH TIME1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 Description TIME2 is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween TRIGger EINTerval MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the event interval or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval MODE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout TRIGger EINTerval MODE Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL MODE BETWEEN TRIGGER EINTERVAL MODE gt EINTERVAL MODE BETWEEN TRIGGER TRIGger EINTerval TIME lt x gt Function Sets the interval time of the event interval or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval TIME x Time TRIGger EINTerval TIME Xx x 210r2 Time 1 5 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL TIME1 1S TRIGGER EINTERVAL TIME1 gt EINTERVAL TIME1 1 000E 00 Descriptions TIME2 is valid when TRIGger EINTerval MODE BETWeen NOTBetween TRIGGER f you specify ElDelay or ElSequence with the TRIGger TYPE command and mix an analog signal trigger and logic signal trigger with EVENT 1 and EVENT2 of the TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE command the minimum interval time setting is 1 5 ns to 20 ns TRIGger EINTerval TRY Function Queries all settings related to the event interval trial Syn
11. Function Sets the waveform label of channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANneL lt x gt LABel DEFine lt String gt CHANneL lt x gt LABel DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE CH1 CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE gt CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE CH1 CHANnel lt x gt LABel MODE Function Turns ON OFF the waveform label display of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANneL lt x gt LABel MODE lt Boolean gt CHANneL lt x gt LABel MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 LABEL MODE ON CHANNEL1 LABEL MODE gt CHANNELI LABEL MODE 1 CHANnel x LSCale Function Queries all the linear scaling settings of a channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue Function Sets or queries a scaling coefficient A value Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE AVALUE gt CHANNELI LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 5 60 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 6 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue Function Sets or queries an offset B value Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale BVALue lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALU
12. SHIFT CLEAR key Press this key to switch from remote mode to local mode and enable the front panel keys This key is disabled when the DL6000 DLM6000 has been set to Local Lockout mode see page 2 3 by a controller A WARNING em e 9 g Ethernet port This port is for connecting the DL6000 DLM6000 to a controller such as a PC using an Ethernet cable Ethernet port This port is for connecting the DL6000 DLM6000 to a controller such as a PC using an Ethernet cable IM DLM6054 17EN 2 1 Jeuondo e ejyie3u JOUIBYA eu Jo MAIAIBAG B 2 2 Specifications Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Features Reception Feature Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Features and The DL6000 DLM6000 reception feature allows you to specify the same settings through an Ethernet connection that you can specify using the front panel keys The DL6000 DLM6000 can receive output requests for measured and computed data panel setting data and error codes Transmission Feature The DL6000 DLM6000 can transmit measured and computed data The DL6000 DLM600
13. ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE LEVel lt x gt Sets the level of the gate of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 55 ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE TRACe Sets the gate trace of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 55 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the XY display 5 55 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement of the XY display 5 55 ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link on the XY display or queries the current 5 55 XLINkage setting ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Queries all settings related to the AV cursor of the XY display 5 56 X lt x gt ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Sets the AV cursor position of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 56 X lt x gt POSition ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Queries the voltage value at the AV cursor of the XY display 5 56 X lt x gt VALue ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Turns ON OFF the AT cursor link on the XY display or queries the current 5 56 YLINkage setting ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Queries all settings related to the AT cursor of the XY display 5 56 Y lt x gt ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Sets the AT cursor position of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 56 Y x POSition ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor Queries the voltage value at the AT cursor of the XY di
14. END command will not be executed until bit O of the extended event register is set to 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 4 9 Chapter5 Commands 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ACQuire Group ACQuire Queries all settings related to the waveform acquisition 5 35 ACQuire AVERage Queries all settings related to averaging and the waveform acquisition count 5 35 ACQuire AVERage COUNt Sets the waveform acquisition count of averaging mode or queries the 5 35 current setting ACQuire HRMode Turns ON OFF the high resolution mode or queries the current setting 5 35 ACQuire INTERLeave Turns ON OFF interleave or queries the current setting 5 35 ACQuire MODE Sets the waveform acquisition mode or queries the current setting 5 35 ACQuire REPetitive Turns ON OFF the repetitive sampling or queries the current setting 5 35 ACQuire RLENgth Sets the record length or queries the current setting 5 35 ACQuire SAMPling Sets or queries the sampling mode 5 35 ANALysis Group ANALysis Queries all settings related to the analysis function 5 36 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to the accumulated histogram function 5 36 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the horizontal range of the accumulated histogram or queries the 5 36 HORizontal current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all
15. Header Interpretation Rules on page 4 4 Form Example AC DC DC50 GND AC As with the header the COMMunicate VERBose command can be used to select whether to return the response in the full form or in the abbreviated form e The COMMunicate HEADer setting does not affect the character data Boolean Boolean is data that indicates ON or OFF It is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example ON OFF lt NRf gt ON OFF 1 0 When Boolean is expressed in the NRf form OFF is selected if the rounded integer value is O and ON for all other cases Aresponse message is always returned with a 1 if the value is ON and 0 if the value is OFF String data String data is not a specified character string like Character data It is an arbitrary character string The character string must be enclosed in single quotation marks or double quotation marks Form Example String data ABC IEEE488 2 1987 Ifa character string contains a double quotation mark the double quotation mark is replaced by two double quotation marks This rule also applies to a single quotation mark within a character string Aresponse message is always enclosed in double quotation marks e String data is an arbitrary character string Therefore the instrument assumes that the remaining program message units are part of the charact
16. SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUT Y cycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth lt NRf gt lt time gt lt frequency gt see main unit user s manual Example The following is an example of the period with trace 1 area 1 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 TYPE R 1 HIS Y CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER M AE Oo JU o t HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 METER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 TYPE OD 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the measure search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt NRf NRf HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of CALCulation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION HISTORY CURRENT SEARC
17. Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay x 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY SPEED 1 HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay JUMP Function Jumps to the specified record number of the history waveform of the reference Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay JUMP MAXimum MINimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY JUMP MAXIMUM HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay SPEed Function Sets the replay speed of the history waveform of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay SPEed lt NRf gt PER3 PER10 PER30 PER60 HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay SPEed x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 3 10 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY SPEED 1 HISTORY REFERENCE REPLAY SPEED gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY SPEED 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 99 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory REFerence cx REPLay STARt Function Starts the replay of the history waveform of the reference Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay STARt MAXimum MINimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY START MAXIMUM HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay STOP Function Stops the replay of the history waveform of the reference Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay STOP lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 REPLAY STOP HISTory REFerence lt x gt TIME F
18. USB interface connector Connector used to connect the DL6000 DLM6000 to the controller such as a PC using a USB cable USB interface connector Connector used to connect the DL6000 DLM6000 to the controller such as a PC using a USB cable IM DLM6054 17EN 1 1 g 1 U JSN 24 JO M A AQ 1 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications USB Interface Functions Reception Function You can specify the same settings as those specified by front panel key operations Receives output requests for measured and computed data setup parameters of the panel and error codes Transmission Function Outputs measured and computed data Outputs panel setup parameters and the status byte Outputs error codes that have occurred USB Interface Specifications Electrical and mechanical specifications Conforms to USB Rev 2 0 Connector Type B connector receptacle Number of ports 1 Power supply Self powered PC system supported PC running Windows 2000 or Windows XP with a standard USB port a separate device driver is needed to connect to a PC Data Rate Controller PC Pentium4 3 4 GHz USB2 0 and OS Windows XP Professional SP1 Language used Visual C The table below lists the reference response times when outputting waveform data of analog signals Number of Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 51 ms Approx 0 469 s 125000 Approx 193 ms Approx 22 766 s 1250000 Approx 1606 ms
19. 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern PATTern String TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern PATTern x 210r2 String Up to 128 characters by combining 0 1 and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt STATe Function Queries all settings related to condition to be satisfied of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1or2 5 156 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe CHANnel x DONTcare HIGH IN LOW OUT TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of CHA
20. ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor Function Queries all settings related to cursor measurement of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the cursor of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure CURSor BASic lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the cursor of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC ALL ON ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the cursor of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the cursor of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt STATe Synta
21. COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC regardless of the local lockout state The REMOTE indicator at the top center of the screen disappears e Key operations are enabled Settings entered in remote mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to local mode Note The Ethernet VXI 11 interface cannot be used simultaneously with another interface USB or GP IB interface User Authentication Feature You must enter a user name and password to access the DL6000 DLM6000 through the Ethernet interface If the DL Series Library TMCTL version is 1 40 or later the password is encrypted using the MD5 algorithm RSA Data Security Inc MD5 Message Digest Algorithm and then sent to the DL6000 DLM6000 Set the user name and password in the Remote Control setup screen in the DL6000 DLM6000 UTILITY menu For instructions on how to set the user name and password see section 2 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 Network If you select VXI 11 in the Device menu of the Remote Control setup screen explained later the user authentication setup menu will not appear in the Remote Control setup screen IM DLM6054 17EN 2 3 j euondo Bdej19 U 39u19413 BY Jo MalA19AQ B 2 3 Connecting to the Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Connection Procedure Connect a UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair or STP Shielded Twisted Pair cable that is connected to a hub or other network device to the 100BASE TX port on the DL6000 DLM6000 rear p
22. Function Cancels the initialization that was executed Syntax INITialize UNDO Example INITIALIZE UNDO 5 102 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 17 LOGic Group LOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic Syntax LOGic LOGic AWINdow Function Queries all settings related to analog waveform display Syntax LOGic AWINdow Example LOGIC AWINDOW LOGIC AWINDOW DISPLAY 1 RATIO 50 LOGic AWINdow DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the analog waveform display or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic AWINdow DISPlay Boolean LOGic AWINdow DISPlay Example LOGIC AWINDOW DISPLAY ON LOGIC AWINDOW DISPLAY LOGIC AWINDOW DISPLAY 1 LOGic AWINdow RATio Function Sets the analog waveform display ratio or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic AWINdow RATio lt NRf gt LOGic AWINdow RATio lt NRf gt 25 50 75 Example LOGIC AWINDOW RATIO 25 LOGIC AWINDOW RATIO LOGIC AWINDOW RATIO 25 LOGic DESKew Function Sets the skew correction of the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic DESKew lt Time gt LOGic DESKew Time 80 to 80 ns in 10 ps steps Example LOGIC DESKEW 1NS LOGIC DESKEW gt LOGIC DESKEW 1 000E 09 LOGic GROup lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the logic group Syntax LOGic GROup lt x gt lt x gt 1to5 LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle Function Queries all se
23. Function Clears set to don t care all patterns of the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLEar Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLEAR TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE ON TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk FALL RISE LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLarity RIGger Example TRIGGER POLARITY FALL TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON 4 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x
24. Ir MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount Sample data points of the element or queries the current setting Point Count GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the error rate for the number of 5 83 MASK ELEMent x PWCount Wave acquisitions of the element or queries the current setting Count GONogo TELecomtest SELect x Sets the upper and lower limits of the number of sampled data points for the 5 83 MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount Sample element that results in error or queries the current setting Point Count oO GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the number of acquisitions for the element 5 83 MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt Wave that results in error or queries the current setting Count GONogo ZPARameter Queries all settings related to zone parameter determination 5 83 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the condition of the zone parameter 5 83 determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Sets the mode of the condition or queries the current setting 5 84 MODE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the condition parameter 5 84 PARameter GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the parameter category or queries the current setting 5 84 PARameter CATegory GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Queries all settings relate
25. MEASure PARameter Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter lt x gt 1or2 Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the area of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 and 2 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 5 38 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF all waveform parameters of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 ALL ON ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt Syntax x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK RMS SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARamet
26. PEAK V lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak voltage of the FFT search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the search using automated measurement of waveform parameters measure search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure x 1 to 4 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt Function Syntax Queries all settings related to each logic bit of measure search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT x x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt P
27. RPOSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div Example ANALYSIS FFT1 RPOSITION 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 RPOSITION gt ANALYSIS FFT1 RPOSITION 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt TRACe Function Sets or queries the source waveform for FFT analysis Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 TRACE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 TRACE 1 ANALysis FFT lt x gt TYPE Function Sets or queries the spectrum for FFT analysis Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt TYPE CH_MAG lt NRf gt CS IMAG NRf CS LOGMAG NRf CS MAG NRf CS PHASE NRf CS REAL NRf LS IMAG LS LOGMAG LS MAG LS PHASE LS RE AL PS LOGMAG PS MAG PSD LOGMAG PSD MAG RS LOGMAG RS MAG TF IMAG NRf TF LOGMAG NRf TF MAG NRf TF PHASE NRf TF REAL NRf SANALysis FFT x TYPE x2 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS FFT1 TYPE CH MAG 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 TYPE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 TYPE CH MAG 1 Example Description This command results in an error on models that are not equipped with the user defined computation option When the spectrum is set to CH MAG CS IMAG CS LOGMAG CS MAG CS PHASE CS REAL T F_IMAG TF_LOGMAG TF_MAG TF_PHASE TF_ REAL use lt NRf gt to select the second waveform under analysis IM DLM6054 17EN 5 47 spuewwoy 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALy
28. TRIGger ENHanced TV Queries all settings related to the TV trigger 5 160 TRIGger ENHanced TV COUPling Queries the trigger coupling of the TV trigger 5 161 TRIGger ENHanced TV CUSTomize Turns ON OFF the sync guard function of the TV trigger or queries the 5 161 current setting TRIGger ENHanced TV FIELd Sets the field of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 161 TRIGger ENHanced TV FRAMe Sets the frame skip function of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 161 TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC Queries all settings related to the TV trigger mode 5 161 PAL SDTV USERdefine TRIGger ENHanced Queries the low pass filter HF rejection of the TV trigger 5 161 TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC Sets the line for activating the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 161 PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC Sets the input polarity of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 161 PAL SDTV USERdefine POLarity TRIGger ENHanced TV LEVel Sets the trigger level of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 161 TRIGger ENHanced TV SGUard Sets the sync guard of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 162 TRIGger ENHanced TV SOURce Sets the trigger source of the TV trigger or queries the
29. VALue lt x gt 10r2 Parameter MEAN PEAK SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg The following is an example for the average value ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MEAN VALUE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MEAN VALUE 1 000E 00 Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Function Queries all settings related to the list display of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST ITEM Function Queries list display items of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST ITEM lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST ITEM ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI LIST ITEM LOW C1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 51 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST MODE Function Sets the list display mode of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST MODE STATistic TRENd ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST MODE lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI1 LIST MODE STATISTIC ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST MODE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI LIST MODE STATISTIC ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST SCRoll Function Sets the scroll direction of the list display of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter
30. XSMal1 LOGic SIZE Example LOGIC SIZE LARGE LOGIC SIZE LOGIC SIZE LARGE LOGic THReshold Function Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the logic signal Syntax LOGic THReshold LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD Function Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the specified pod port LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA gt LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA TYPE CMOS5 USERLEVEL 0 000E 00 Syntax Example Description On 16 bit models you can only select PODA PODC LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD TYPE Function Sets the type of threshold level of the specified pod port or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD TYPE CMOS1 CMOS2 CMOS3 CMOS5 ECL USER LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD TYPE Example LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA TYPE CMOS1 LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA TYPE gt LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA TYPE CMOS1 Description On 16 bit models you can only select PODA PODC LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD USERlevel Function Sets the threshold level of the specified pod port or queries the current setting LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD USERlevel lt Voltage gt LOGic THReshold PODA PODB PODC PODD USERlevel Voltage 10 to 10 V in 0 1 V steps LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA USERLEVEL 1V LOGI
31. eese ee ieecene einen ken tbn eiae cl rarai App 1 Appendix 2 Emor Messages nmt reae nocet Rupe eed eret E vin reu te papa eput eh App 2 Appendix 3 Waveform Parameter Name Table seeeee App 4 Appendix 4 Eye Pattern Parameter Name Table sese App 5 vi IM DLM6054 17EN Chapter 1 1 1 Front Panel Overview of the USB Interface Part Names and Functions 2 l CYOKOGAWA 4 WOW SYSTEM key Press this key to select the USB interface ZAC IES Rear Panel WO SHIFT CLEAR key Press this key to clear the remote mode controlled via communications and enter the local mode in which key operations are enabled However this act is invalid if the instrument has been set to Local Lockout mode see page 1 3 by the controller DL6000 A WARNING W amp sll e a ia ear ofo DLM6000 O Oje e A WARNING WE see mE
32. gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH 5 150 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce Function Sets the data rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern HEXA Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern HEXA lt string gt x 210r2 lt string gt combination of up to 32 characters 0 F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN HEXA ABCD Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt
33. lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION ALL ON Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation item of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation DEFine lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION DEFINE1 V P1 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt ANALYSIS FFTl MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION DEFINE V P1 Syntax Example 5 46 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation STATe lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION STATE1 ON AN
34. offset Divisions 7 12 5 Position Return value of WAVeform POSition lt NRf gt can be omitted If lt NRf gt is attached waveform data is queried lt NRf gt times in order from the record number specified by WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt 1 WAVeform SIGN Function Queries the existence of a sign when querying the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe using binary data Syntax WAVeform SIGN Example WAVEFORM SIGN gt WAVEFORM SIGN 1 Description Returns 0 if WAVeform TRACe LGRoup lt x gt IM DLM6054 17EN 5 171 spuewwoy 5 31 WAVeform Group WAVeform SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate of the record specified by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform SRATe Example WAVEFORM SRATE WAVEFORM SRATE 1 25E 09 WAVeform STARt Function Sets the first data point of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt 0 to 6 249 999 0 to 2 499 999 on 2 5 MW memory models Example WAVEFORM START 0 WAVEFORM START gt WAVEFORM START 0 WAVeform TRACe Function Sets the target waveform or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform TRACe lt NRf gt LGRoup lt x gt MATH lt x gt REFerence lt x gt WAVeform TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of LGROup lt x gt 1 to 5 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 x of REFerence lt x gt 1 to
35. CALibrate EXECute Executes calibration 5 59 CALibrate MODE Turns ON OFF the auto calibration or queries the current setting 5 59 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Queries all settings related to the channel 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Sets the input filter of the channel or queries the current setting 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Sets the input coupling of the channel or queries the current setting 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt DESKew Sets the skew correction of the channel or queries the current setting 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the display of the channel or queries the current setting 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt INVert Turns ON OFF the inverted display of the channel or queries the current 5 60 setting CHANnel lt x gt LABel Queries all settings related to the waveform label of the channel 5 60 CHANne1 lt x gt LABel DEFine Sets the waveform label of channel or queries the current setting 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt LABel MODE Turns ON OFF the waveform label display of the channel or queries the 5 60 current setting CHANnel lt x gt LSCale Queries all the linear scaling settings of a channel 5 60 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale AVALue CHANnel x LSCale BVALue Sets or queries an offset B value 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Sets or queries the on off status of linear scaling 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Sets or queries a unit that is attached to linear scaling results 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt OFFSet Sets
36. CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt lt x gt 1to5 CURSor VT BASic GROup x BITorder Function Sets the measurement bit order of the logic group of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic GROupcx BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt BITorder lt x gt 1to5 Example CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 BITORDER LSBFIRST CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 BITORDER gt CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 BITORDER LSBFIRST CURSor VT BASic GROup x FORMat Function Sets the display format of the measured value of the logic group of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt FORMat BINary HEXa CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt FORMat lt x gt 1to5 Example CURSOR VI BASIC GROUP1 FORMAT HEXA CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 FORMAT gt CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 FORMAT HEXA CURSor VT BASic GROup x STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measured value of the logic group of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1to5 Example CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 STATE ON CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 STATE gt CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 STATE 1 CURSor VT BASic GROup x VALue Function Queries the measured value of the logic group of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt
37. Function Syntax Example Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the measure search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Time gt lt Time gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYocycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TY Clnteg TYINteg V1 V2 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt Current lt Time gt and Frequency See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual The following is an example for the maximum value of trace 1 and area 1 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 TYPE MAXIMUM 0 1 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE TRACEl1 AREAl1 TYPE MAXIMUM gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 TYPE MAXIMUM 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x g
38. IM DLM6054 17EN 5 89 spuewwoy 5 13 HCOPy Group HCOPy Hard COPY Function Queries all settings related to the output of screen data Syntax HCOPy HCOPy ABORt Function Aborts data output and paper feeding Syntax HCOPy ABORC Example HCOPY ABORT Description This command is valid for HCOPy DIRection EXTPrinter PRINter HCOPy DIRection Function Sets the data output destination or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy DIRection EXTPrinter FILE NETPrint PRINter HCOPy DIRection Example HCOPY DIRECTION EXTPRINTER HCOPY DIRECTION HCOPY DIRECTION EXTPRINTER HCOPy EXECute Function Executes the data output This is an overlap command Syntax HCOPy EXECute String String Up to 259 characters Example HCOPY EXECUTE HCOPY EXECUTE Flash Mem DIR DATA Absolute path designation HCOPY EXECUTE DATA Relative path designation Descriptions If the path is not specified the data is saved to the file name specified by HCOPy FILE SAVE NAME Ifthe path is specified the auto naming function is disabled For details on the String parameter see the description in HCOPy FILE SAVE CDIRectory HCOPy EXTPrinter Function Queries all settings related to the external printer output Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Function Sets the half tone of the external printer output or queries the curre
39. MAIN Z1 Z2 FILE SAVE ASCii RANGe Example FILE SAVE ASCII RANGE MAIN FILE SAVE ASCII RANGE FILE SAVE ASCII RANGE MAIN FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe Function Sets the trace of specific data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe lt NRf gt ALL LOGic FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example The following is an example for binary data FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE 1 Description You can only select LOGic on the DLM6000 The source waveform LOGic is invalid if FILE SAVE FLOat TRACe FILE SAVE COMMent Function Sets the comment of data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE COMMent lt String gt FILE SAVE COMMent lt String gt Up to 160 characters Example FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST FILE SAVE COMMENT gt FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST FILE SAVE NAME Function Sets the name of the data file to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE NAME lt Filename gt FILE SAVE NAME Example FILE SAVE NAME SMAMPLE FILE SAVE NAME gt FILE SAVE NAME SAMPLE FILE SAVE ZWAVe ZONE Function Sets the zone of the zone data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ZWAVe ZONE lt NRf gt FILE SAVE ZWAVe ZONE lt NRf gt 1 to 4 E
40. MARKer BASic DV STATe Function Turns ON OFF the power value between marker cursors of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV STATe x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV STATE 1 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV VALue Function Queries the power value between marker cursors of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV VALue lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV VALUE ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC DV VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the frequency value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the frequency value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuen
41. MEASURE CALCULATION VALUE1 1 000E 00 Descriptions If the measurement is not possible NAN Not A Number is returned lt NRf gt indicates the nth automated measured value in the past In the case of cycle statistical processing specify the lt NRf gt th cycle from the left of the screen To specify the oldest automated measured value specify 1 If lt NRf gt is omitted the latest automated measured value is specified If the value corresponding to the relevant count is not present NAN Not A Number is returned MEASure CONTinuous Function Queries all settings related to the continuous statistical processing Syntax MEASure CONTinuous MEASure CONTinuous COUNt Function Sets the continuous statistical processing count or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CONTinuous COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure CONTinuous COUNt lt NRf gt 0 to 100000 Example MEASURE CONTINUOUS COUNT 10 MEASURE CONTINUOUS COUNT gt CONTINUOUS COUNT 10 Description When lt NRf gt 0 the maximum count that is possible under the current settings is automatically set MEASURE MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Function Restarts the continuous statistical processing Syntax MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Example MEASURE CONTINUOUS RESTART Description Clears the previous statistical data MEASure CYCLe Function Queries all settings related to the cycle statistical processing Syntax MEASure CYCLe MEASure CYC
42. MEASure PEAK BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the peak value of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic ALL Boolean x 210r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC ALL ON Syntax Example ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency Function Queries all settings related to the frequency value between peak values of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency x 210r2 ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe Function Turns ON OFF the frequency value between peak values of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency STATe lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE gt ANALYSIS FFTl1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE 1 ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency VALue Function Queries the frequency value between peak values of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DFRequency VALue lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BA
43. MEASure WAIT Function Waits for the completion of the automated measurement with a timeout option Syntax MEASure WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 360000 timeout value in units of 10 ms Example MEASURE WAIT 100 gt MEASURE WAIT 1 Description If the execution of the automated measurement completes within the timeout value 0 is returned if it is not complete or automated measurement is not being executed 1 is returned Even if the timeout value is set long 0 is returned when the execution of the automated measurement spuewwoy is complete MEASure WINDow lt x gt Function Sets the measurement source window of the area or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure WINDow lt x gt MAIN Z1 2Z2 MEASure WINDow lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example MEASURE WINDOW1 MAIN MEASURE WINDOW1 gt WINDOW1 MAIN MEASURE IM DLM6054 17EN 5 119 5 20 REFerence Group REFerence lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the reference Syntax REFerence lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 REFerence lt x gt LABel Function Queries all settings related to the waveform label of the reference Syntax REFerence lt x gt LABel x 1 to 4 Example REFERENCE1 LABEL gt REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE REF1 MODE 1 REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine Function Sets the waveform label of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine Strin
44. MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 149 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce x 210r2 y 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE A0 Descriptions This command is valid when T
45. POLARITY ENTER TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE POLARITY ENTER Descriptions ENTer EXIT is valid if TRIGger TYPE LSTate e FALL RISE is valid if not TRIGger TYPE LSTate TRIGger LOGic ESTate SOURce Function Sets the edge qualify state trigger source of the logic or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic ESTate SOURce A lt x gt B x C x D x TRIGger LOGic ESTate SOURce x 0to7 TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE AO Descriptions On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt You can set or query the logic edge trigger source by using the TRIGger EDGE SOURce command Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 163 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern TRIGger LOGic SPATtern BITRate Function Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt 1 to 50M bps Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE 1 TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE 1 000E 00 Description This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE OFF TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLEar
46. Syntax MEASure HISTory EXECute Example MEASURE HISTORY EXECUTE MEASure MODE Function Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure MODE BASic CONTinuous CYCLe HISTory MEASure MODE Example MEASURE MODE BASIC MEASURE MODE MEASURE MODE BASIC 5 114 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure THReshold Function Queries all settings related to the threshold levels of the automated measurement of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure THReshold EDescription Parameter of MEASure TRACe x AREA x Parameter is not RISE or FALL This command is valid when the MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Function Queries the threshold levels of the trace Syntax MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt x2 1 to 8 Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt AUTO Function Sets the detection mode when the auto setting of the threshold level is enabled or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt AUTO HLOW PTOPeak MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt AUTO Syntax lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 AUTO PTOPEAK MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 AUTO gt MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 AUTO PTOPEA Example Description This c
47. VALue lt x gt 1to5 Example CURSOR VT BASIC GROUP1 VALUE gt CURSOR VT BASIC GROUPI VALUE 4294967295 CURSor VT BASic POSition Function Sets the VT cursor position or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic POSition lt NRf gt CURSor VT sBASic sPOSition lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example CURSOR VT BASIC POSITION 1 CURSOR VT BASIC POSITION gt VT BASIC POSITION 1 000E 00 CURSOR CURSor VT BASic T Function Queries all settings related to the time value of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic T CURSor VT BASic T STATe Function Turns ON OFF the time value of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic T STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor VT BASic T STATe Example CURSOR VT BASIC T STATE ON CURSOR VT BASIC T STATE CURSOR VT BASIC T STATE 1 CURSor VT BASic T VALue Function Queries the time value at the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic T VALue Example CURSOR VT BASIC T VALUE gt CURSOR VT BASIC T VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor VT BASic V x Function Queries all settings related to the voltage value of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt lt x gt 1to8 CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the voltage value of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt STAT
48. WIDTh TYPE PSTAte SEARch lt x gt DECimation Function Sets the decimation detection of the skip mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch x DECimation lt NRf gt SEARCh x DECimation x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 9999 Example SEARCH1 DECIMATION 1 SEARCH1 DECIMATION gt SEARCH1 DECIMATION 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 121 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt EXECute Function Executes the search This is an overlap command Syntax SEARCh lt x gt EXECute lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 EXECUTE SEARch lt x gt HOLDoff Function Sets the hold off detection or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt HOLDoff lt Time gt SEARCh lt x gt HOLDoff lt x gt 10r2 Time 0 to 1 s in 100 ps steps Example SEARCH1 HOLDOFF 0S SEARCH1 HOLDOFF gt HOLDOFF 0 000E 00 SEARCHI SEARch lt x gt LOGic Function Sets the search logic or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch x LOGic AND OR SEARCh lt x gt LOGic lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LOGIC OR SEARCH1 LOGIC gt SEARCH1 LOGIC OR Descriptions This command is valid when SEARch x TYPE EQUalify SPATtern STATe This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE WIDTh and SEARch lt x gt WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PSTAte SEARch lt x gt MARK Function Turns ON OFF the search mark or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt MARK Boolean SEARCh x
49. gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure MODE Function Sets the automated measurement mode of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure MODE CURSor OFF XYINteg ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE MODE ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE MODE CURSOR Syntax Example ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg Function Queries all settings related to the integration of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg lt x gt 10r2 5 56 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg LOOP Function Sets the integration mode of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg LOOP CLOSe OPEN ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg LOOP x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG LOOP CLOSE ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG LOOP gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG LOOP CLOSE ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg POLarity Function Sets the integration polarity of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg POLarity CCW CW ANALysis XY x MEASure XYINteg POLarity x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG POLARITY CCW ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG POLARITY gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE XYINTEG POLARITY CCW
50. 14 13 12 STATus CONDition AN2 AN1 NSG TEL 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SCH NGO UME HST MES ACS PRN TST CAL TRG CUR RUN EE Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y y Y Y Y y Y Transition filter 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 STATus FILTerex RISE FALL BOTH NEVer Y 0 v Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 15 14 43 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended event register STATus EESR The meaning of each bit of the condition register is as follows BitO RUN Running Set to 1 while waveform acquisition is in progress Bit1 CUR Cursor Set to 1 during cursor measurement Bit2 TRG Awaiting trigger Set to 1 when waiting for a trigger Bit3 CAL Calibration Set to 1 while calibration is in progress Bit4 TST Testing Bit5 PRN Printing Set to 1 while self test is in progress Set to 1 while the built in printer is operating while data is being output to an external printer USB network or while screen image data is being saved Bit6 ACS Accessing Set to 1 while a storage drive is being accessed Bit 7 MES Measuring Set to 1 when automated measurement of waveform parameters is in progress Bit8 HST History Search Set to 1 while history search is in progress Bit9 UME User Math Executing Set to 1 while the user define
51. 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 TYPE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 TYPE COUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT x AREA x TYPE parameter Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the logic waveform of measure determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Syntax lt time gt lt time gt lt frequency gt lt frequency gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTY cycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth lt NRf gt lt time gt lt frequency gt see main unit user s manual Example The following is an example of the period with trace 1 area 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREAl1 TYPE PERIOD 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREAl1 TYPE PERIOD gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT l PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREAl1 TYPE PERIOD 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 D
52. 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt STATe Function Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt STATe DONTcare HIGH IN LOW OUT TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt STATe x 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE HIGH TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE gt iTRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE HIGH Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EQUalifyl I2CBus PQUalify PSTate SPATtern STATe HIGH LOW is valid when TRIGger TYPE I2CBus SPATtern INJOUT is valid when TRIGger TYPE EQUalify PQUalify PSTAte STATe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow ON HIGH LOW is valid when TRIGger TYPE EQUalify PQUalify PSTate STATe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow OFF TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh Function Sets the window trigger width of the channel or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt Voltage gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 1V TRIGGER SOU
53. 4 lt x gt of ELEMent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT 1 2 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt Wave Count Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the number of acquisitions for the element that results in error or queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent x WCOunt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of ELEMent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT 1 2 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT l WCOUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 spuewwoy Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter Function Queries all settings related to zone parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the condition of the zone parameter determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 83 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter S
54. 4 Example WAVEFORM TRACE 1 WAVEFORM TRACE gt WAVEFORM TRACE 1 Description _GRoup lt x gt is only available on the DLM6000 WAVeform TRIGger Function Queries the trigger position of the record specified by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform TRIGger Example WAVEFORM TRIGGER WAVEFORM TRIGGER 6250 Description Queries the number of points from the first point of the record length to the trigger position WAVeform TYPE Function Queries the acquisition mode of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform TYPE Example WAVEFORM TYPE WAVEFORM TYPE NORMAL 5 172 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 32 ZOOM Group ZOOM Function Queries all settings related to the waveform zoom Syntax ZOOM ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the zoom source waveform Syntax ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt ALLon Function Sets all waveforms to be zoomed Syntax ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt ALLon lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ZOOM ALLOCATION1 ALLON ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the trace you wish to zoom or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt TRACe x lt Boolean gt ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of ALLocation lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Example ZOOM ALLOCATION1 TRACE1 ON ZOOM ALLOCATION1 TRA
55. 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth The following is an example of the period with bit 1 area 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD STATE ON MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD STATE gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD STATE 1 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 111 spuewwoy 5 19 MEASure Group i MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt VALue Function Queries automatically measured values of logic waveform parameters MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt VALue lt NRf gt lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUT Y cycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 The following is an example of the period with bit 1 area 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD VALUE gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD VALUE 0 Description Syntax Example If measurement cannot be performed NAN Not A Number is returned e lt NRf gt indicates the n th automated measured value in the past For cycle statistics specify the lt NRf gt th cycle from the left of the screen To specify the oldest automated measured value specify 1 If lt NRf gt is omitted the most recent automated measured value is specified
56. ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER ALL ON ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt Function Queries all settings related to the histogram parameter of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt x 10r2 Parameter MEAN PEAK SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the histogram parameter of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt 10r2 Parameter MEAN PEAK SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg The following is an example for the average value ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MEAN STATE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MEAN STATE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE PARAMETER MEAN STATE 1 Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of the histogram spuewwoy parameter of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter Parameter
57. BIT A x B lt x gt C x D x Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT A x B x C lt x gt D lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt lt x gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT A0 DONTCARE TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT A0 gt TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT AO DONTCARE Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt x TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT CLEar Function Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT CLEar Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT CLEAR TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT LOGic Function Sets the logic of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT LOGic AND OR TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT LOGic Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC gt TRIGGER LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND IM DLM6054 17EN 5 165 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the group of the logic state trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt lt x gt 1to5 TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar Fun
58. C lt y gt D lt y gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe BIT A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT LOGIC STATE BIT AO0 DONTCARE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT A0 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT AO0 DONTCARE Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe BIT CLEar Function Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe BIT CLEar lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT CLEAR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe BIT LOGic Function Sets the logic of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe BIT LOGic AND OR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe BIT LOGic lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the group of the logic st
59. CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENTI CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI CLOCK POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command in invalid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk SOURce NONE ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow ON For all other cases FALL RISE is valid This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE PSTate STATe Spueululo2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 147 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the source waveform of the clock channel of the event or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt NONE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENTI CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CLOCK SOURCE 1 Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE PSTate STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x ESTate Function Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x ESTate lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ESTATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ESTATE SOURCE 1 POLARITY FALL TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt E
60. CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE TRANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 5 98 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x WINDow Function Sets the source window of the history search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WINDow MAIN XY1 XY2 Z1 22 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT WINDOW MAIN HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WINDOW gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WINDOW MAIN Description XY1 and XY2 are valid only for a rectangular or a polygon HISTory CURRent TIME Function Queries the time of the source record number of the history waveform Syntax HISTory CURRent TIME NRf MINimum Example HISTORY CURRENT TIME 1 gt HISTORY CURRENT TIME 1 10 20 30 10 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number HISTory REFerence lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the history function of the reference Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory REFerence lt x gt DMODe Display Mode Function Sets the display mode of the history waveform of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt DMODe ACOLor AHTone AINTensity ONE HISTory REFerencecx DMODe x 1 to 4 Example HIS
61. DV the FFT computation Q ANALysis FFT x MEASure Turns ON OFF the power value between marker cursors of the FFT 5 43 3 MARKer BASic DV STATe computation or queries the current setting 3 ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries the power value between marker cursors of the FFT computation 5 43 MARKer BASic DV VALue g ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to the frequency value of the marker cursor of the 5 43 MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Turns ON OFF the frequency value of the marker cursor of the FFT 5 43 MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt computation or queries the current setting STATe ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Queries the frequency value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation 5 43 MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue ANALysis FFT x MEASure Sets the marker cursor position of the FFT computation or queries the 5 43 MARKer BASic POSition x current setting lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to the power value of the marker cursor of the 5 43 MARKer BASic V x FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Turns ON OFF the power value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation 5 43 MARKer BASic V lt x gt STATe or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries the p
62. Disable In addition listener address talker address and secondary commands are also considered interface messages Interface messages Multi line messages r Uni ine messages Address Universal commands commands HIFC HREN IDY HGTL HLLO HSDC HDCL PPC PPU GET HSPE TCT HSPD Listener Talker Secondary address address commands Interface messages that DL6000 DLM6000 supports are indicated with marks Note The Differences between SDC and DCL In multi line messages SDC messages are those that require talker or listener designation and DCL messages are those that do not require the designation Therefore SDC messages are directed at a particular instrument while DCL messages are directed at all instruments on the bus IM DLM6054 17EN 3 7 92ejJ9 U gl d9 24 JO MeIA49AQ BH Chapter 4 4 1 Messages Before Programming Messages Messages are used to exchange information between the controller and the instrument Messages that are sent from the controller to the instrument are called program messages and messages that are sent back from the instrument to the controller are called response messages If a program message contains a message unit that requests a response a query the instrument returns a response message upon receiving the program message A single response message is always ret
63. ENHANCED TERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL command is valid if TRIGger ENHanced SPAT tern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets queri Syntax TR SOURce lt NRf gt TR SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TR SOURCE 1 TR SOURCE gt SPAT Description This the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or ies the current setting Gger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk Gger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC TRIGGER ENHANCED TERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 command is valid when TRIGger ENHanced SPAT tern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CS Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Function Syntax TR CS UTE Example TR TIR gt Description This SPAT Gger ENHanced SPATtern lt Boolean gt Gger ENHanced SPATtern CS GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CS ON GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CS TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CS 1 command is valid when TRIGger ENHanced U tern CLOCk MODE ON IM DLM6054 17EN 5 159 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA Function Queries all settings related to data of the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA ACTive Function Sets the active level of the data o
64. Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR XLINKAGE ON ALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR XLINkAGE ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR kAGE 1 x V M Pas IM DLM6054 17EN 5 55 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the AV cursor of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt x gt x of XY lt x gt 1o0r2 x of X lt x gt 2 10r2 ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor X x POSition Function Sets the AV cursor position of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSOor X x POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt x gt POSition x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 x of X lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt x gt VALue Function Queries the voltage value at the AV cursor of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor X lt x gt VALue x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 x of X lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 VALUE ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR X1 VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor YLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the AT cursor l
65. FILTer IIR FORDer lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR FORDer x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 or 2 Example MATH1 FILTER IIR FORDER 2 MATH1 FILTER IIR FORDER gt MATHIl FILTER IIR FORDER 2 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR HIPass Function Queries all settings related to the IIR high pass filter computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer 1IR HIPass lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR HIPass COFF Function Sets the cutoff frequency of the IIR high pass filter computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR HIPass COFF lt Frequency gt MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR HIPass COFF x 1 to 4 lt Frequency gt 0 01 to 1 G Hz Example MATH1 FILTER IIR HIPASS COFF 10MHZ MATH1 FILTER IIR HIPASS COFF gt MATH1 FILTER IIR HIPASS COFF 10 00E 06 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR LOWPass Function Queries all settings related to the IIR low pass filter computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR LOWPass x 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR LOWPass COFF Function Sets the cutoff frequency of the IIR low pass filter computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR LOWPass C OFF lt Frequency gt MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR LOWPass COFF x 1 to 4 Frequency 0 01 to 1 G Hz Example MATH1 FILTER IIR LOWPASS COFF 10HZ MATH1 FILTER IIR LOWPASS COFF gt MATH1 FILTER IIR L
66. Flash Mem DIR1 DIR2 Absolute path designation FILE DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY DIR2 Relative path designation FILE DIRECTORY CDIR Root directory designation FILE DIRECTORY CDIR DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY Flash Mem DIR1 DIR2 Descriptions Data files cannot be saved to the root directory ECTORY ECTORY gt FILE Specify a save destination drive for the save directory The following four drives are selectable Internal memory Flash Mem Network drive Network PC card Storage Card lt x gt USB storage device USB Storage lt x gt x 1 to 4 however only a total of four Storage Card and USB Storage designations are supported including partitions Sets the specified directory the current directory for saving and loading Absolute and relative path designations are possible To specify an absolute path enter a backslash at the front of the path Relative path to higher level directories is not allowed FILE DIRectory FREE Function Queries the free disk space in bytes on the specified storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory FREE Example FILE DIRECTORY FREE gt FILE DIRECTORY FREE 65536 Descriptions Returns the size of the current directory e If the current directory is the root directory 0 is returned FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Make Directory Function Creates a directory under the specified
67. Function Sets the distal and proximal values in the specified unit or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT NRf NRf Syntax lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 1 1 MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL UNIT gt MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 1 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is RISE or FALL Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt METHod Function Sets the method for detecting the High Low level for automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt METHod AUTO HISTogram MAXMin MEASure TRACe x METHod TRACe lt x gt x 1 to 8 MEASURE TRACE1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE TRACE1 METHOD MEASURE TRACE1 METHOD AUTO Syntax xample MEASure TRANge lt x gt Time Range Function Sets the measurement range or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MEASure TRANge lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example MEASURE TRANGE1 5 0 MEASURE TRANGE1 gt MEASURE TRANGE1 0 000E 00 5 000E 00
68. Function Sets the source trace of the AV cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor HORizontal TRACe lt NRf gt CURSor HORizontal TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSOR HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSor MARKer Function Queries all settings related to the marker cursors Syntax CURSor MARKer CURSor MARKer CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the marker cursors Syntax CURSor MARKer CALCulation CURSor MARKer CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the marker cursors Syntax CURSor MARKer CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION ALL ON CURSor MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation item of the marker cursors or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt CURSor MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE1 T1 CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE1 T1 CURSor MARKer CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the marker cursors or queries the current setting CURSor MARKer CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt CURSor MARKer CALCulation STAT
69. HISTory REFerence lt x gt Queries all settings related to the history function of the reference 5 99 HISTory REFerence lt x gt DMODe Sets the display mode of the history waveform of the reference or queries 5 99 Display Mode the current setting HISTory REFerence lt x gt MODE Sets the highlight display mode of the history waveform of the reference or 5 99 queries the current setting HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord Sets the source record of the history waveform of the reference or queries 5 99 the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 17 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord Queries the minimum record number of the history waveform of the 5 99 MINimum reference HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Queries all settings related to the replay function of the history function of the 5 99 reference HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Jumps to the specified record number of the history waveform of the 5 99 JUMP reference HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Sets the replay speed of the history waveform of the reference or queries the 5 99 SPEed current setting HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Starts the replay of the history waveform of the reference 5 100 STARt HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Stops the replay of the history waveform of the reference 5 100 STOP HISTory REFerence lt x gt
70. If the value corresponding to the relevant count is not present NAN Not A Number is returned MEASure BIT x AREA x DELay MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the measurement conditions for the source waveform of delay measurement between channels Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt Function Sets the edge detection count for the source waveform of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt lt NR gt MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 Example MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 1 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the source waveform of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity FALL RISE MEASure BI
71. MARK x 210r2 SEARCH1 MARK ON SEARCH1 MARK gt Example SEARCH1 MARK 1 SEARch lt x gt POLarity Function Sets the search polarity or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL FALSe NEGative POSitive RISE TRUE SEARCh lt x gt POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 POLARITY ENTER SEARCH1 POLARITY gt SEARCH1 POLARITY ENTER FALL RISE is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE EDGE EQUalify ENTer EXIT is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE STATe NEGative POSitive is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE WIDTh and SEARch lt x gt WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PULSe FALSe TRUE is valid when SEARch x TYPE WIDTh and SEARch x WIDTh TYPE PSTAte Description SEARch lt x gt SELect Function Sets the detection waveform number of the search function and queries the position that corresponds to the detection waveform number Syntax SEARch lt x gt SELect lt NRf gt MAXimum SEARCh lt x gt SELect lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 4999 Example SEARCH1 SELECT 1 EARCH1 SELECT gt SELECT 1 500E 00 Description If there is no searched position NAN is returned for the query n SEARCHI SEARch lt x gt SELect MAXimum Function Queries the detection count of the search function Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SELect MAXimum lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SEECT MAXIMUM gt SEARCHI SELECT 100 Description If
72. ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC DC STATE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC DC STATE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC VALue Function Queries the measured value between cursors of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC VALue x2 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC DC VALUE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC DC VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the cursor of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure CURSor CALCulation x 210r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the cursor of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION ALL ON ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Syntax Example ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the equation of the calculation item of the cursor of the accumulated histogram or queries the current settin
73. ON CURSOR MARKER CM1 DT2 STATE CURSOR MARKER CM1 DT2 STATE 1 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt VALue Function Queries the AT value of the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt VALue x of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 x of DT lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 DT2 VALUE gt CURSOR MARKER CM1 DT2 VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the AV measurement of the cursor marker Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt lt x gt of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 x of DV lt x gt 1 to 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 67 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the AV measurement of the maker cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt STATe x of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of DV lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 DV2 STATE ON CURSOR MARKER CM1 DV2 STATE CURSOR MARKER CM1 DV2 STATE 1 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt VALue Function Queries the AV value of the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt VALue x of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of DV lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 DV2 VALUE gt CURSOR MARKER CM1 DV2 VAL
74. SEARCh Queries all settings related to the rectangle search 5 97 SELect lt x gt RECTangle HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the horizontal position of the rectangle used in the rectangle search or 5 97 SELect x RECTangle HORizontal queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the vertical position of the rectangle used in the rectangle search or 5 98 SELect x RECTangle VERTical queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the source trace of the history search or queries the current setting 5 98 SELect x TRACe HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the search in the waveform zone wave 5 98 SELect x WAVE search HISTory CURRent SEARCh Exits the zone edit menu of the wave search 5 98 SELect x WAVE EDIT x EXIT HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the editing of the portion of the zone of the wave search 5 98 SELect x WAVE EDIT x PART HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the editing of the entire zone of the wave search 5 98 SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the range over which to perform the wave search or queries the current 5 98 SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge setting HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the source window of the history search or queries the current setting 5 99 SELect lt x gt WINDow HISTory CURRent TIME Queries the time of the source record number of the history waveform 5 99
75. SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the search function Syntax SEARCh lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt ABORt Function Aborts the search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt ABORt lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 ABORT SEARch lt x gt CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh x CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 CLOCK POLARITY RISE SEARCH1 CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 CLOCK POLARITY RISE Descriptions This command is invalid when SEARch lt x gt CLOCk SOURce NONE This command is valid when SEARch x TYPE STATe e This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE WIDTh and SEARch x WIDTh TYPE PSTAte spuewwoy SEARch lt x gt CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARcCh lt x gt CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt NONE SEARCh lt x gt CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 CLOCK SOURCE NONE SEARCH1 CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 CLOCK SOURCE NONE Descriptions This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE STATe e This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE WIDTh and SEARch lt x gt
76. SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT x PEAK DV lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DV x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 5 94 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter FFT x PEAK FREquency lt x gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak frequency of the FFT search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK FREquency lt x gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK FREquency lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 Frequency See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY1 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY1 gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt
77. SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE AO Descriptions This command valid when SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CS Function Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CS lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CS lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CS ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CS SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CS 1 Description This command valid when SEARch x SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON SEARCh x SLOGic SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command valid when SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON Inv
78. TIME Queries the time of the source record number of the reference waveform 5 100 IMAGe Group IMAGe Queries all settings related to the output of screen image data 5 101 IMAGe FORMat Sets the output format of the screen image data or queries the current 5 101 setting IMAGe SEND Queries the screen image data 5 101 IMAGe TONE Sets the tone of the screen image data or queries the current setting 5 101 INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Execute the initialization 5 102 INITialize UNDO Cancels the initialization that was executed 5 102 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page LOGic Group LOGic Queries all settings related to the logic 5 103 LOGic AWINdow Queries all settings related to analog waveform display 5 103 LOGic AWINdow DISPlay Turns ON OFF the analog waveform display or queries the current setting 5 103 LOGic AWINdow RATio Sets the analog waveform display ratio or queries the current setting 5 103 LOGic DESKew Sets the skew correction of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic group 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle Queries all settings related to the bundle of the logic group 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt BUND1le FORMat Sets the display format bus display of the bundled value of the logic
79. TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is RISE or FALL MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal MODE Function Sets the unit of the distal and proximal values or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal MODE x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Example MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL MODE gt MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT Description This command is valid when the Parameter of MEASure TRACe x AREA x Parameter is RISE or FALL 5 118 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent Function Sets the distal and proximal values as a percentage or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal PERCent NRf NRf MEASure TRACe x DPRoximal PERCent x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 90 MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT MEASURE TRACE1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 10 90 Description This command is valid when the Parameter of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is RISE or FALL Syntax Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal UNIT
80. TRIGger EDGE WINDow Sets or queries the edge trigger source window 5 147 TRIGger EINTerval Queries all settings related to the event interval 5 147 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the event 5 147 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the event 5 147 CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the event or queries the current 5 147 CLOCk POLarity setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the source waveform of the clock channel of the event or queries the 5 148 CLOCk SOURce current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger 5 148 ESTate TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger or queries the current setting 5 148 ESTate POLarity TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the logic trigger of the event 5 148 LOGic TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the logic trigger clock 5 148 LOGic CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the logic trigger clock or queries the current setting 5 148 LOGic CLOCk POLarity TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the clock source of the logic trigger or queries the current setting 5 148 LOGic CLOCk SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger of the logic 5 148 LOGic ESTa
81. USERdefine Function Queries all settings related to the TV trigger mode Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Queries the low pass filter HF rejection of the TV trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV HFRejection Example The following is an example for the HDTV TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV HFREJECTION OFF TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE Function Sets the line for activating the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine LINE lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 2 to 2251 for HDTV 5 to 1054 for NTSC 2 to 1251 for PAL 8 to 2251 for SDTV 2 to 2251 for USERdefine Example The following is an example for the HDTV TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV LINE 10 TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV LINE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV LINE 10 TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine POLarity Function Sets the input polarity of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine POLarity NEGative POSitive TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine POLarity Example The follow
82. VDIV lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example CHANNEL1 VDIV 5V CHANNEL1 VDIV gt VDIV 5 000E 00 CHANNEL1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 61 5 7 CLEar Group CLEar Function Clears traces Syntax CLEar Example CLEAR 5 62 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 8 COMMunicate Group The commands in this group deal with communications There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group COMMunicate Function Queries all settings related to communications Syntax COMMunicate COMMunicate HEADer Function Sets whether to add a header to the response to a query example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or not add the header example 10 or queries the current setting COMMunicate HEADer Boolean COMMunicate HEADer COMMUNICATE HEADER ON COMMUNICATE HEADER gt COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 Syntax Example COMMunicate LOCKout Function Sets or clears local lockout Syntax COMMunicate LOCKout lt Boolean gt COMMunicate LOCKout Example COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT ON COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT 1 Description This command is dedicated to the USB and Ethernet interface option COMMunicate OPSE Operation Pending Status Enable register Function Sets the overlap command that is used by the OPC OPC and WAI commands or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate OPSE
83. VERTical lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 000E 31 to 1 000E 31 div Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND VERTICAL 1 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI TREND VERTICAL gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI TREND VERTICAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 ANALysis XY lt x gt Function Syntax ANALysis XY x lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE Function Queries all settings related to the gate function of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE ALEVel Function Sets the active level of the gate of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE ALEVel HIGH LOW ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE ALEVel lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 GATE ALEVEL HIGH ANALYSIS XY1 GATE ALEVEL gt ANALYSIS XY1 GATE ALEVEL HIGH ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE HYSTeresis lt x gt Function Sets the hysteresis of the gate of the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE HYSTeresis lt x gt lt NRf gt ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE HYSTeresis lt x gt x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div Example ANALYSIS XY1 GATE HYSTERESIS1 1 ANALYSIS XYl1 GATE HYSTERESIS1 gt ANALYSIS XYl1 GATE HYSTERESIS1 1 000E 00 Queries all settings related to the XY display function ANALysis XY x GATE LEVel x Function Sets the level of the gate of th
84. WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 Description TIME2 is valid when TRIGger WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween TRIGger MODE Function Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger MODE ALEVel AUTO NORMal NSINgle TRIGger MODE Example TRIGGER MODE ALEVEL TRIGGER MODE gt TRIGGER MODE ALEVEL TRIGger POSition Function Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt 0 to 100 96 Example TRIGGER POSITION 10 TRIGGER POSITION gt TRIGGER POSITION 10 TRIGger SCOunt Single N Count Function Sets the number of times the trigger is to be activated when the trigger mode is Single N or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example TRIGGER SCOUNT 1 TRIGGER SCOUNT gt TRIGGER SCOUNT 1 TRIGger SOURce Function Queries all settings related to the trigger source Syntax TRIGger SOURce TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the channel of the trigger source TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling Function Sets the trigger coupling of the channel or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPling AC DC TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt COUPl
85. ZOOM MODE MAIN Z1 Z2 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the vertical zoom Syntax ZOOM VERTical lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt MAG Function Sets the vertical zoom magnification or queries the current setting ZOOM VERTical x MAG lt NRf gt ZOOM VERTical x MAG x 210r2 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual ZOOM VERTICAL1 MAG 1 Syntax Example ZOOM VERTICAL1 MAG gt ZOOM VERTICALI1 MAG 1 000E 00 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt POSition Function Sets the vertical zoom position or queries the current setting Z00M VERTical x POSition lt NRf gt ZOOM VERTical lt x gt POSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div ZOOM VERTICAL1 POSITION 1 ZOOM VERTICAL1 POSITION gt ZOOM VERTICAL1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ZOOM VERTical lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the trace you wish to display on the vertical zoom screen or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM VERTical lt x gt TRACe NRf ZOOM VERTical lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example ZOOM VERTICAL1 TRACE 1 ZOOM VERTICAL1 TRACE gt ZOOM VERTICAL1 TRACE 1 ZOOM VLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the vertical link or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM VLINkage Boolean ZOOM VLINkage Example ZOOM VLINkAGE ON Z00M VLINkAGE gt ZOOM VLINKAGE 1 5
86. ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt RECTangle VERTical Function Sets the vertical position of the rectangle used in the rectangle determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect x RECTangle VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x RECTangle VERTical lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE VERTICAL 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the source trace of the zone parameter determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x TRACe lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x TRACe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 TRACE 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 TRACE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 TRACE 1 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE Function Queries all settings related to the wave determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt EXIT Function Exits the edit menu of the wave determination zone Syntax GONogo Z
87. activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion MAIL Queries all settings related to the mail transmission when an action is 5 144 activated TRIGger ACTion MAIL INTerval Sets the interval at which to send mail when an action is activated or queries 5 144 the current setting TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Sets whether to send mail when an action is activated or queries the current 5 144 setting Sets the action on trigger mode or queries the current setting 5 144 TRIGger ACTion MODE Ed B3 TRIGger ACTion SAVE Sets whether to save the waveform data to the storage medium ON OFF 5 144 when an action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion STARt Starts the action on trigger 5 144 TRIGger ACTion STOP Stops the action on trigger 5 144 TRIGger BTRigger Queries all B trigger condition settings 5 144 TRIGger BTRigger COMBination Sets or queries the trigger combination 5 144 TRIGger BTRigger COUNt Sets or queries the number of times condition B must be met for the A gt B n 5 145 trigger TRIGger BTRigger DELay Sets or queries the delay time for condition B for the A Delay B trigger 5 145 TRIGger BTRigger EDGE TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SLOPe Sets or queries the B edge trigger slope 5 145 TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SOURce Sets or queries the B edge trigger source 5 145 TRIGger CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel 5 1
88. all settings related to the calculation items of waveform parameters 5 39 MEASure PARameter CALCulation ofthe accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the waveform parameters of the 5 39 MEASure PARameter CALCulation accumulated histogram ALL ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the equation of the calculation items of the waveform parameter of the 5 39 MEASure PARameter CALCulation accumulated histogram or queries the current setting DEFine lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the waveform parameter of the 5 40 MEASure PARameter CALCulation accumulated histogram or queries the current setting STATe lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries the automated measured value of the calculation items of the 5 40 MEASure PARameter CALCulation waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram VALue lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the horizontal range of the waveform parameter of the accumulated 5 40 MEASure PARameter HRANge lt x gt histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the vertical range of the waveform parameter of the accumulated 5 40 MEASure PARameter VRANge lt x gt histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE Sets the accumulated histogram mode or queries the current setting 5 40 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe Sets the source trace of t
89. channel trigger iid rastro cete e o e eile command command group da COMMON COMMMAMNG edenes err core ope itr EE OTEO EARE EERE Common Command gro p ccua tae tret paie COMMunicate group communication status function computation rete Sass computation reference point sssssssssesss computation nil etti eeu condition register m continuous statistical processing sssssssss 5 114 C rtent GI eCtOLy ice rene ner tette ten e Fr DU e eo cus 5 77 CURSOLOGIOBDDs streets EAn EAn A e tU es 5 65 fuge allis 5 65 cycle statistical processing sseeeeeeee 5 114 D Page orc 4 6 data rate GP2IB eene mee emis 3 4 Data Transfer Rates rr tr nennt 2 2 delay computation cei e etc ice Rn REA 5 106 delay measurement edge detection count accorder tes 5 117 polarity determination mode event interval 5 158 CIRO CLORY sis ssc 5 77 display format 5 75 DISPlay group 5 74 display size 5 105 distal Value rtr etre re E ea 5 118 E Page edge state rigget iicet edge count computation edge detection polarity sessessssssss FV SUQN OSS T E enhanced trigger dece eret teens error code err
90. data by specifying a file name This is an 5 79 Nary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP overlap command WPARameter ZWAVe EXECute FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT SBUS Sets the trace of specific data to be saved or queries the current setting 5 79 ANALysis FILE SAVE ANAMing Sets the type of auto naming of file names of the saved data or queries the 5 79 current setting SFILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Sets the compression method for saving specific data or queries the current 5 79 COMPression setting FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Sets whether to save the entire data or the selected data of specific data or 5 79 HISTory queries the current setting FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Sets the size of waveform data to save for each type of data or queries the 5 79 LENGth current setting FILE SAVE ASCii RANGe Sets the ASCII data saving range or queries the current setting 5 80 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Sets the trace of specific data to be saved or queries the current setting 5 80 TRACe FILE SAVE COMMent Sets the comment of data to be saved or queries the current setting 5 80 FILE SAVE NAME Sets the name of the data file to be saved or queries the current setting 5 80 FILE SAVE ZWAVe ZONE Sets the zone of the zone data to be saved or queries the current setting 5 80 5 12 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page GONogo Group GONogo Qu
91. determination using automated 5 85 PARameter MEASure measurement of waveform parameters measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to each logic bit of measure determination 5 85 PARameter MEASure BIT x GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Queries all settings related to each area of measure determination 5 85 PARameter MEASure BIT x AREA lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters of measure 5 86 PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt determination AREA lt x gt TYPE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the logic waveform of measure 5 86 PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt determination or queries the current setting AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt GONogo ZPARameter Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the measure 5 86 SELect x PARameter MEASure determination or queries the current setting CALCulation lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the statistical value of the measure determination or queries the current 5 86 PARameter MEASure STATistics setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the trace of the measure determination 5 86 PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the area of the measure determination 5 87 PARameter MEASure TRACe l
92. devices in order SPD Serial Poll Disable Clears the serial polling mode of the talker function on all devices on the bus PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure is not supported What Are Interface Messages Interface messages are also referred to as interface commands or bus commands They are commands that are issued by the controller They are classified as follows Uni Line Messages A single control line is used to transmit uni line messages The following three types are available IFC Interface Clear REN Remote Enable IDY Identify IM DLM6054 17EN 3 6 Responses to Interface Messages Multi Line Messages Eight data lines are used to transmit multi line messages The messages are classified as follows Address Commands These commands are valid when the instrument is designated as a listener or as a talker The following five types are available Commands that are valid on an instrument that is designated as a listener GTL Go To Local SDC Selected Device Clear PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger Commands that are valid on an instrument that is designated as a talker TCT Take Control Universal commands These commands are valid on all instruments regardless of the listener and talker designations The following five types are available LLO Local Lockout DCL Device Clear PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure SPE Serial Poll Enable SPD Serial Poll
93. directory This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DIRectory MDIRectory lt String gt String Up to 259 characters Example FILE DIRECTORY MDIRECTORY Flash Mem DIR1 DIR2 Absolute path designation FILE DIRECTORY MDIRECTORY DIR2 Relative path designation Description For details on the lt String gt parameter see the description in FILE DIRectory CDIRectory FILE INTernal Function Queries all settings related to the internal memory Syntax FILE INTernal FILE INTernal RECall SETup EXECute Function Executes the loading of the setup data from the internal memory This is an overlap command Syntax FILE INTernal RECall SETup EXECute lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 12 Example FILE INTERNAL RECALL SETUP EXECUTE 1 FILE INTernal STORe Function Queries all settings related to the saving to the internal memory Syntax FILE INTernal STORe FILE INTernal STORe SETup Function Queries all settings related to the saving of the setup data to the internal memory Syntax FILE INTernal STORe SETup IM DLM6054 17EN 5 77 spuewwoy 5 11 FILE Group FILE INTernal STORe SETup COMMent lt x gt Function Sets the comment to the setup data to be saved to the internal memory or queries the current setting Syntax gt FILE INTernal STORe SETup COMMent lt x gt lt String gt FILE INTernal STORe S x 1 to 12 lt String gt Up to 16 characters Example FI
94. display format of the measured value of the logic group of the VT 5 72 FORMat cursor or queries the current setting CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measured value of the logic group of the VT cursor or 5 72 STATe queries the current setting CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt Queries the measured value of the logic group of the VT cursor 5 72 VALue CURSor VT BASic POSition Sets the VT cursor position or queries the current setting 5 72 CURSor VT BASic T Queries all settings related to the time value of the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic T STATe Turns ON OFF the time value of the VT cursor or queries the current setting 5 72 CURSor VT BASic T VALue Queries the time value at the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic V x Queries all settings related to the voltage value of the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt STATe Turns ON OFF the voltage value of the VT cursor or queries the current 5 72 setting CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt VALue Queries the voltage value at the VT cursor 5 73 CURSor VT CALCulation Queries all settings related to calculation items of the VT cursor 5 73 CURSor VT CALCulation ALL Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the VT cursor 5 73 CURSor VT CALCulation Sets the equation of the calculation item of the VT cursor or queries the 5 73 DEFine lt x gt current setting CURSor VT CALCulation STATe x Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the VT cur
95. editing time axis cursor 1 2 1 and HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE EDIT1 PART 1 2 3 4 Description The amount of movement upward or downward is a relative value with respect to the zone waveform that is currently displayed Syntax Example HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x WAVE EDIT x WHOLe Function Sets the editing of the entire zone of the wave search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of EDIT lt x gt 1 to13 1 to 8 are traces 9 to 12 are internal memories 13 is the zone waveform that is currently displayed lt NRf gt 0 to 5 div left and right 0 to 8 div up and down In the order f and HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE EDIT1 WHOLE 1 2 3 4 Description The amount of movement is a relative value with respect to the reference waveform Example HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x WAVE TRANge Function Sets the range over which to perform the wave search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge NRf NRf HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE TRANGE 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE TRANGE HISTORY
96. format of a simple header is shownbelow Rud E De me Simple header example STARt Note A lt mnemonic gt is a character string made up of alphanumeric characters When Concatenating Commands Command Group A command group is a group of commands that have common compound headers arranged in a hierarchy A command group may contain sub groups Example Group of commands related to acquisition ACQuire AVERage COUNt ACQuire MODE ACQuire AVERage EWEight ACQuire REPetitive ACQuire RLENgth ACQuire INTERLeave When Concatenating Commands of the Same Group The instrument stores the hierarchical level of the command that is currently being executed and performs analysis on the assumption that the next command sent will also belong to the same level Therefore common header sections can be omitted for commands belonging to the same group Example ACQuire MODE NORMal INTERLeave 1 lt PMT gt When Concatenating Commands of Different Groups If the following command does not belong to the same group a colon is placed in front of the header cannot be omitted Example ACQuire MODE NORMal DISPlay FORMat SINGle lt PMT gt Buruuiej80Jg aojag gt When Concatenating Simple Headers If a simple header follows another command a colon is placed in front of the simple header cannot be omitted Example ACQuire MODE NORMal STARt lt PMT gt When Co
97. gt PWCount VALue Function Queries the error rate for the acquisition count of the element Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT VALUE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT VALUE 1 000E 00 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount Sample Point Count Function Queries the settings related to the number of sampled data points for the element that results in error Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount lt x gt 1to4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT STATE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measurement of the number of sampled data points for the element that results in error or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount STATe lt Boolean gt TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x SPCount STATe x 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT STATE ON TELECOMTEST MAS EMENT1 SPCOUNT STATE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT STATE 1 E TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount VALue Function Queries the number of sampled data points for the element that resulted in error Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x SPCount VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT VAL
98. gt TELecomtest Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter of the eye pattern or queries the 5 139 EYEPattern lt Parameter gt STATe current setting TELecomtest Queries the waveform parameter value of the eye pattern 5 139 EYEPattern Parameter VALue TELecomtest EYEPattern Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the eye pattern 5 139 TLEVels TELecomtest EYEPattern Sets the unit of the threshold level of the eye pattern or queries the current 5 139 TLEVels MODE setting TELecomtest EYEPattern Sets the threshold level of the eye pattern as a percentage or queries the 5 140 TLEVels PERCent current setting TELecomtest EYEPattern Sets the threshold level of the eye pattern in UNIT or queries the current 5 140 TLEVels UNIT setting TELecomtest EYEPattern VDARk Sets the dark level zero light level or queries the current setting 5 140 TELecomtest MASK Queries all settings related to the mask test 5 140 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x Queries all settings related to the element used in the mask test 5 140 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x Turns ON OFF all items of the element 5 140 ALL TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Queries the settings related to the error rate for the number of sampled data 5 140 PSPCount Sample Point Count points of the element TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measurement of the error rate for the number of sampled 5 140 PSPCount STATe data points of the ele
99. gt DATA lt x gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GRoup lt x gt 1 to 5 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See the main unit user s manual SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 DATA1 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 DATA1 gt SEARCHI SLOGIC STATE GROUPI DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Descriptions For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition GTHan set using SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA1 For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition LTHan set using SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA2 For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Syntax Example CONDition BETWeen ORANge set small values with SEARch x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA1 and large values with SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA2 5 126 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 SEARch Group SEARCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA Function Sets the truth conditions for each group of the logic serial pattern search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA lt string gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GRoup lt x gt 1 to 5 lt string gt combination of up to 8 characters 0 F and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUPI HEXA lA3F24CD Description
100. gt SPATtern CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON Example SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 Description This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CS Function Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CS lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CS lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN CS ON SEARCH1 SPATTERN CS gt SPATTERN CS 1 Description This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON SEARCH1 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to latch of the serial pattern search Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPATtern LATCh lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern LATCh POLari
101. instrument can store in its buffer program and response messages of length 1024 bytes or more The number of available bytes varies depending on the operating conditions When both the transmit and receive buffers become full at the same time the instrument can no longer continue to operate This state is called a deadlock In this case operation can be resumed by discarding the program message Deadlock will not occur if the program message including the lt PMT gt is kept below 1024 bytes Furthermore deadlock never occurs if a program message does not contain a query IM DLM6054 17EN 4 2 Commands Commands There are three types of commands program headers that are sent from the controller to the instrument They differ in their program header formats Common Command Header Commands that are defined in the USBTMC USB488 are called common commands The header format of a common command is shown below An asterisk is always placed in the beginning of a cmmand Er pce 2s Common command example CLS Compound Header Dedicated commands used by the instrument are classified and arranged in a hierarchy according to their functions The format of a compound header is shown below A colon must be used to specify a lower hiearchy lt Mnemonic gt G Compound header example ACQuire MOD Simple Header These commands are functionally independent and do not have a hierarchy The
102. is set long 0 is returned when the execution of the automated measurement is complete ANALysis WPARameter cx Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter measurement function Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 5 48 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each logic bit of logic waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each area of logic waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the logic waveform parameters for logic waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth ANALysis WPARameter
103. lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt CONDition Sets determination criteria of the history search Function Syntax Example HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x MODE Sets the mode of the history search condition or Function Syntax Example condition or queries the current setting CONDition COND COND CONDition DONTcare IN OUT x V I STory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt STory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt 1to4 STORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT TION IN STORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT TION gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 CONDITION IN queries the current setting o HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt 3 MODE PARameter POLYgon RECTangle WAVE 3 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt a MODE n lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT MODE WAVE STORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 MODE HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 MODE WAVE HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter Queries all settings related to the parameter of the Function Syntax history search condition HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter CATegory Function Syntax Example Sets the parameter category or queries the current setting HISTory
104. lt x gt UNIT DEFine Function Sets the computation unit or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine lt String gt MATH lt x gt UNIT DEFine x 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 4 characters Example MATH1 UNIT DEFINE EU MATH1 UNIT DEFINE gt DEFINE EU MATH1 UNIT MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE Function Sets the automatic manual addition of the computation unit or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE AUTO USERdefine MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE x 21108 Example MATH1 UNIT MODE AUTO MATH1 UNIT MODE gt MATH1 UNIT MODE AUTO MATH lt x gt USERdefine Function Queries all settings related to user defined math or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH x USERdefine ARANging Function Executes auto ranging for user defined math Syntax MATH x USERdefine ARANging Oo x 1 to 4 3 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE ARANGING 3 2 2 o MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Function Queries all averaging settings for user defined computation Syntax MATH x USERdefine AVERage lt x gt 1to4 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERde fine AVERage EWEight Function Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage EWEight lt NR gt MATH l
105. lt x gt ALL Turns ON OFF all logic waveform parameters 5 111 MEASure BIT x Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters 5 111 Oo AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt o MEASure BIT x Queries the count for continuous statistical processing of logic waveform 5 111 3 AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt COUNt parameters MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parame Queries each statistical value of logic waveform parameters 5 111 2 ter MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEV iation MEASure BIT x Turns ON OFF the logic waveform parameters or queries the current setting 5 111 AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt STATe MEASure BIT x Queries automatically measured values of logic waveform parameters 5 112 AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt VALue MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Queries all settings related to the measurement conditions for the source 5 112 MEASure waveform of delay measurement between channels MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Sets the edge detection count for the source waveform of delay 5 112 MEASure COUNt measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Sets the polarity of the source waveform of delay measurement between 5 112 MEASure POLarity channels or queries the current setting EASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Queries all settings related to the reference waveform of delay measurement 5 112 EFerence between channels
106. lt x gt L HORizontal VERTical ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt L lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST SCROLL gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST SCROLL HORIZONTAL Syntax ST SCRoll ST SCRo11 Example LIST ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST VALue Function Queries the automated measured value of the list display number of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST VALue lt NRf gt MAXimum lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST VALUE 1 gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 LIST VALUE 1 1 000E 00 Descriptions If the measurement is not possible NAN NotA Number is returned Syntax Example If the value of the list display number is not present NAN Not A Number is returned If MAXimum is specified the maximum list display number is selected ANALysis WPARameter x MODE Function Sets the mode of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARametercx MODE HISTogram LIST TRENd ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt MODE lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 MODE ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 MODE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 MODE HISTOGRAM Syntax Example HISTOGRAM ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trace of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x
107. lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Queries all settings related to logic serial pattern search 5 123 Serial Pattern SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic serial pattern search 5 123 CLOCk SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern search or 5 123 CLOCk MODE queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern search or 5 123 CLOCk POLarity queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current 5 124 CLOCk SOURce setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CS Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern search 5 124 or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern search 5 124 LATCh SEARCh lt x gt S LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern search or queries 5 124 the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 23 spuewwog 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Se
108. measurement 5 48 function ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt Queries all settings related to each logic bit of logic waveform parameter 5 49 measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt Queries all settings related to each area of logic waveform parameter 5 49 AREA lt x gt measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt BIT lt x gt Sets the logic waveform parameters for logic waveform parameter 5 49 AREA lt x gt TYPE measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Sets the calculation items of the automated measurement of waveform 5 49 CALCulation parameters or queries the current setting 5 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the histogram display of the waveform 5 49 HISTogram parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the histogram 5 49 HISTogram MEASure display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement on the histogram of 5 49 HISTogram MEASure CURSor the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turns ON OFF all histogram cursors of waveform parameter measurement 5 49 HISTogram MEASu
109. needed on the PC to use the communication functions via the USB interface DLSeries Library TMCTL USB device driver for connecting the PC and the DL9000 series The items below are needed on the PC to use the communication functions via the Ethernet interface DLSeries Library TMCTL To download the libraries and drivers listed above go to the following Web page and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads Sample Programs To download sample programs go to the following Web page and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads Trademarks DLM is pending trademark of Yokogawa Electric Corporation Microsoft MS DOS Visual C Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated For purposes of this manual the TM and symbols do not accompany their respective trademark names or registered trademark names Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Revisions 1st Edition October 2009 IM DLM6054 17EN How to Use This Manual Structure of This Manual This user s manual consists of the following sections Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Appendix Overview of the USB Interface Describe
110. not allowed No units are allowed other than Voltage Time 4 6 lt Frequency gt and Current 141 Invalid character data Select character data from the selections available in 4 7 Chapter 5 ase 144 Character data too long Check the spelling of the character strings in 4 7 Chapter 5 148 Character data not allowed Write in a data form other than 4 5 Chapter 5 150 String data error Enclose String in double quotation or single quotation 4 7 marks 151 Invalid string data String is too long or contains characters which cannot be 4 7 Chapter 5 used 158 String data not allowed Enter in a data format other than Character string 4 6 Chapter 5 161 Invalid block data Block data is not allowed 4 7 Chapter 5 168 Block data not allowed Block data is not allowed 4 7 Chapter 5 171 Invalid expression Equations cannot be used Chapter 5 178 Expression data not allowed Equations cannot be used Chapter 5 App 2 IM DLM6054 17EN Appendix 2 Error Messages Error in Communication Execution 200 to 299 Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 221 Setting conflict Check the relevant settings Chapter 5 222 Data out of range Check the range Chapter 5 223 Too much data Check the length of the data Chapter 5 224 Illegal parameter value Check the range Chapter 5 241 Hardware missing Check the installed options 260 Expres
111. of the FFT computation or 9 queries the current setting 3 Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan 3 SPAN lt Frequency gt a ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan SPAN lt x gt 10r2 lt Frequency gt 0 to 250 G Hz Example ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN 1HZ ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN gt ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN SPAN 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal LRIGht Function Queries all settings related the left and right edges of the horizontal axis of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x HORizontal LRIGht x 10r2 ANALysis FFT x HORizontal LRIGht RANGe Function Sets the range of the horizontal left and right edges of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x HORizontal LRIGht RANGe lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt ANALysis FFT x HORizontal LRIGht RANGe x 210r2 Frequency 0 to 250 G Hz ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE 1HZ 2HZ ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL LRIGHT RANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 41 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal MODE Function Sets the horizontal mode of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x HORizontal MODE AUTO CSPan LRIGht ANALysis FFT x HORizontal MODE lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE AU
112. or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern lt x gt 1to5 String Up to 32 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 111100001111000011110000 11110000 TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUPI PATTERN TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 11110000111100001111000 011110000 TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol Function Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state trigger TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol lt string gt lt x gt 1to5 lt string gt 16 characters or fewer TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUPI SYMBOL TEST Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic STATe TYPE Function Sets the setup type of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe TYPE BIT GROup TRIGger LOGic STATe TYPE Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE TYPE BIT TRIGGER LOGIC STATE TYPE gt TRIGGER LOGIC STATE TYPE BIT TRIGger LOGic WIDTh Function Queries all settings related to the logic pulse width trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic WIDTh TRIGger LOGic WIDTh MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic WIDTh MODE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout TRIGger LOGic WIDTh MODE Example TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH M
113. queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform FORMat ASCii BYTE DWORd RBYTe WORD WAVeform FORMat Example WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII WAVEFORM FORMAT gt WAVEFORM FORMAT ASCII Descriptions For details on the differences in the format setting see the description of WAVeform SEND DWORQd is only available on the DLM6000 DWORzd is invalid if not WAVeform TRACe LGRoup lt x gt RBYTe is invalid if WAVeform TRACe LGRoup lt x gt WAVeform LENGth Function Queries the total number of points of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe WAVeform LENGth WAVEFORM LENGTH WAVEFORM LENGTH 12500 Syntax Example WAVeform OFFSet Function Queries the offset value when converting the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe to physical values WAVeform OFFSet WAVEFORM OFFSET 0 000E 00 Syntax Example Descriptions The offset value is used when converting the Block data that is output using WAVeform SEND to physical values When SYSTem OCANcel is ON 0 is returned On the DLM6000 when you specify WAVeform TRACe LGRoup lt x gt zero is returned WAVeform POSition Function Queries the vertical axis position used for converting to voltage when RBYTe is specified with WAVeform FORMat Syntax WAVeform POSition Example WAVEFORM POSITION WAVEFORM POSITION 128 WAVeform RANGe Function Queries the range value when converting the waveform
114. related to the communication status function Syntax STATus STATus CONDition Function Queries the contents of the condition register Syntax STATus CONDition Example STATUS CONDITION gt 16 Description For details on the condition register see chapter 6 Status Report STATus EESE Function Sets the extended event enable register or queries the current setting Syntax STATus EESE lt Register gt STATus EESE lt Register gt 0 to 65535 Example STATUS EESE 257 STATUS EESE STATUS EESE 257 Description For details on the extended event enable register see chapter 6 Status Report STATus EESR Function Queries the content of the extended event register and clears the register Syntax STATus EESR Example STATUS EESR gt 1 Description For details on the extended event register see chapter 6 Status Report STATus ERRor Function Queries the error code and message information top of the error queue Syntax STATus ERRor Example STATUS ERROR gt 113 Undefined header STATus FILTer lt x gt Function Sets the transition filter or queries the current setting Syntax STATus FILTer lt x gt RISE FALL BOTH NEVer STATus FILTer lt x gt x 1 to 16 Example STATUS FILTER2 RISE STATUS FILTER2 STATUS FILTER2 RISE Description For details on the transition filter see chapter 6 Status Report STATus QENable Function Set
115. search logic or queries the current setting 5 93 LOGic HISTory CURRent SEARch Resets the search conditions of the history search 5 93 RESet HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the history search condition 5 93 SELect x HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets determination criteria of the history search condition or queries the 5 93 SELect x CONDition current setting HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the mode of the history search condition or queries the current setting 5 93 SELect lt x gt MODE HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the parameter of the history search condition 5 93 SELect x PARameter HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the parameter category or queries the current setting 5 93 SELect lt x gt PARameter CATegory HISTory CURRent SEARch Queries all settings related to the FFT search 5 94 SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the FFT search or 5 94 SELect x PARameter FFT x queries the current setting CALCulation lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT search 5 94 SELect x PARameter FFT x PEAK HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak frequencies of the FFT 5 94 SELect x PARameter FFT x search or queries the current
116. settings related automated measurement of the accumulated 5 36 MEASure histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to cursor measurement of the accumulated 5 36 MEASure CURSor histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to basic items of the cursor of the accumulated 5 36 MEASure CURSor BASic histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF all basic items of the cursor of the accumulated histogram 5 36 MEASure CURSor BASic ALL ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to the cursor of the accumulated histogram 5 36 MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the cursor of the accumulated histogram or queries the 5 36 MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt current setting STATe ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries the measured value of the cursor of the accumulated histogram 5 36 MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt VALue ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to measured values between cursors of the 5 37 MEASure CURSor BASic DC accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measured values between cursors of the accumulated 5 37 MEASure CURSor BASic DC STATe histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries the measured value between cursors of the accumulated histogram 5 37 MEASure CURSor BASic DC VALue ANALysis AHIStogra
117. setup information that is not currently in use It is important to remember that not all the group s information is necessarily returned as part of a response Header Interpretation Rules The instrument interprets the header that is received according to the rules below Mnemonics are not case sensitive Example CURSor can also be written as cursor or Cursor The lower case section of the header can be omitted Example CURSor can also be written as CURSO or CURS The question mark at the end of a header indicates that itis a query The question mark cannot be omitted Example The shortest abbreviation for CURSor is CURS If the x value at the end of a mnemonic is omitted it is interpreted as a 1 Example If CHANnel lt x gt is written as CHAN it means CHANnell e The section enclosed by braces can be omitted Example HISTory CURRent MODE can also be written as HIST MODE However the last section enclosed by braces 1 cannot be omitted in an upper level query Example HISTory and HISTory CURRent are different queries 4 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 4 3 Response Response When the controller sends a message unit that has a question mark in its program header query the instrument returns a response message to the query A response message is returned in one of the following two forms Response Consisting of a Header and D
118. the logic state search or queries the 5 126 x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT Clears Don t care all truth conditions for each bit of the logic serial pattern 5 126 CLEar search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT Sets the logic of the logic state search or queries the current setting 5 126 LOGic SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe Queries all settings related to each group of the logic state search 5 126 GROup lt x gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe Clears Don t care all truth conditions for each group of the logic serial 5 126 GROup lt x gt CLEar pattern search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe Sets the determination condition for each group of the logic state search or 5 126 GROup lt x gt CONDition queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe Sets the comparison data for each group of the logic state search or queries 5 126 GROup lt x gt DATA lt x gt the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe Sets the truth conditions for each group of the logic serial pattern search in 5 127 GROup lt x gt HEXA hexadecimal notation SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe Sets the truth condition for each group of the logic state search in binary 5 127 GROup lt x gt PATTern notation or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state search 5 127 GROup lt x gt SYMBol SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe TYPE Sets t
119. the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh TIME x Time TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TIME lt x gt 1 or 2 Time 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC WIDTH TIMEl1 1S TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC WIDTH TIME1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTl LOGIC WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 Description TIME2 is valid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to the serial pattern trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern lt x gt 1or2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern BITRate Function Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern BITRate x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 50M bps Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN BITRATE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN BITRATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTL SPATTERN BITRATE 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE OFF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt
120. there is no searched position NAN is returned for the query SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic lt x gt 10r2 Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the logic search clock Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE AO 5 122 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock of the logic search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARch lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock for the logic search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt DONTcare SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 y 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK SOURCE A0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt DONTcare SEARCh x SLOGic POLarity Function Sets the logic search polar
121. to Remote Mode Receiving a REN Remote Enable message from the PC when the DL6000 DLM6000 is in the local mode causes the DL6000 DLM6000 to switch to the remote mode REMOTE is displayed in the center of the upper section of the screen All keys except the SHIFT CLEAR key are disabled Settings entered in local mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to remote mode When Switching from Remote to Local Mode Pressing SHIFT CLEAR in remote mode puts the DL6000 DLM6000 in local mode However this act is invalid if the DL6000 DLM6000 has been set to Local Lockout mode see page 3 6 by the controller REMOTE indication in the center of the upper section of the screen disappears Key operations are enabled Settings entered in remote mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to local mode Note The GP IB interface cannot be used simultaneously with another interfaces USB or network interfaces IM DLM6054 17EN 3 3 92ejJ9 U GI dD OY JO MeIA49AQ B 3 4 GP IB Interface Specifications GP IB Interface Specifications Electrical and mechanical specifications Functional specifications Protocol Code used Mode Address setting Clear remote mode Functional specifications Conforms to IEEE St d 488 1978 See table below Conforms to IEEE St d 488 2 1992 ISO ASCII code Addressable mode The address can be set in the range from 0 to 30 on the GP IB setting screen th
122. trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA String x of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 String Up to 8 characters by combining O to F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 HEXA 1A3F24CD Syntax Example Description If the number of bit mappings specified with LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing is too large the lower bits are set to X If the number is too small the top bits are set TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern String TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup x PATTern x of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 String Up to 32 characters by combining O 1 and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 1111000011110000111 000011110000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 11110000111100001111000011110 000 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol Function Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state trigger TRIGg
123. trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce lt x gt O0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE A0 TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt 5 164 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic SPATtern HEXA Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern HEXA lt string gt lt string gt combination of up to 32 characters 0 F and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN HEXA ABCD TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh FALL RISE TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON POLarity This command
124. trigger or 5 164 queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 164 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA Sets the active level of the data for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 164 ACTive the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA Sets the data rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 164 SOURce setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern HEXA Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 165 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 165 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 165 POLarity the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh Sets the latch trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 165 SOURce setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern PATTern Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in binary notation or 5 165 queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe Queries all settings related to the logic state trigger 5 165 TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT Queries all settings related to the bit of the logic state trigger 5 165 TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT A lt x gt Sets the condition to be s
125. type or queries the current setting 5 82 2 GONogo NGCount Queries the actual number of NO GOs of the GO NO GO determination 5 82 Q GONogo SCONdition Stop Queries all settings related to the determination termination condition 5 82 Condition GONogo SCONdition NGCount Sets the number of NO GOs that terminates the GO NO GO determination 5 82 or queries the current setting GONogo SCONdition STOPcount Sets the acquisition count that terminates the GO NO GO determination or 5 82 queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest Queries all settings related to mask test determination 5 82 GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the condition of the mask test determination 5 82 GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the eye pattern determination of the condition 5 82 EYEPattern GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the eye pattern 5 82 EYEPattern lt Parameter gt determination or queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the mask determination of the condition 5 82 MASK GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the element used in the mask determination 5 82 MASK ELEMent lt x gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the error rate for the number of sampled 5 83
126. waveform of the AT cursor 5 71 JUMP CURSor VERTical BASic T x Sets the AT cursor position or queries the current setting 5 71 POSition CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt Turns ON OFF the AT cursor or queries the current setting 5 71 STATe CURSor VERTical BASic T x Queries the time value at the AT cursor 5 71 VALue CURSor VERTical CALCulation Queries all settings related to calculation items of the AT cursors 5 71 CURSor VERTical CALCulation Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the AT cursors 5 71 ALL CURSor VERTical CALCulation Sets the equation of the calculation item of the AT cursor or queries the 5 71 DEFine lt x gt current setting CURSor VERTical CALCulation Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the AT cursor or queries the current 5 71 STATe lt x gt setting CURSor VERTical CALCulation Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the AT cursor 5 71 VALue lt x gt CURSor VT Queries all settings related to the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic Queries all settings related to basic items of the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic ALL Turns ON OFF all basic items of the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic GROup cx Queries all settings related to the logic group of the VT cursor 5 72 CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt Sets the measurement bit order of the logic group of the VT cursor or queries 5 72 BITorder the current setting CURSor VT BASic GROup lt x gt Sets the
127. x gt spuewwoy lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters MEASURE CALCULATION DEFINE1 MEASURE CALCULATION DEFINE1 MEASURE CALCULATION DEFINEl MAX C1 Example MAX C1 MEASure CALCulation MAXimum lt x gt MEAN lt x gt MINimum lt x gt SDEViationcx Function Queries the statistical value of the calculation item Syntax MEASure CALCulation MAXimum lt x gt MEAN lt x gt MINimum lt x gt SDEViation lt x gt lt x gt of MAXimum lt x gt 1 to 4 x of MEAN x 1 to 4 lt x gt of MINimum lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of SDEViation lt x gt 1 to 4 The following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE CALCULATION MAXIMUM1 MEASURE CALCULATION MAXIMUM1 1 000E 00 Example MEASure CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation item or queries the current setting MEASure CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt MEASure CALCulation STATe lt x gt Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 MEASURE CALCULATION STATE1 ON MEASURE CALCULATION STATE1 gt MEASURE CALCULATION STATE1 1 Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 113 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the automated measured value of the calculation item Syntax MEASure CALCulation VALue x lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example MEASURE CALCULATION VALUE1 gt
128. x gt POSition Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div CHANNEL1 POSITION 1 CHANNEL1 POSITION gt POSITION 1 000E 00 Example CHANNEL1 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Function Queries all settings related to the probe attenuation of the channel Syntax CHANneL x PROBe x 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 PROBE gt CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 1 CHANne1 lt x gt PROBe MODE Function Sets the probe attenuation of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANneL lt x gt PROBe MODE NRf AUTO C1 C10 C100 CHANneL lt x gt PROBe MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 Example CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE 1 CHANNEL1 PROBE MODE gt PROBE MODE 1 CHANNELI Channal lt x gt PROBe AUTO spuewwoy Function Queries the probe attenuation of the channel when set to AUTO Syntax Channal lt x gt PROBe AUTO lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 PROBE AUTO gt CHANNEL1 PROBE AUTO 1 CHANnel lt x gt PZCalibrate EXECute Function Execute the zero adjustment of the current probe of the channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt PZCalibrate EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 PZCALIBRATE EXECUTE CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Function Sets the vertical sensitivity V div of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VDIV lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANnel lt x gt
129. x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GRoup lt x gt 1 to 5 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 gt SEARCHI SLOGIC STATE GROUPI CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 PATTERN 1111000011110000111100001111 0000 SEARcCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar Function Clears Don t care all truth conditions for each group of the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GRoup lt x gt 1 to 5 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 CLEAR SEARCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination condition for each group of the logic state search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GRoup lt x gt 1 to 5 SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION BETWEEN SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUPI CONDITION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION BETWEEN Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt DATA lt x gt Function Sets the comparison data for each group of the logic state search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x
130. you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt DONTcare IM DLM6054 17EN 5 151 spuewwoy 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern PATTern lt string gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern PATTern x 210r2 lt string gt combination of up to 128 characters 0 1 and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe Function Queries all settings related to the logic state trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATS lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe BIT Function Queries all settings related to the bit of the logic state trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe BIT lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe BIT A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe BIT A lt y gt B lt y gt
131. you can only specify 5 for MATH2 to 4 MATH1 OPERATION FILTER 1 MATH1 OPERATION gt MATH1 OPERATION FILTER 1 Example Description For unary operators ECOunt FILTer INTegral select the target waveform using the first lt NRf gt For binary operators MINus MULTiple PLUS RCOu nt select the target waveform of the first term using the first lt NRf gt and the target waveform of the second term using the second lt NRf gt On the DLM6000 when the Operation setting is set to DA select GROup lt x gt lt NRf gt is not required for the USERdefine operator MATH lt x gt SCALe Function Queries all settings related to scaling Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer Function Sets the offset of the computed waveform or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MATH x SCALe CENTer lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MATH1 SCALE CENTER 1 MATH1 SCALE CENTER gt CENTER 1 000E 00 Syntax Example MATH1 SCALE MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Function Sets the scaling mode or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE AUTO MANual MATH x SCALe MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATH1 SCALE MODE gt MODE AUTO Example MATH1 SCALE 5 108 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 18 M
132. 0 can transmit panel setting data and the status byte The DL6000 DLM6000 can transmit error codes when errors occur Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Specifications IEEE802 3 compliant Electrical and mechanical specifications Simultaneous connections 1 Port number Ethernet 10001 tcp VXI 11 10240 tcp 10250 tcp 111 tcp and 111 udp Data Transfer Rates Controller PC Pentium 4 3 4 GHz with Windows XP Professional SP1 Network adapter Corega FEther PCI TXL Programming language Visual C Ethernet Interface C8 C9 C10 and C12 options The following table contains approximate waveform data response times for analog signals Number of Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 16 ms Approx 0 391 s 125000 Approx 259 ms Approx 19 063 s 1250000 Approx 2313 ms Approx 189 812 s 2500000 Approx 4595 ms Approx 379 750 s 6250000 Approx 10400 ms Approx 950 532 s The following table contains approximate waveform data r esponse times for logic signals Number of Data Points Double Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 31 ms Approx 0 078 s 125000 Approx 704 ms Approx 3 530 s 1250000 Approx 6768 ms Approx 35 327 s 2500000 Approx 14081 ms Approx 70 952 s 6250000 Approx 34523 ms Approx 177 313 s VXI 11 Ethernet Interface C8 C9 C10 and C12 options The following table contains approximate waveform data response times for analog signals Number o
133. 0r2 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 Syntax Example SEARCh x SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command valid when SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON IM DLM6054 17EN 5 123 5 24 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURCE lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE A0 SEARCH1
134. 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount VALue Function Queries the error rate for the number of sampled data points of the element Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT VALUE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT VALUE 1 000E 00 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x PWCount Wave Count 2 Function Queries the settings related to the error rate for the TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt acquisition count of the element Function Queries all settings related to the element used in the Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x PWCount mask test x 1 to 4 Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT lt x gt 1to4 gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT STATE 1 5 140 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 28 TELecomtest Mask Group TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measurement of the error rate for the acquisition count of the element or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount STATe lt Boolean gt TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x PWCount STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT STATE ON TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT STATE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT STATE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x
135. 1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 Description On 16 bit models you can only select lt NRf gt A lt y gt C lt y gt Syntax Example MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURce Function Sets the reference of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURce TRACe TRIGger MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURce lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY SOURCE TRACE MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY SOURCE gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY SOURCE TRACE MEASure CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items Syntax MEASure CALCulation MEASure CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items Syntax MEASure CALCulation ALL Boolean Example MEASURE CALCULATION ALL ON MEASure CALCulation COUNt x Function Queries the statistical processing count of the calculation item Syntax MEASure CALCulation COUNt x x 1 to 4 Example MEASURE CALCULATION COUNT1 gt MEASURE CALCULATION COUNT1 1 MEASure CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation item or queries the current setting MEASure CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Syntax lt String gt MEASure CALCulation DEFine lt
136. 1 WIDTH POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI WIDTH POLARITY POSITIVE Descriptions IN OUT is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE PQUalify PULSe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow ON POSitive NEGative is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE PQUalify PULSe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow OFF FALSe TRUE is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE PSTate Larity DTh 2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh SOURce lt NRf gt EXTernal TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh SOURce x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH SOURCE EXTERNAL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH SOURCE EXTERNAL Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE PQUalify PULSe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh TIME x Time TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TIME lt x gt 1 or 2 Time
137. 137 current setting SYSTem CLOCk MODE Turns ON OFF the date time and time difference with respect to GMT or 5 137 queries the current setting SYSTem FORMat IMEMory Formats the internal memory 5 137 EXECute SYSTem FORMat SDELete EXECute Clears and formats the internal memory 5 137 Sure Delete SYSTem LANGuage Sets the message language or queries the current setting 5 137 SYSTem MFSize Sets the menu font size or queries the current setting 5 137 SYSTem MLANguage Sets the menu language or queries the current setting 5 137 SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Sets or queries whether or not the specified offset voltage will be applied to 5 137 measurement and computation on off SYSTem OVERView Displays system information 5 137 SYSTem USBKeyboard Sets the USB keyboard type or queries the current setting 5 138 ELecomtest Mask Group TELecomtest Queries all settings related to the mask test 5 139 TELecomtest CATegory Sets the mask test type or queries the current setting 5 139 TELecomtest DISPlay Turns ON OFF the mask test display or queries the current setting 5 139 TELecomtest EYEPattern Queries all settings related to the eye pattern 5 139 TELecomtest EYEPattern ALL Turns ON OFF all eye pattern parameters 5 139 TELecomtest Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the eye pattern 5 139 EYEPattern lt Parameter
138. 14 MEASure CONTinuous Queries all settings related to the continuous statistical processing 5 114 MEASure CONTinuous COUNt Sets the continuous statistical processing count or queries the current 5 114 setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page MEASure CONTinuous RESTart Restarts the continuous statistical processing 5 114 MEASure CYCLe Queries all settings related to the cycle statistical processing 5 114 MEASure CYCLe ABORt Aborts the execution of the cycle statistical processing 5 114 MEASure CYCLe EXECute Executes the cycle statistical processing This is an overlap command 5 114 sM EASure CYCLe TRACe MEASure DISPlay Sets the cycle source trace of the continuous statistical processing count or 5 114 queries the current setting Turns ON OFF the display of the automated measurement of waveform 5 114 parameters or queries the current setting MEASure HISTory ABORt Aborts the execution of the statistical processing of the history data 5 114 MEASure HISTory EXECute Executes the statistical processing of the history data This is an overlap 5 114 Og Lay REFerence POLarity between channels or queries the current setting ge u EFASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Lay REFerence TRACe EASure TRACe x AREA x Lay SOURce
139. 163 TRIGger LOGic ESTate Queries all settings related to the edge qualify state trigger of the logic 5 163 TRIGger LOGic ESTate POLarity Sets the polarity of the edge qualify state trigger of the logic or queries the 5 163 current setting TRIGger LOGic ESTate SOURce Sets the edge qualify state trigger source of the logic or queries the current 5 163 setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern Serial Queries all settings related to logic serial pattern trigger 5 164 Pattern TRIGger LOGic SPATtern BITRate Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 164 setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLEar Clears set to don t care all patterns of the logic serial pattern trigger 5 164 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 164 TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or 5 164 MODE queries the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 31 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 164 POLarity the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 164 SOURce setting TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CS Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern
140. 174 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 33 Common Command Group The commands in the common group are defined in the USBTMC USB488 and are independent of the instrument s functions There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group CAL CALibrate Function Performs calibration and queries the result Syntax CAL Example CAL gt 0 Description If the calibration terminates normally 0 is returned If an error is detected 1 is returned CLS CLear Status Function Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue Syntax CLS Example CLS Descriptions Ifthe CLS command is located immediately after the program message terminator the output queue is also cleared For details on the register and queue see chapter 6 ESE standard Event Status Enable register Function Sets the standard event enable register or queries the current setting Syntax ESE lt NRf gt ESE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example ESE 251 ESE gt 251 Descriptions Specify the value as a sum of decimal values of each bit For example specifying ESE 251 will cause the standard enable register to be set to 11111011 In this case bit 2 of the standard event register is disabled which means that bit 5 ESB of the status byte register is not set to 1 even if a query error OCCUIS The default value is ESE 0 all bits disabled Aquery using ESE will not clear the contents of t
141. 2 GP IBnterface icti n mci eee itor ibit 3 3 graticule 5 75 Orid eese 5 75 COU VAIS otro oret eres erste LU LLL 5 104 H Page HOOBYy grOUpcus cuu ret cte aE Cer pa bn Ree Ec high resolution mode history function display mode order dee creed es end TMD GI EE Em 5 92 highlight display mode 5 92 replay function 5 92 start number e 5 92 target recordi ne enr e a oet icr c Pete 5 92 history function of the reference sssssssss 5 99 BIS Tory group iue rime oeste tenen 5 92 history search function efe c 5 93 SOUNCO MACE tisacettecseret cercteticetierevscvzcavetineaventvensectels feeds 5 98 SOUC WITIQOW 2 circ nanii 5 99 lioldioff TING conet tem ee e ee eec ales 5 163 horizontal cursor calculatioritem iit ect 5 66 ON OFF 5 66 Source trace 5 67 horizontal sync signal 5 162 laorizontal Zoom 5 co UE e Dress 5 173 l Page IR filt r Comp ltatlOn seco eret Petre 5 107 IMAGe group INITialize group TOES OU e ER input COUPIING wis ahi io HER e t Ed input filter intensity s interface message desees eret ie anioia 3 6 TIT 5 35 internal memoly todas eiecti diesen anaa 5 77 interpolation interval time event interval sesesssss 5 158 inverted display rete entree icles Ae 5 60
142. 45 TRIGger CLOCk POLarity Sets the polarity of the clock channel or queries the current setting 5 145 TRIGger CLOCk SOURce Sets the source waveform of the clock channel or queries the current setting 5 145 TRIGger DELay Queries all settings related to the trigger delay 5 145 TRIGger DELay TIME Sets the delay value the trigger delay or queries the current setting 5 145 TRIGger EDGE Queries all edge trigger settings 5 145 TRIGger EDGE COUPling Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger coupling 5 146 TRIGger EDGE HFRejection Sets or queries the on off status of the trigger source low pass filter HF 5 146 HighFrequencyREJECTION rejection for edge triggering IM DLM6054 17EN 5 27 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TRIGger EDGE HYSTeresis Sets or queries the noise rejection setting for the edge trigger source trigger 5 146 level TRIGger EDGE LEVel Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger level 5 146 TRIGger EDGE PROBe Sets or queries the external trigger source probe setting for edge triggering 5 146 TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Sets or queries the trigger source trigger slope the polarity when window is 5 146 set to ON for edge triggering TRIGger EDGE SOURce Sets or queries the edge trigger source 5 146 TRIGger EDGE WIDTh Sets or queries the edge trigger source window width 5 147
143. 5 128 os MX 5 128 ue m 5 128 serial pattern trigger enhanced sssusss 5 159 serial pattern trigger event E urere fr SKEW COMECHOM rr skip mode 5 128 SNAP group 5 132 SSTart group 5 133 standard event regiStet sssini nussii 6 4 STAREGIOUDS ceteri etes LE LU AE ERS 5 134 state clock i i W Eel 5 104 statistical processing history data 5 114 Status DVIl6 nadie ion te icio E Een cron STATus group status report STOR GOUD aare I pera Sting datasta aa D D ee SXSTemigtroius use cos erre E re Rc RETEN 5 137 systemiinformatloh auci orgia Pep aa 5 137 T TAVV AUE LE 5 143 target record number 5 171 target waveform 5 172 TOPP soe 2 6 telecom test fejgre folnpe E RE 5 82 CV SO AUCIM oain eend TEETE pae dera tun 5 82 5 139 mask determinat OTni rre nitro ve rh 5 82 mask fest rer rrr enel 5 140 measurement range oerte itt eee 5 142 source trace S MY OG ETE TELSCOMUCSE group tob tee 5 139 threshold level 5 105 time 5 137 TIMebase group 5 143 MU H 2 6 totali QUumb6E oci neret S 5 170 transition filter 5 135 trial mode 5 159 trigger delay 5 145 TRIGgGet grOUp too etre nn bte Cep 5 144 trigger level ex
144. 5 74 DISPlay BLIGht LCD Turns ON OFF the backlight or queries the current setting 5 75 DISPlay BLIGht TIMeout Sets the timeout of the backlight or queries the current setting 5 75 o DISPlay COLor Queries all settings related to the waveform display color 5 75 3 DISPlay COLor CHANnel x LOGi Sets the color of the waveform or queries the current setting 5 75 3 c LSTate MATH x REFerence cx DISPlay FORMat Sets the display format or queries the current setting 5 75 2 DISPlay GRATicule Sets the graticule grid or queries the current setting 5 75 DISPlay INTENsity Queries all settings related to the intensity of the displayed items 5 75 DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform Sets the intensity of the waveform or queries the current setting 5 75 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID Sets the intensity of the display item or queries the current setting 5 75 MARKer ZBOX DISPlay INTERpolate Sets the display interpolation format or queries the current setting 5 75 DISPlay MAPPing Queries all settings related to the waveform mapping to the split screen 5 75 DISPlay MAPPing MODE Sets the waveform mapping mode for the split screen or queries the current 5 76 setting DISPlay MAPPing TRACe lt x gt Sets the mapping of the waveform to the split screen or queries the current 5 76 setting DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Sets or queries the on off status of the scale value display 5 76 DISPlay TRANslucent Turns ON OFF the translucent mod
145. 52 MODE queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Sets the scroll direction of the list display of the waveform parameter 5 52 SCRoll measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Queries the automated measured value of the list display number of the 5 52 VALue waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter x MODE Sets the mode of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the 5 52 current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the trace of the waveform parameter 5 52 TRACe lt x gt measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the area of the waveform parameter 5 52 TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Sets the waveform parameter of the waveform parameter measurement or 5 52 TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE queries the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 5 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries all settings related to the trend display of the waveform parameter 5 52 measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Executes the auto scaling of the trend display of the waveform parameter 5 53 ASCale EXECute measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Sets the tar
146. 65 VALue CURSor HORizontal BASic Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link or queries the current setting 5 65 LINKage CURSor HORizontal BASic Queries all settings related to the AV cursor 5 66 V lt x gt CURSor HORizontal BASic Jumps the AV cursor to the center position of the zoom waveform 5 66 V lt x gt JUMP CURSor HORizontal BASic Sets the AV cursor position or queries the current setting 5 66 V x POSition CURSor HORizontal BASic Turns ON OFF the AV cursor or queries the current setting 5 66 V lt x gt STATe CURSor HORizontal BASic Queries the voltage value at the AV cursor 5 66 V lt x gt VALue CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Queries all settings related to calculation items of the AV cursors 5 66 CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the AV cursors 5 66 ALL CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Sets the equation of the calculation item of the AV cursor or queries the 5 66 DEFine lt x gt CURSor HORizontal CALCulation current setting Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the AV cursor or queries the current 5 66 STATe lt x gt setting CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the AV cursor 5 66 VALue lt x gt CURSor HORizontal TRACe Sets the source trace of the AV cursor or queries the current setting 5 67 CURSor MARKer Queries all settings related to the marker cursors 5 67 C
147. 70 VALue CURSor TYPE Sets the cursor type or queries the current setting 5 70 CURSor VERTical Queries all settings related to the AT cursors 5 70 CURSor VERTical BASic Queries all settings related to basic items of the AT cursors 5 70 CURSor VERTical BASic ALL Turns ON OFF all basic items of the AT cursors 5 70 CURSor VERTical BASic DT Queries all settings related to the AT measurement of the AT cursors 5 70 CURSor VERTical BASic DT Turns ON OFF the AT measurement of the AT cursors or queries the current 5 70 STATe setting CURSor VERTical BASic DT Queries the AT value of the AT cursors 5 70 VALue IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page CURSor VERTical BASic Turns ON OFF the AT cursor link or queries the current setting 5 70 LINKage CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt Queries all settings related to the 1 AT measurement of the AT cursors 5 70 CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt Turns ON OFF the 1 AT measurement of the AT cursors or queries the 5 71 STATe current setting CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt Queries the 1 AT value of the AT cursors 5 71 VALue CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt Queries all settings related to the AT cursor 5 71 CURSor VERTical BASic T x Jumps to the center position of the zoom
148. 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYCInteg TYINteg V1 V2 The following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM MAXIMUM gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM MAXIMUM 1 000E 00 Syntax Example 5 116 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe Function Syntax Example Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TY Clnteg TYINteg V1 V2 The following is an example for the maximum value of trace 1 and area 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM STATE ON MEASURE TRACE1 AREA MAXIMUM STATE gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM STATE 1 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue Function Syntax Example Queries t
149. A String x 210r2 String Up to 32 characters by combining 0 to F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN HEXA ABCD Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to latch of the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON This command in invalid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh SOURce NONE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh SOURce Function Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt NRf gt NONE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt
150. AHISTOGRAM1 TRACE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter HRANge lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 Function Sets the vertical range of the accumulated histogram lt x gt of HRANge lt x gt 1 or 2 or queries the current setting lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE lt NR gt lt NR gt PARAMETER HRANGE1 1 2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt VERTical ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE lt x gt 10r2 PARAMETER HRANGE1 gt ANALYSIS lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 VERTICAL 1 2 HRANGE1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 VERTICAL ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI VERTICAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 5 40 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt WINDow Function Sets the measurement target window of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt WINDow MAIN Z1 2Z2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 WINDOW MAIN ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 WINDOW ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI WINDOW MAIN Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the FFT computation function ANALysis FFT lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt AVERage Function Queries all FFT a
151. ALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION STATE1 gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION STATE1 1 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation VALue lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION VALUE1 gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK CALCULATION VALUE1 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MODE Function Sets or queries the waveform display mode for FFT analysis ANALysis FFT x MODE AVERage MAXHold NORMal ANALysis FFT x MODE lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MODE AVERAGE ANALYSIS FFT1 MODE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MODE AVERAGE Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt RANGe Function Sets the measurement source window used in the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt RANGe MAIN Z1 2Z2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt RANGe lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 RANGE MAIN ANALYSIS FFT1 RANGE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 RANGE MAIN ANALysis FFT lt x gt RPOSition Ref Position Function Sets the center point of magnification of the vertical axis of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt RPOSition lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT x
152. ANnell PROBe 100 Voltage Time Frequency and Current Voltage Time Frequency and Current indicate decimal values that have physical significance lt Multiplier gt or Unit can be attached to the lt NRf gt form that was described earlier It is expressed in one of the following forms Voltage Time A physical value Frequency Example Time axis range Current gt TIMebase TDIV 1US Register Register value expressed as binary octal decimal or hexadecimal Example Extended event register value STATUS EESE HFE Character Data Predefined character string mnemonic Can be selected from Example Select the input coupling of CH1 CHANnell COUPling AC DC DC50 GND lt Boolean gt Indicates ON and OFF Set using ON OFF or a value Example Turn ON the CH1 display CHANnell DISPlay ON String data An arbitrary character string Example Comment to a screen data output MATH1 UNIT USERdefine VOLT lt Filename gt Indicates a file name Example Save file name gt FILE SAVE WAVeform NAME CASE1 lt Block data gt Arbitrary 8 bit data Example Response to acquired waveform data 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ lt Decimal gt lt Decimal gt indicates a value expressed as a decimal number as shown in the table below Decimal values are given in the NR form as specified in the ANSI X3 42 1975
153. AP 5 132 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 23 SSTart Group SSTart Function Starts the waveform acquisition with the trigger mode set to single If the waveform acquisition stops within the specified time period 0 is returned at that point If not 1 is returned Syntax SSTart lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 360000 10 ms resolution wait period START and wait O START only No wait 360000 to 1 10 ms unit wait time do not START and wait Example SSTART 100 gt SSTART 0 Descriptions If the specified time period is positive data acquisition is started in the SINGLE TRIGGER mode and waits for the operation to stop e Ifthe specified time period is 0 data acquisition is started and 0 is returned without waiting for the operation to stop If the specified time period is negative the instrument simply waits for the operation to stop Data acquisition is not started IM DLM6054 17EN 5 133 spuewwoy 5 24 STARt Group STARt Function Starts the waveform acquisition Syntax STARt Example START Description Use STOP to stop the waveform acquisition 5 134 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 25 STATus Group The commands in the STATus group are used to make settings and inquiries related to the communication status function There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group For a description of the status report see chapter 6 STATus Function Queries all settings
154. APPING MODE DISPLAY MAPPING MODE AUTO DISPlay MAPPing TRACe lt x gt Function Sets the mapping of the waveform to the split screen or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay MAPPing TRACe lt x gt lt NRf gt DISPlay MAPPing TRACe lt x gt lt x gt 1t08 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example DISPLAY MAPPING TRACE1 3 DISPLAY MAPPING TRACE1 gt DISPLAY MAPPING TRACE1 3 DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Function Sets or queries the on off status of the scale value display Syntax DISPlay SVALue lt Boolean gt DISPlay SVALue Example DISPLAY SVALUE ON DISPLAY SVALUE gt DISPLAY SVALUE 1 DISPlay TRANslucent Function Turns ON OFF the translucent mode or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay TRANslucent lt Boolean gt DISPlay TRANslucent Example DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT ON DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT gt DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT 1 5 76 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 11 FILE Group FILE Function Queries all settings related to the specified storage medium or internal memory Syntax gt FILE FILE DIRectory Function Queries all settings related to the specified storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Change Directory Function Sets the current directory or queries the current setting Syntax FILE DIRectory CDIRectory lt String gt FILE DIRectory CDIRectory String Up to 259 characters Example FILE DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY
155. AREA lt x gt TYPE HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the upper and lower limits of the logic waveform of measure search or 5 96 SELect x PARameter MEASure queries the current setting BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the measure search 5 96 SELect x PARameter MEASure or queries the current setting CALCulation lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the trace of the measure search 5 96 SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the area of the measure search 5 96 SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARch Queries all settings related to the waveform parameters of the measure 5 96 SELect x PARameter MEASure search TRACe x AREA x TYPE o HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the measure 5 97 o SELect x PARameter Search or queries the current setting 3 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt D TYPE lt Parameter gt a HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the XY search 5 97 ii SELect x PARameter XY x HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the upper and lower limits integral value of the XY search or queries the 5 97 SELect x PARameter XY x current setting XYINteg HISTory CURRent
156. ARameter MEASure BIT x AREA x Function Syntax Queries all settings related to each area of measure search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Syntax Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters of measure search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 95 spuewwoy 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt parameter gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the logic waveform of measure search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt Syntax TYPE lt parameter gt NRf NRf lt time gt lt time gt lt frequency gt lt frequency gt HISTory CURRent
157. ARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the trace or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div in 0 1 div steps SEARCH1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 SEARCH1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS gt SEARCH1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the threshold level of the trace or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVe1 lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual SEARCH1 TRACEl1 LEVEL 0 SEARCH1 TRACE1 LEVEL gt TRACE1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 Syntax Example SEARCH1 SEARch lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the search type or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch x TYPE EDGE EQUalify LINBus LQUalify LSPAttern LSTate LWIDth SPATtern STATe WIDTh SEARCh lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 TYPE EDGE SEARCH1 TYPE gt SEARCH1 TYPE EDGE Description LQUalify LSPAttern LSTate LWIDth are only available on the DLM6000 SEARch lt x gt WIDTh Function Queries all settings related t
158. ASURE CURSOR CALCULATION VALUE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION VALUE1 1 000E 00 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 37 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HLINkage lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HLINkage lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR HLINKAGE ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR HLINKAGE ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE CURSOR HLINKAGE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HPOSition lt x gt Function Sets the AV cursor position of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HPOSition lt x gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor HPOSition lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HPOSition lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR HPOSITION1 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR HPOSITION1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE CURSOR HPOSITION1 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the AT cursor link of the accumulated histogram or queries th
159. ASURE CURSOR DC VALUE 1 000E 00 Syntax Example gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor LINKage Function Turns ON OFF the trend cursor link of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure CURSor LINKage lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure Syntax CURSor L x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE NKage gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure MODE Function Sets the automated measurement mode of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure MODE CURSor OFF ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure MODE lt xX gt Syntax 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE MODE ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE MODE CURSOR Example gt 5 54 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd VERTical Function Sets the vertical range of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd VERTical NRf NRf ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd
160. ATH Group MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Function Sets the vertical sensitivity of the computed waveform or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity NRf lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY 1 MATH1 SCALE SENSITIVITY gt SCALE SENSITIVITY 1 000E 00 Syntax Example MATHI MATH x SELect Function Sets the display option or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SELect MATH REFerence OFFj MATH lt x gt SELect lt x gt 1to4 Example MATH1 SELECT MATH MATHI SELECT gt MATH1 SELECT MATH MATH lt x gt THReshold lt x gt Function Sets the edge detection level of the count computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt THReshold lt x gt NRf lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MATH x THReshold lt x gt lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of THReshold lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MATH1 THRESHOLD1 1 MATH1 THRESHOLD1 gt THRESHOLD1 1 000E 00 Description THReshold2 is valid when the operation is RCOunt Syntax Example MATHI gt MATH lt x gt UNIT Function Queries all settings related to the computation unit Syntax MATH lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH
161. Approx 224 890 s 2500000 Approx 3188 ms Approx 451 297 s 6250000 Approx 7841 ms Approx 1127 625 s The table below lists the reference response times when outputting waveform data of logic signals Number of Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 78 ms Approx 0 141 s 125000 Approx 625 ms Approx 3 516 s 1250000 Approx 5547 ms Approx 34 531 s 2500000 Approx 11156 ms Approx 69 375 s 6250000 Approx 27812 ms Approx 173 266 s IM DLM6054 17EN 1 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications Switching between Remote and Local Modes When Switching from Local to Remote Mode If the DL6000 DLM6000 receives a COMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC when it is in the local mode it switches to the remote mode REMOTE is displayed in the center of the upper section of the screen All keys except the SHIFT CLEAR key are disabled Settings entered in local mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to remote mode When Switching from Remote to Local Mode Pressing SHIFT CLEAR in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is void when the DL6000 DLM6000 has received a COMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC local lockout condition When the DL6000 DLM6000 receives a COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to the local mode regardless of the local lock condition REMOTE indication in the center of the up
162. Attern LSPIbus LPSTate LPULse LQUalify LSTate PQUalify PSTate PULSe SPATtern SPIBus STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 TYPE CANBUS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 TYPE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI TYPE CANBUS Description LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPlbus LPSTate L PULse LQUalify LSTate are only available on the DLM6000 Oo TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh 3 Function Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger 3 of the event a Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh o lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh MODE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh MODE x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH MODE TIMEOUT TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI WIDTH MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 WIDTH MODE TIMEOUT IM DLM6054 17EN 5 157 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt WIDTh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x WIDTh PO FALSe IN NEGative OUT POSitive TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x W POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT
163. C THRESHOLD PODA USERLEVEL gt LOGIC THRESHOLD PODA USERLEVEL 1 0E 00 Description On 16 bit models you can only select PODA PODC Syntax spuewwoy Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 105 5 18 MATH Group MATH lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the computation Syntax MATH lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt DA Function Queries all settings related to the D A conversion Syntax MATH lt x gt DA lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt DA ARANging Function Executes the auto range of the D A conversion Syntax MATH lt x gt DA ARANging lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 DA ARANGING MATH lt x gt DA BFORmat Function Sets the binary format of D A conversion or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt DA BFORmat SBINary TCOMplement MATH lt x gt DA BFORmat lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH1 DA BFORMAT SBINARY MATH1 DA BFORMAT gt MATH1 DA BFORMAT SBINARY Syntax Example i MATH lt x gt DA HISTory ABORt Function Aborts the history computation of the D A conversion Syntax MATH lt x gt DA HISTory ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 DA HISTORY ABORT MATH lt x gt DA HISTory EXECute Function Executes the auto range of the D A conversion Syntax MATH lt x gt DA HISTory EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 DA HISTORY EXECUTE MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling Function Queries all settings related to the
164. CE1 gt ZOOM ALLOCATION1 TRACE1 1 ZOOM FORMat lt x gt Function Sets the display format of the zoom waveform or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM FORMat lt x gt DUAL MAIN QUAD SINGle TRIad ZOOM FORMat lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example ZOOM FORMAT1 SINGLE ZOOM FORMAT1 gt ZOOM FORMAT1 SINGLE ZOOM HLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the horizontal link or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM HLINkage lt Boolean gt ZOOM HLINkage Example ZOOM HLINKAGE ON ZOOM HLINKAGE gt ZOOM HLINKAGE 1 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the horizontal zoom Syntax ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRol11 Function Queries all settings related to the auto scroll function Syntax ZOOM HORizontal x ASCRoll x 210r2 ZOOM HORizontal x ASCRol1l JUMP Function Moves the zoom center position to the left or right edge of the main screen Syntax ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll JUMP LEFT RIGHt x 210r2 Example ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL JUMP RIGHT ZOOM HORizontal x ASCRoll SPEed Function Sets the auto scroll speed or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM HORizontal x ASCRoll SPEed lt NR gt ZOOM HORizontal x ASCRoll SPEed x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 2 5 10 20 50 Example ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL SPEED 1 ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL SPEED ZOO
165. CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter CATegory FFT MEASure XY HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter CATegory lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT PARAMETER CATEGORY MEASURE HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT PARAMETER CATEGORY gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER CAT EGORY MEASURE IM DLM6054 17EN 5 93 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch S ELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the FFT search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the FFT search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT x CALCulation lt x gt NRf NRf HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of CALCulation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 gt
166. Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue 5 175 ESE standard Event Status Sets the standard event enable register or queries the current setting 5 175 Enable register ESR standard Event Status Queries the standard event register and clears the register 5 175 Register IDN IDeNtify Queries the instrument model 5 175 OPC OPeration Complete Sets bit 0 OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 upon the completion 5 175 of the specified overlap command OPC OPeration Complete If OPC is transmitted and the specified overlap command is completed 5 176 ASCII code 1 is returned OPT OPTion Queries the installed options 5 176 PSC Power on Status Clear Sets whether or not to clear the registers below at power on or queries the 5 176 current setting The register is cleared when the value rounded to an integer is a non zero value RST ReSeT Initializes the settings 5 176 SRE Service Request Enable Sets the service request enable register or queries the current setting 5 176 register STB STatus Byte Queries the status byte register 5 176 TST Performs a self test and queries the result The self test involves internal 5 176 memory tests WAI WAIt Holds the subsequent command until the completion of the specified overlap 5 177 operation 5 34 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 2 ACQuire Group ACQuire Function Queries all settings related to
167. DLG6000 DLM6000 Series Digital Oscilloscope Mixed Signal Oscilloscope Communication Interface USER S MANUAL Mirac erdt e Yokogawa Electric IM DLM6054 17EN 1st Edition Thank you for purchasing the DL6000 DLM6000 Series Digital Oscilloscope Mixed Signal Oscilloscope DL6054 DL6104 DL6154 DLM6054 DLM6104 hereafter referred to as the DL6000 DLM6000 This Communication Interface User s Manual describes the functions and commands of the following communication interfaces USB Interface Ethernet Interface Optional GB IB Interface To ensure correct use please read this manual thoroughly before beginning operation After reading the manual keep it in a convenient location for quick reference whenever a question arises during operation The following manuals are provided for the DL6000 DLM6000 Please read all of them Manual Title Manual No Description DL6000 DLM6000 Series IM DLM6054 01EN Explains all functions and procedures of the DL6000 Digital Oscilloscope DLM6000 series excluding the communication Mixed Signal Oscilloscope functions User s Manual DL6000 DLM6000 Series IM DLM6054 17EN This manual Explains the communication interface Digital Oscilloscope functions of the DL6000 DLM6000 series Mixed Signal Oscilloscope Communication Interface User s Manual in CD DL6000 DLM6000 Series IM DLM6054 51EN Explains the optional I2C bus signal CAN bus Digital Oscilloscope signal LIN bus signa
168. E gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 TRACE 1 Description This command is invalid when Window is XY HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE Function Queries all settings related to the search in the waveform zone wave search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x WAVE EDIT x EXIT Function Exits the zone edit menu of the wave search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt EXIT lt NRf gt QUIT lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of EDIT lt x gt 1 to 13 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 internal memories Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 WAVE EDIT1 EXIT 1 Descriptions An error occurs if this command is issued when the zone is not being edited Saves the zone waveform to the internal memory specified by lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt PART Function Sets the editing of the portion of the zone of the wave search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt PART NRf NRf NRf N Rf gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of EDIT lt x gt 1 to13 1 to 8 are traces 9 to 12 are internal memories 13 is the zone waveform that is currently displayed lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div partial editing time axis cursor 1 and 2 8 to 8 div up and down in the order partial
169. E BINARY EXECUTE FILE SAVE BINARY EXECUTE Flash Mem DIR DATA Example Absolute path designation FILE SAVE BINARY EXECUTE DATA Relative path designation Descriptions If the path is not specified the data is saved to the file name specified by FILE SAVE NAME e If the path is specified the auto naming function is disabled For details on the String parameter see the description in FILE DIRectory CDIRectory FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT SBUS ANALysis Function Sets the trace of specific data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT SBUS ANALysis lt NRf gt FILE SAVE AHIStogram FFT SBUS ANALysis lt NRf gt 1 to 2 The following is an example for FFT data FILE SAVE FFT ANALYSIS 1 FILE SAVE FFT ANALYSIS gt FILE SAVE FFT ANALYSIS 1 Example FILE SAVE ANAMing Function Sets the type of auto naming of file names of the saved data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF gt FILE SAVE ANAMing Example FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE FILE SAVE ANAMING gt FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat COMPression Function Sets the compression method for saving specific data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat COMPression DECimation OFF PTOPeak STATe FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat COMPression Example The fol
170. E 1 000E 00 Description This command valid when SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE is OFF SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup CLEar Function Clears Don t care all patterns of the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup CLEar lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP CLEAR SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive Function Sets the active trace level of the data for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive HIGH LOW SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA TRACe Function Sets the trace of the data for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup DATA TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 E
171. E 10 CHANNEL1 LSCALE BVALUE gt LSCALE BVALUE 10 0000E 00 Example CHANNEL1 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE Function Sets or queries the on off status of linear scaling Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt LSCale MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE ON CHANNEL1 LSCALE MODE gt CHANNELI1 LSCALE MODE 1 CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Function Sets or queries a unit that is attached to linear scaling results CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT String CHANnel lt x gt LSCale UNIT Syntax x 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to four characters CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT EU CHANNEL1 LSCALE UNIT gt LSCALE UNIT EU You can only use the characters and symbols that appear on the DL6000 DLM6000 soft keyboard Assignment of a unit never affects the scale value Example CHANNEL Description CHANnel x OFFSet Function Sets the offset voltage of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt OFFSet lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANneL lt x gt OFFSet Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual CHANNEL1 OFFSET 1V CHANNEL1 OFFSET gt OFFSET 1 000E 00 Example CHANNEL1 CHANnel lt x gt POSition Function Sets the vertical position of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CHANneL lt
172. E SLOPe RISE FALL TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SLOPe Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SLOPE RISE TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SLOPE gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SLOPE RISE TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SOURce Function Sets or queries the B edge trigger source Syntax TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SOURce NRf EXTernal TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SOURCe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SOURCE gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER EDGE SOURCE 1 TRIGger CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel Syntax TRIGger CLOCk TRIGger CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger CLOCk POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER CLOCK POLARITY RISE TRIGGER CLOCK POLARITY CLOCK POLARITY RISE Descriptions This command is invalid when TRIGger CLOCk SOURce NONE ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow ON For all other cases FALL RISE is valid This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE PSTate STATe TRIGGER TRIGger CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the source waveform of the clock channel or o queries the current setting 3 Syntax TRIGger CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt NONE 3 TRIGger CLOCk SOURCe a lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER CLOCK SOURCE NONE TRIGGER CLOCK SOURCE gt CLOCK SOU
173. EASURE PEAK BASIC RANGEL gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC RANGE1 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1or2 x of V lt x gt 2 10r2 ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V x STATe Function Turns ON OFF the peak value of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt STATe x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 STATE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt VALue Function Queries the peak value of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic V lt x gt VALue x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC V1 VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK CALCulation
174. ELect lt x gt MODE Function Sets the mode of the condition or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt MODE PARameter POLYgon RECTangle WAVE Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter S lt x gt 1to4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER S GONOGO ZPARAMETER S ELect x MODE ELECT1 MODE WAVE ELECT1 MODE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 MODE WAVE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter Function Queries all settings related to the condition parameter Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter lt x gt 1to4 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter CATegory Function Sets the parameter category or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter CATegory FFT MEASure XY GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter CATegory lt x gt 1to4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER CATEGORY FFT GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER CATEGORY GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER CATEGORY FFT Description This command is valid when MEASURE MODE CYCLE Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT x Function Queries all settings related to the FFT determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter FFT lt x gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt
175. ESC K k B 11 1B 27 2B 43 3B 59 4B 75 5B 91 6B 107 7B 123 C 14 34 54 12 74 28 114 12 134 28 154 12 174 28 FF FS L l C 12 1C 28 2C 44 3C 60 4C 76 5C 92 6C 108 7C 124 D 15 35 55 13175 29 115 13 135 29 155 13 175 29 CR GS M m D 13 1D 29 2D 45 3D 61 4D 77 5D 93 6D 109 7D 125 E 16 36 56 14176 30 116 14 136 30 156 14 176 30 SO RS f gt N A n E 14 1E 30 2bE 46 3E 62 4E 78 5E 94 6E 110 7E 126 F 17 37 57 15 77 UNL 117 15 137 UNT 157 15 T EL SI US O O RUBOUT F 15 1F 31 2F 47 3F 63 4F 79 SF 95 6F 111 7F 127 Address Universal Listener Talker address Secondary commands commands commands address y Example Hexadecimal Octal GP IB code Decimal ASCII character code IM DLM6054 17EN App 1 xipueddy E Appendix 2 Error Messages This section describes the error messages related to communications The messages can be displayed in English or Japanese on the DL9500 DL9700 However when the messages are read from a PC or other similar computers the messages are displayed in English e If servicing is required contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer for repairs Only error messages related to communications are listed here For other error messages see User s Manual IM 701331 01E Communication syntax error Communication execution error Model specific other Communication query error System error communications 399 Error in Comm
176. Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the FFT determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of CALCulation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK Function Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DFREquency Function Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak frequencies of the FFT determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DFREquency lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DFREquency x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 o
177. Function Turns ON OFF the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic MODE Example LOGIC MODE ON LOGIC MODE LOGIC MODE 1 LOGic POSition Function Sets the vertical position of the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic POSition lt NRf gt LOGic POSition lt NRf gt 25 to 31 Example LOGIC POSITION 0 LOGIC POSITION gt LOGIC POSITION 0 5 104 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 17 LOGic Group LOGic SCLock Function Queries all settings related to the state clock of the logic signal Syntax LOGic SCLock LOGic SCLock POLarity Function Sets the state clock polarity of the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic SCLock POLarity BOTH FALL RISE LOGic SCLock POLarity Example LOGIC SCLOCK POLARITY BOTH LOGIC SCLOCK POLARITY gt SCLOCK POLARITY BOTH LOGIC LOGic SCLock SOURce Function Sets the state clock source of the logic signal or queries the current setting LOGic SCLock SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt LOGic SCLock SOURce lt x gt 0to7 LOGIC SCLOCK SOURCE AO LOGIC SCLOCK SOURCE gt SOURCE A0 Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt Syntax Example LOGIC SCLOCK LOGic SIZE Function Sets the display size of the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic SIZE LARGe MIDium SMAL1 XLARge
178. GSS HC PE 4 1 4 2 Commands ce TaSE 4 3 4 3 RESPONSE Loose ssisisticeeoipenticesl enact dicot a E ine cenandesarceteseascisansesence es 4 5 4 4 Data ERE 4 6 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller essen 4 8 Commands 5 1 List Of COMMANGS E Eit 5 1 5 2 AC QUIRGGIOU Pics P 5 35 5 3 ABIRE 5 36 5 4 ASE TUP Group Rtedte nene eeiam aeu 5 58 5 5 GALibtrate Group eerte nee ta ocu se ide een dec ex Rae ee RE heated eb box e rie e EUR c Ra ees 5 59 5 6 CHANNELGOUP remee eer ETE 5 60 5 7 e Bri Group ai ne 5 62 5 8 GOMMUMICATE Group ea E 5 63 5 9 CURSO Group aeiae ete banana entente fae ir ie 5 65 9 10 DISPIay Shoup ze tici eapub arie ettet a para em cies Eon eeu teet exui pnsu een Ses eed eat 5 74 XH EN BEC CoU o M NOT 5 77 5 12 GONOGO Group epe Meine a Maen A A hee cee eters eed 5 81 513 HGOPy Group ceder RE utt Diana etd eh uisi 5 90 5 14 HISTory Groupe cies nece te reti iine rhet terna teda c E Re eed aux Rd Eiaa hanes 5 92 SAL MEMIUSC Sco e i eea Ea a E E E 5 101 516 INMaAlZe Group en aE E a a E E 5 102 mra LOGICGIOUD aissent aa a a a a a E 5 103 5 18 MATH GOUD iet eere secte naan ER EE roc ela ee avd ain A 5 106 5 19 MEASU fe GIOUD tiesinant iira ee toii niet egte ee r a bae euet reset
179. H SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION1 gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trace of the measure search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the area of the measure search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameters of the measure search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 5 96 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe x AREA x TYPE Parameter
180. HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 CALCULATION1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK Function Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 10r2 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x PARameter FFT x PEAK DFREquency Function Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak frequencies of the FFT search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DFREquency lt Freq uency gt lt Frequency gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DFREquency x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 Frequency See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY 1 10 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY 10 00E 00 1 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DV Function Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak voltages of the FFT search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch
181. HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 R RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 97 spuewwoy 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x RECTangle VERTical Function Sets the vertical position of the rectangle used in the rectangle search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARCh SELect x RECTangle VERTical lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt VERTical Syntax m ECTangle x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 ECTANGLE VERTICAL 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 ECTANGLE VERTICAL gt HISTORY URRENT SEARCH SELECT1 RECTANGLE ERTICAL 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Example a a Q lt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the source trace of the history search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt TRACe x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 TRACE 1 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 TRAC
182. HORIZONTAL BASIC ALL ON CURSor HORizontal BASic DV Function Queries all settings related to the AV measurement of the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic DV 9 3 CURSor HORizontal BASic DV STATe 3 Function Turns ON OFF the AV measurement of the AV amp cursors or queries the current setting d Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic DV STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor HORizontal BASic DV STATe Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC DV STATE ON CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC DV STATE gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC DV STATE 1 CURSor HORizontal BASic DV VALue Function Queries the voltage value between the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic DV VALue Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC DV VALUE CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC DV VALUE 1 000E 00 CURSor HORizontal BASic LINKage Function Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic LINKage lt Boolean gt CURSor HORizontal BASic LINKage Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC LINKAGE ON CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC LINKAGE CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC LINKAGE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 65 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the AV cursor Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt JUMP Function Jumps the AV cursor to the center position of the zoom wave
183. IM DLM6054 17EN 5 153 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic WIDTh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh POLarity FALSe NEGative POSitive TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY FALSE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY FALSE Descriptions FALSe TRUE is valid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE LPSTate NEGative POSitive is valid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE LPULse TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic WIDTh SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh SOURce lt x gt 10r2 y 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI1 LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the logic pulse width of
184. If the number of bit mappings specified with LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing is too large the lower bits are set to X If the number is too small the top bits are set Syntax Example SEARcCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern Function Sets the truth condition for each group of the logic state search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern lt string gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt PATTern lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GRopu lt x gt 1 to 5 lt string gt combination of up to 32 characters 0 1 and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 1111000011110000111100001111 0000 SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 PATTERN 1111000011110000111100001111 0000 Syntax Example SEARCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol Function Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol lt string gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 lt string gt 16 characters or fewer SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE GROUP1 SYMBOL TEST Syntax Example SEARCh x SLOGic STATe TYPE Function Sets the setting method of the logic state search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe TYPE BIT GROup SEARCh lt x g
185. Incorrectly spelled command name 9 used in octal data Bit 4 EXE Execution Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is correct but the command cannot be executed in the current state Example Received a command with a parameter outside the range or attempted to output a hard copy while waveform acquisition is in progress e Bit 3 DDE Device Dependent Error Set to 1 when execution of the command is not possible due to an internal problem in the instrument that is not a command error or an execution error Bit 2 QYE Query Error Set to 1 if the output queue is empty or if the data is missing even after a query has been sent Example No response data data is lost due to an overflow in the output queue Bit 1 RQC Request Control Not used always 0 Bit 0 OPC Operation Complete Set to 1 when the operation designated by the OPC command see chapter 5 has been completed Bit Masking To mask a bit in the standard event register so that it does not cause bit 5 ESB of the status byte to change set the corresponding bit in the standard event enable register to 0 Refer to Chapter 4 For example to mask bit 2 QYE so that ESB will not be set to 1 even if a query error occurs set bit 2 of the standard event enable register to O This can be done using the ESE command To inquire whether each bit of the standard event enable register is 1 or 0 use the ESE For details on the ESE command see chapter 5 Operati
186. LE SAVE NAME SAMPLE HCOPy NETPrint Function Queries all settings related to network printer output or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint HCOPy NETPrint TONE Function Sets the half tone for the network printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint TONE Boolean HCOPy NETPrint TONE Example HCOPY NETPRINT TONE ON HCOPY NETPRINT TONE HCOPY NETPRINT TONE 1 Description Cannot be turned ON when HCOPy NETPrint TYPE HLASer is used HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Sets the output command type for the network printer or queries the current setting Function Syntax Example HCOPy NETPrint HCOPy NETPrint HCOPY NETPRINT HCOPY NETPRINT NETPRINT TYPE HINKJET HCOPy PRINter Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the built in printer output HCOPy PRINter TYPE HINKjet HLASer TYPE TYPE HINKJET DTYPE gt HCOPY spuewwoy HCOPy PRINter HRMode Turns ON OFF the high resolution mode of the built in printer output or queries the current setting HCOPy PRINter HRMode lt Boolean gt HCOPy PRINter HRMode HCOPY PRINTER HRMODE ON Function Syntax Example HCOPY PRINTER HRMODE gt HCOBY PRINTER HRMODE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 91 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory Function Queries all settings related to the history function Syntax HISTory HISTory CUR
187. LE INTERNAL STORE SETUP COMMENT1 WAVE1 FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP COMMENT1 gt FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP COMMENT1 WAVE1 Gl Tup COMMent lt x gt FILE INTernal STORe SETup DATE lt x gt Function Queries the date time when the setup data was saved to the internal memory Syntax FILE INTernal STORe SETup DATE lt x gt x 1 to 12 Example FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP DATE1 gt FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP DATE1 2007 01 12 14 58 02 FILE INTernal STORe SETup EXECute Function Executes the saving of the setup data to the internal memory This is an overlap command Syntax gt FILE INTernal STORe SETup EXECute lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 12 Example FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP EXECUTE 1 FILE INTernal STORe SETup LOCK lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the read only attribute of the setup data in the internal memory or queries the current setting Syntax FILE INTernal STORe SETup LOCK x Boolean FILE INTernal STORe SETup LOCK x x 1 to 12 Example FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP LOCK1 ON FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP LOCK1 gt FILE INTERNAL STORE SETUP LOCK1 1 FILE LOAD Function Queries all settings related to the loading of files on the specified storage medium Syntax FILE LOAD FILE LOAD BINary ZPOLYGON ZWAVe Function Queries all settings related to t
188. LOCK DTIME 2007 01 06 11 37 32 09 00 MODE 1 SYSTem CLOCk DTIMe Function Sets the date time and time difference with respect to GMT or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk DTIMe lt String gt lt String gt lt String gt SYSTem CLOCk DTIMe The left String YYYY MM DD See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual The center String HH MM SS See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual The right String HH MM See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example SYSTEM CLOCK DTIME 2005 05 06 T1l1r37 327 OS 200 SYSTEM CLOCK DTIME gt SYSTEM CLOCK DTIME 2005 05 06 ilza7 32 09200t SYSTem CLOCk MODE Function Turns ON OFF the date time and time difference with respect to GMT or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk MODE Boolean SYSTem CLOCk MODE Example SYSTEM CLOCK MODE ON SYSTEM CLOCK MODE gt MODE 1 SYSTEM CLOCK SYSTem FORMat IMEMory EXECute Function Formats the internal memory Syntax SYSTem FORMat IMEMory EXECute Example SYSTEM FORMAT IMEMORY EXECUTE SYSTem FORMat SDELete EXECute Delete Function Syntax Example Sure Clears and formats the internal memory SYSTem FORMat SDELete EXECute SYSTEM FORMAT SDELETE EXECUTE SYSTem LANGuage Function Sets the message language or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LANGuage CHINese ENGLish JAPANese KORean FRE
189. LOGic Group logic group bus logic Searched aes caters cheered eee eee logic trigger o5 near tes Cet Ets M Page IMAP PING s nit retener reci Peter eene ec ee marker cursor calculatiori Iter iio t ve eec delta T measurement delta V value time measurement time value i voltage measurement ssssssseeeeene Melee marker cursor position mask test cce rece ke ter e e xh Nensi MATH GOUD ui osotoit onde aia MEASwure group oe inet ie reiecta Eee ee cess measure search waveform parameter esssssssse MILII e message InfoHmiation cer ertet iens message language ettet ge e minimum record number N Page N YG Oa CHO tecees02s TUR 5 81 number of EFT POM oer ret roris 5 42 O Offset MAT EL cnc trc tps cover aiia oIqelr f C a operation pending status register OPSTALO pee TTE ODU Oi ct OR MOJ pem E nN output of Screen data ooi cce eet aa overlap command sisson P Page PC Card slot tes relais eaa 3 1 PErSIStENGE nesses E 5 74 polarity edge state trigger sesesssss 5 163 probe attenuation probe attenuation external trigger 5 169 program tmessajge ee cnn ne reete eed eee cR pads proximal value pulse width search pulse width trigger m pulse width trigger event 5 157 Q Page Uinc 4 4 Inde
190. LYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the cursor on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARametercx HISTogram MEASure PARameter C lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter C lt x gt STATe lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C lt x gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of the cursor on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x VALue x of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 2 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC Function Queries all settings related to the measurement between cursors o
191. Le ABORt Function Aborts the execution of the cycle statistical processing Syntax MEASure CYCLe ABORt Example MEASURE CYCLE ABORT MEASure CYCLe EXECute Function Executes the cycle statistical processing This is an overlap command MEASure CYCLe EXECute MEASURE CYCLE EXECUTE Syntax Example Description Continues the operation without clearing the previous statistical data MEASure CYCLe TRACe Function Sets the cycle source trace of the continuous statistical processing count or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CYCLe TRACe lt NRf gt A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt MEASure CYCLe TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1to7 Example MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASURE CYCLE TRACE gt CYCLE TRACE Description On 16 bit models you can only select lt NRf gt A lt y gt C lt y gt MEASURE MEASure DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the display of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure DISPlay Boolean MEASure DISPlay Example MEASURE DISPLAY ON MEASURE DISPLAY gt MEASURE DISPLAY 1 MEASure HISTory ABORt Function Aborts the execution of the statistical processing of the history data MEASure HISTory ABORt MEASURE HISTORY ABORT Syntax Example MEASure HISTory EXECute Function Executes the statistical processing of the history data This is an overlap command
192. M HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL SPEED 1 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRo11 STARt Function Starts auto scrolling Syntax ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRol1 STARt LEFT RIGHt lt x gt 10r2 Example ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL START LEFT ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRo11 STOP Function Stops auto scrolling Syntax ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll STOP lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 ASCROLL STOP ZOOM HORizontal x MAG Function Sets the horizontal zoom magnification or queries the current setting ZOOM HORizontal x MAG lt NRf gt ZOOM HORizontal x MAG x 210r2 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 MAG 2 ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 MAG ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 MAG 2 000E 00 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 173 spuewwoy 5 32 ZOOM Group ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt POSition Function Sets the horizontal zoom center position or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM HORizontal x POSition lt NRf gt ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt POSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 POSITION 1 Z00M HORIZONTAL1 POSITION gt ZOOM HORIZONTAL1 POSITION 1 000E 00 ZOOM MODE Function Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM MODE MAIN MAIN Z1 MAIN Z1 Z2 MAIN Z22 Z1 Z1_22 22 ZOOM MODE Example ZOOM MODE MAIN Z1 Z2 Z00M MODE gt
193. MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF1 10 MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF1 gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 CUTOFF1 10 0 Description CUToff2 can only be specified for MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND BPASs The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 Syntax Example MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE Function Sets or queries the filter type for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE IIR FIR MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 10r2 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 TYPE IIR MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 TYPE gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 TYPE IIR Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory ABORt Function Cancels history computation for user defined math Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory ABORt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE HISTORY ABORT MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory EXECute Function Executes history computation for user defined math Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory EXECute lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE HISTORY EXECUTE 5 110 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure MEASure BIT x Function Queries all settings related to each logic bit Syn
194. MATHEx USERdef fine AVERage MODE MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONStant lt x gt Sets a user defined math constant or queries the current setting 5 110 5 20 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine Sets a user defined math equation or queries the current setting 5 110 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Queries all filter settings for user defined computation 5 110 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the filter band frequency band for user defined computation 5 110 BAND MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the cutoff frequency for user defined computation 5 110 CUToff z MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Sets or queries the filter type for user defined computation 5 110 TYPE MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory Cancels history computation for user defined math 5 110 ABORt EDD S S sss o S MATH lt x gt USERdefine HISTory Executes history computation for user defined math 5 110 EXECute MEASure Group MEASure Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform 5 111 parameters MEASure BIT x Queries all settings related to each logic bit 5 111 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt Queries all settings related to each area 5 111 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA
195. MUM VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to the calculation items of waveform parameters of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation Syntax lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the waveform parameters of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION ALL ON ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation items of the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation DEFine lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION DEFINE MEAN ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION DEFINE MEAN Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 39 spuewwoy 5 3 ANALys
196. Mean C Sdev C IntegTY Freq 1 Freq Count Burst Width Width Period Duty Rise Fall Delay MAXimum MINimum HIGH LOW PTOPeak HILow POVershoot NOVershoot RMS MEAN SDEViation TYINteg CRMS CMEan CSDeviation TYCInteg FREQuency PERFrequency COUNt BURSt PWIDth NWIDth PERiod DUTY cycle RISE FALL DELay Max Min High Low P P Hi Low Over Over Rms Mean Sdev ITY CRms CMean CSdev CITY Freq 1 FR Count Burst Width Width Period Duty Rise Fall Dly App 4 IM DLM6054 17EN Appendix 4 Eye Pattern Parameter Name Table Name Displayed on Name Used by Name on the DL9500 DL9700 Screen the Setup Menu of the Communication Commands When Displaying Measured Results DL9500 DL9700 Screen Crossing PCROssing Cross Eye Height EHEight EyeHi Eye Width EWIDth EyeWid Q Factor QFACtor QFact Jitter JITTer Jitter Duty Cycle Distriction PDUTycycle DCDTime Vtop VTOP Vtop Vbase VBASe Vbase o top SDTop o top o base SDBase o base Tcrossing1 T1CRossing Tcros1 Tcrossing2 T2CRossing Tcros2 Vcrossing VCRossing Vcros Ext Rate dB DBERate ERdB Rise RISE Rise Fall FALL Fall IM DLM6054 17EN App 5 xipueddy E Index Index Symbol Page SDOOICAN A rrna sn chveavevenuetvecsus UN 4 7 A Page accumulated histogram automated measurement cc ccccccceesssseeeeeeeeessteeeee 5 36 automated measurement of waveform parameter 5 38 calculation item 2 2 iia
197. N BITRATE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN BITRATE TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN BITRATE 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE OFF gt TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLEar Function Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern trigger to don t care Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLEar Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLEAR TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to clock of the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt RIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC MODE ON TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC 4 MODE gt iTRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TR POLarity FALL RISE TR POLarity Example TR POLARITY FALL TR POLARITY gt SPAT Description This the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern Gger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk Gger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC spuewwoy GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN CLOC TRIGGER
198. NALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 1 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the measured value of the calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation VALue lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION VALUE1 gt ANALYSIS FFTl MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION VALUE1 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE Function Sets the automated measurement mode of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MODE MARKer OFF PEAK ANALysis FFT x MEASure MODE lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MODE MARKER ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MODE ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MODE MARKER Syntax Example ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK Function Queries all settings related to the peak value measurement of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the peak value of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic lt x gt 10r2 Syntax 5 44 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt
199. NALYSIS XY1 YTRACE gt ANALYSIS XY1 YTRACE 1 Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 57 spuewwoy 5 4 ASETup Group ASETup EXECute Function Execute auto setup Syntax ASETup EXECute Example ASETUP EXECUTE ASETup UNDO Function Cancels auto setup that has been executed Syntax ASETup UNDO Example ASETUP UNDO 5 58 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 5 CALibrate Group CALibrate Function Queries all settings related to the calibration Syntax CALibrate Example CALIBRATE gt CALIBRATE MODE AUTO CALibrate EXECute Function Executes calibration Syntax CALibrate EXECute Example CALIBRATE EXECUTE CALibrate MODE Function Turns ON OFF the auto calibration or queries the current setting Syntax CALibrate MODE AUTO OFF CALibrate MODE Example CALIBRATE MODE AUTO CALIBRATE MODE CALIBRATE MODE AUTO spuewwoy IM DLM6054 17EN 5 59 5 6 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANnel lt x gt BWIDth Function Sets the input filter of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt BWIDth lt Frequency gt FULL CHANneL lt x gt BWIDth x 1 to 4 lt Frequency gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL1 BWIDTH gt CHANNEL1 BWIDTH FULL Syntax Example CHANnel x COUPling Function S
200. NHanced TV Function Queries all settings related to the TV trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV 5 160 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced TV COUPling Function Queries the trigger coupling of the TV trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV COUPling Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV COUPLING TRIGGER ENHANCED TV COUPLING TV TRIGger ENHanced TV CUSTomize Function Turns ON OFF the sync guard function of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV CUSTomize lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced TV CUSTomize Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV CUSTOMIZE ON TRIGGER ENHANCED TV CUSTOMIZE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV CUSTOMIZE 1 TRIGger ENHanced TV FIELd Function Sets the field of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV FIELd DONTcare lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced TV FIELd lt NRf gt 1 or 2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FIELD DONTCARE TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FIELD gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FIELD DONTCARE TRIGger ENHanced TV FRAMe Function Sets the frame skip function of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV FRAMe lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced TV FRAMe lt NRf gt 1 2 4 or 8 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FRAME 2 TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FRAME gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV FRAME 2 TRIGger ENHanced TV HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV
201. NT RECORD 0 HISTORY CURRENT RECORD HISTORY CURRENT RECORD 0 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number HISTory CURRent RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number of the history waveform Syntax HISTory CURRent RECord MINimum Example HISTORY CURRENT RECORD MINIMUM HISTORY CURRENT RECORD 1 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number HISTory CURRent REPLay Function Queries all settings related to the replay function of the history function HISTory CURRent REPLay HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY SPEED 1 Syntax Example HISTory CURRent REPLay JUMP Function Jumps the history waveform to the specified record number Syntax HISTory CURRent REPLay JUMP MAXimum MINimum Example HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY JUMP MAXIMUM HISTory CURRent REPLay SPEed Function Sets the replay speed of the history waveform or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent REPLay SPEed lt NRf gt PER3 PER10 PER30 PER60 J HISTory CURRent REPLay SPEed lt NRf gt 1 3 10 HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY SPEED 1 HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY SPEED HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY SPEED 1 Syntax Example 5 92 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 14 HISTory Group HISTory CURRent REPLay STARt Function Starts the replay of the history waveform in the specified direction Synt
202. Nch GERMan ITALian SPANish SYSTem LANGuage Example SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM LANGUAGE gt SYSTEM 9 LANGUAGE JAPANESE 3 E SYSTem MFSize a Function Sets the menu font size or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem MFSize LARGe SMAL1 Example SYSTEM MFSIZE LARGE SYSTEM MFSIZE SYSTEM MFSIZE LARGE SYSTem MLANguage Function Sets the menu language or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem MLANguage CHINese ENGLish JAPANese KORean FRENch GERMan ITALian SPANish SYSTem MLANguage Example SYSTEM MLANGUAGE ENGLISH SYSTEM MLANGUAGE SYSTEM MLANGUAGE ENGLISH SYSTem OCANcel Offset Cancel Function Sets or queries whether or not the specified offset voltage will be applied to measurement and computation on off Syntax SYSTem OCANcel lt Boolean gt SYSTem OCANcel1 Example SYSTEM OCANCEL ON SYSTEM OCANCEL SYSTEM OCANCEL 1 SYSTem OVERview Function Displays system information Syntax SYSTem OVERview Example SYSTEM OVERVIEW IM DLM6054 17EN 5 137 5 27 SYSTem Group SYSTem USBKeyboard Function Sets the USB keyboard type or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem USBKeyboard ENGLish JAPanese SYSTem USBKeyboard Example SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD ENGLISH SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD SYSTEM USBKEYBOARD ENGLISH 5 138 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 28 TELecomtest Mask Group TELecomtest Function Queries all settings related to the mask t
203. Nnel lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTl STATE CHANNEL1 HIGH Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EQUalify I2CBus PQUalify PSTate SPATtern STATe HIGH LOW is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE I2CBus SPATtern e IN OUT is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EQUalify PQUalify PSTate STATe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow ON HIGH LOW is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EQUalify PQUalify PSTAte STATe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow OFF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe LOGic Function Sets the logic of the condition to be satisfied or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe LOGic AND OR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x STATe LOGic lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE LOGIC AND TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE LOGIC gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE LOGIC AND Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EQUalify 2CBus PQUalify PSTate SPATtern STATe x TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the trigger type of the event or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE CANBus EDGE EQUalify I2CBus LINBus LI2Cbus LLINbus LSP
204. ODE BETWEEN TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH MODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH MODE BETWEEN 5 166 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic WIDTh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic WIDTh POLarity FALSe NEGative POSitive TRUE RIGger LOGic WIDTh POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY FALSE RIGGER LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH POLARITY FALSE Descriptions FALSe TRUE is valid when TRIGger TYPE LPSTate e NEGative POSitive is valid if TRIGger TYPE LPULse 4 4 TRIGger LOGic WIDTh SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic WIDTh SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic WIDTh SOURce x 0to7 TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE A0 TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the logic pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt Time gt TRIGger LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Time 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps Example TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH TIME1 1S TRIGGER LOGIC WIDTH TIME1 gt TRIGGER LOGIC
205. ON OFF the AT cursor link of the accumulated histogram or queries 5 38 MEASure CURSor VLINkage the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the AT cursor position of the accumulated histogram or queries the 5 38 MEASure CURSor VPOSition x current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the automated measurement mode of the accumulated histogram or 5 38 MEASure MODE queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform 5 38 MEASure PARameter parameters of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to the area of the accumulated histogram 5 38 MEASure PARameter AREA x ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF all waveform parameters of the accumulated histogram 5 39 MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt ALL ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the accumulated 5 39 MEASure PARameter histogram AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram or 5 39 MEASure PARameter queries the current setting AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries the automated measured value of the waveform parameter of the 5 39 MEASure PARameter accumulated histogram AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries
206. ON STATE1 ON CURSOR VT CALCULATION STATE1 gt CURSOR VT CALCULATION STATE1 0 CURSor VT CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT CALCulation VALue lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 Example CURSOR VT CALCULATION VALUE1 gt CURSOR VT CALCULATION VALUE1 0 000E 00 CURSor VT JUMP Function Jumps the VT cursor to the center position of the zoom waveform Syntax CURSor VT JUMP 21 22 Example CURSOR VT JUMP Z1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 73 spuewwoy 5 10 DISPlay Group DISPlay Function Queries all settings related to the display Syntax DISPlay DISPlay ACCumulate Function Queries all settings related to the accumulated display of waveforms Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate DISPlay ACCumulate GRADe Function Sets the accumulate mode or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate GRADe COLor INTensity DISPlay ACCumulate GRADe Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE GRADE INTENSITY DISPLAY ACCUMULATE GRADE gt ACCUMULATE GRADE INTENSITY DISPLAY DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Function Turns ON OFF the accumulate mode or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Boolean DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE ON DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE gt ACCUMULATE MODE 1 DISPLAY DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Function Queries all settin
207. OWPASS COFF 10 00E 00 MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG Function Queries all settings related to the moving average computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG WEIGht Function Sets the weight of the moving average computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG WEIGht lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG WEIGht spuewwoy Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 2 to 128 in 2 steps H1 FILTER MAVG WEIGHT 2 H1 FILTER MAVG WEIGHT gt MATH1 FILTER MAVG WEIGHT 2 5 Example MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE Function Sets the filter type or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE DELay IHPass ILPass MAVG MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE lt x gt 1to4 MATH1 FILTER TYPE DELAY MATH1 FILTER TYPE gt MATH1 FILTER TYPE DELAY Example MATH lt x gt IPOint Initial Point Function Queries all settings related to the computation reference point Syntax MATH x IPOint x 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt IPOint JUMP Function Moves the computation reference point to the specified position Syntax MATH lt x gt IPOint JUMP lt NRf gt TRIGger Z1 22 x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 or 0 div Example MATH1 IPOINT JUMP TRIGGER IM DLM6054 17EN 5 107 5 18 MATH Group MATH lt x gt IPOint POSition Function Sets the computation reference point or queries the curren
208. PARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt EXIT lt NRf gt QUIT x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of EDIT lt x gt 1 to13 1 to 8 are traces and 9 to 13 are internal memories lt NRf gt 1 to 4 internal memories GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WAVE EDIT1 EXIT 1 Example Description An error occurs if this command is issued when the zone is not being edited Saves the zone waveform to the internal memory specified by lt NRf gt 5 88 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT lt x gt PART Function Editing the portion of the zone of the wave determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x WAVE EDIT lt x gt PART lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of EDIT lt x gt 1 to13 1 to 8 are traces 9 to 12 are internal memories 13 is the zone waveform that Syntax is currently displayed lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div partial editing time axis cursor 1 and 2 8 to 8 div up and down in the order partial editing time axis cursor 1 2 1 and GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WAVE EDITI PART 1 2 3 4 Example Description The amount of movement upward or downward is a relative value with respect to the zone waveform that is currently displayed GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE EDIT x WHOLe Function Sets the editing of the entire zone of the waveform zone GONogo ZPA
209. PEAK Sets the measurement range of the peak value of the FFT computation or 5 46 BASic RANGe lt x gt queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT computation 5 46 BASic V lt x gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF the peak value of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 46 BASic V lt x gt STATe setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries the peak value of the FFT computation 5 46 BASic V lt x gt VALue ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to calculation items of the FFT computation 5 46 CALCulation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the FFT computation 5 46 CALCulation ALL ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Sets the equation of the calculation item of the FFT computation or queries 5 46 CALCulation DEFine lt x gt the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the FFT computation or queries the 5 47 CALCulation STATe lt x gt current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the FFT computation 5 47 CALCulation VALue lt x gt ANALysis FFT x MODE Sets or queries the waveform display mode for FFT analysis 5 47 ANALysis FFT x RANGe Sets the measu
210. Queries all settings related to the frequency value between peak values of 5 45 BASic DFRequency the FFT computation IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF the frequency value between peak values of the FFT 5 45 BASic DFRequency STATe computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries the frequency value between peak values of the FFT computation 5 45 BASic DFRequency VALue ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to the power value between peak values of the 5 45 BASic DV FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF the power value between peak values of the FFT 5 45 BASic DV STATe computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries the power value between peak values of the FFT computation 5 45 BASic DV VALue ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to the peak frequency value of the FFT 5 45 BASic FREQuency lt x gt computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF the peak frequency value of the FFT computation or queries 5 45 BASic FREQuency lt x gt STATe the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries the peak frequency value of the FFT computation 5 46 BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure
211. R SRE 32 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 OPC lt PMT gt Read the response to ESR Wait for a service request CHANnel1 VDIV lt PMT gt COMMunicate OPSE is a command used to select the OPC target Here media access is specified ESE 1 and SRE 32 indicate that a service request is generated only when the OPC bit is 1 ESR clears the standard event register In the example above CHANnel1 VDIV is not executed until a service request is generated 4 8 IM DLM6054 17EN 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Using the OPC Query The OPC query generates a response when an overlap operation is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 OPC lt PMT gt Read the response to OPC CHANne1l1 VDIV lt PMT gt COMMunicate OPSE is a command used to select the OPC target Here media access is specified Because OPC does not generate a response until the overlap operation is completed the loading of the file will have been completed by the time the response to OPC is read Note Most commands are sequential commands Overlap commands are indicated as overlap commands in chapter 5 All other commands are sequential commands Achieving Synchronization without Using Overlap Commands Even for sequential commands synchr
212. RCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow ON Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow Function Turns ON OFF the window of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow lt Boolean gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW ON TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WINDOW 1 TRIGger SOURce EXTernal Function Queries all settings related to the external trigger Syntax TRIGger SOURce EXTernal TRIGger SOURce EXTernal LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the external trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce EXTernal LEVel lt Voltage gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce EXTernal LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL LEVEL 1V TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL LEVEL 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify PQUalify PULSe Syntax Example 5 168 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger SOURCe EXTernal PROBe Function Sets the probe attenuation of the external trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce EX
213. RCE NONE Description This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE PSTate STATe TRIGGER TRIGger DELay Function Queries all settings related to the trigger delay Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger DELay TIME Function Sets the delay value the trigger delay or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger DELay TIME lt Time gt TRIGger DELay TIME Time 0 to 10 s in 5 ps steps Example TRIGGER DELAY TIME 1S TRIGGER DELAY TIME TRIGGER DELAY TIME 1 000E 00 TRIGger EDGE Function Queries all edge trigger settings Syntax TRIGger EDGE IM DLM6054 17EN 5 145 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EDGE COUPling Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger coupling Syntax TRIGger EDGE COUPling AC DC TRIGger EDGE COUPling Example TRIGGER EDGE COUPLING DC TRIGGER EDGE COUPLING gt TRIGGER EDGE COUPLING DC Description You cannot use this command when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM TRIGger EDGE HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets or queries the on off status of the trigger source low pass filter HF rejection for edge triggering TRIGger EDGE HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger EDGE HFRejection Frequency 20MHz or 15kHz TRIGGER EDGE HFREJECTION OFF TRIGGER EDGE HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER EDGE HFREJECTION OFF Description You
214. RE REPETITIVE 1 ACQuire RLENgth Function Sets the record length or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire RLENgth lt NRf gt ACQuire RLENgth lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example ACQUIRE RLENGTH 6250000 9 ACQUIRE RLENGTH 3 gt ACQUIRE RLENGTH 6250000 3 ACQuire SAMPling Function Sets or queries the sampling mode Syntax ACQuire SAMPling REAL INTerpolate REP etitive ACQuire SAMPling Example ACQUIRE SAMPLING REAL ACQUIRE SAMPLING gt ACQUIRE SAMPLING REAL IM DLM6054 17EN 5 35 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis Function Queries all settings related to the analysis function Syntax ANALysis ANALysis AHIStogram cx Function Queries all settings related to the accumulated histogram function Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt HORizontal Function Sets the horizontal range of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt HORizontal lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt HORizontal lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 HORIZONTAL 0 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI HORIZONTAL 0 000E 00 0 000E 00 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all settings related automated measurement of the accumulated histogram Syntax
215. RIGGER HOLDOFF 1 000E 00 TRIGger LOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic TRIGger LOGic CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the logic trigger clock Syntax TRIGger LOGic CLOCk TRIGger LOGic CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the logic trigger clock or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger LOGic CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGger LOGic CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock source of the logic trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic CLOCk SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C x D x DONTcare TRIGger LOGic CLOCk SOURce x 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt DONTcare spuewwoy TRIGger LOGic ESTate Function Queries all settings related to the edge qualify state trigger of the logic Syntax TRIGger LOGic ESTate TRIGger LOGic ESTate POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the edge qualify state trigger of the logic or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic ESTate POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger LOGic ESTate POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC ESTATE
216. RIGGER WIDTH TIME1 gt TRIGGER WIDTH TIME 000E 00 Description TIME2 is valid when TRIGger WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween IM DLM6054 17EN 5 169 5 31 WAVeform Group The commands in this group deal with acquired waveform data There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group WAVeform Function Queries all information about the waveform data Syntax WAVeform Example WAVEFORM gt WAVEFORM TRACE 1 RECORD 0 START 0 END 6249999 FORMAT WORD BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVeform BITS Function Queries the bit length of the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform BITS Example WAVEFORM BITS gt WAVEFORM BITS 16 WAVeform BYTeorder Function Sets the transmission order when using word format of two bytes or more or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst WAVeform BYTeorder Example WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVEFORM BYTEORDER WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVeform END Function Sets the last data point of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform END NRf WAVeform END lt NRf gt 0 to 6 249 999 Example WAVEFORM END 12499 WAVEFORM END WAVEFORM END 12499 Description The total number of data points can be queried using WAVeform LENGth WAVeform FORMat Function Sets the format of the data to be transmitted or
217. RIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CS Function Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CS lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CS ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN CS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CS Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern DATA lt x gt 1or2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive Function Sets the active level of the data for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive HIGH LOW TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE
218. ROUP1 DISPLAY ON LOGIC GROUP1 DISPLAY gt GROUP1 DISPLAY 1 LOGIC IM DLM6054 17EN 5 103 5 17 LOGic Group LOGic GROup x MAPPing Function Sets the bit mapping of the logic group or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing String LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing lt x gt 1to5 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining AO to AT BO to B7 CO to C7 and DO to D7 On 16 bit models string is a combination of A0 A7 and CO C7 of up to 32 characters LOGIC GROUP1 MAPPING A7A6A5A4B3B2B1B0C7C6C5C4D3D2D1D0 LOGIC GROUP1 MAPPING gt LOGIC GROUP1 MAPPING A7A6A5AAB3B2B1BOC7C6C5CAD3D2D1DO Syntax Example LOGic GROup x ORDer Function Sets the displayed order of the logic group or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt ORDer lt NRf gt LOGic GROup lt x gt ORDer lt x gt 1to5 NRf gt 1 to 5 LOGIC GROUP1 ORDER 1 LOGIC GROUP1 ORDER gt LOGIC GROUPI RDER 1 Syntax A Example o LOGic GROup x STATe Function Turns ON OFF the state display of the logic group or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic GROup lt x gt STATe Boolean LOGic GROup lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1to5 Example LOGIC GROUP1 STATE ON LOGIC GROUP1 STATE gt LOGIC GROUPI STATE 1 LOGic LABel Function Queries all settings related to the label of the logic signal Syntax LOGic LABel LOG
219. Rameter SELect x WAVE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe NRf NRf NRf NRf x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of EDIT lt x gt 1 to13 1 to 8 are traces 9 to 12 are internal memories 13 is the zone waveform that Syntax is currently displayed lt NRf gt 0 to 5 div left and right 0 to 8 div up and down In the order 1 and GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WAVE EDITI WHOLE 1 2 3 4 Example Description The amount of movement is a relative value with respect to the reference waveform GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge Function Sets the determination range of the zone determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WAVE TRANge lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT WAVE TRANGE 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WAVE TRANGE gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WAVE TRANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter SELect x WINDow Function Sets the source window of the zone determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WINDow MAIN XY1 XY2 2Z1 Z2 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt WINDow Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WINDOW MAIN GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 WINDOW gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECTI WINDOW MAIN Example
220. Rametercx HISTogram MEASure CURSor LINKage lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR LINKAGE 1 Syntax Example 5 50 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure MODE Function Sets the automated measurement mode of the histogram display of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure MODE CURSor OFF PARameter ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of histogram parameters of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARametercx HISTogram MEASure PARameter x 210r2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter ALL Function Turn ON OFF all histogram parameters of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 10r2 Example
221. Register COMMunicate OPSE Register 0 to 65535 COMMunicate OVERIap See the command diagram Example COMMUNICATE OPSE 65535 COMMUNICATE OPSE COMMUNICATE OPSE 2400 Description In the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to 0 are not set to 1 Thus the response to the query indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 only COMMunicate OPSR Operation Pending Status Register Function Queries the value of the operation pending status register Syntax COMMunicate OPSR Example COMMUNICATE OPSR gt 0 Description For details on the operation pending status register see the figure for the COMMunicate OVERIap command COMMunicate OVERlap Function Sets the commands to operate as overlap commands or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate OVERlap Register COMMunicate OVERlap Register 0 to 65535 Example COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 65535 COMMUNICATE OVERLAP gt COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 2400 Descriptions In the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to O are not set to 1 Thus the response to the query indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 only For the description of how to synchronize the program using COMMunicate OVERlap see page 4 T n the above example bits 5 6 8 and 11 are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable Operation pending s
222. Rent Function Queries all settings related to the history function of the current waveform CH1 to 4 M1 to 8 Syntax HISTory CURRent HISTory CURRent DISPlay Function Sets the start number and end number of the display record of the history waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent DISPlay lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent DISPlay lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example HISTORY CURRENT DISPLAY 0 10 HISTORY CURRENT DISPLAY HISTORY CURRENT DISPLAY 0 10 HISTory CURRent DMODe Display Mode Function Sets the display mode of the history waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent DMODe ACOLor AHTone AINTensity ONE HISTory CURRent DMODe Example HISTORY CURRENT DMODE ONE HISTORY CURRENT DMODE HISTORY CURRENT DMODE ONE HISTory CURRent MODE Function Sets the highlight display mode of the history waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent MODE AVERage RECord HISTory CURRent MODE Example HISTORY CURRENT MODE RECORD HISTORY CURRENT MODE gt HISTORY CURRENT MODE RECORD HISTory CURRent RECord Function Sets the target record of the history waveform or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent RECord lt NR gt MINimum HISTory CURRent RECord lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example HISTORY CURRE
223. SOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 POSITION 1 CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 POSITION gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC TL POSITION 1 000E 00 CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the AT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt STATe lt x gt 10r2 Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 STATE ON CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 STATE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 STATE 1 CURSor VERTical BASic T x VALue Function Queries the time value at the AT cursor Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic T x VALue lt x gt 10r2 Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 VALUE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor VERTical CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical CALCulation CURSor VERTical CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION ALL ON Oo CURSor VERTical CALCulation S DEFine lt x gt 3 Function Sets the equation of the calculation item of the AT a o cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt CURSor VERTical CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128
224. SPATtern CLEar Function Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern trigger to don t care TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLEar lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLEAR Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to clock of the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk x 210r2 5 154 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TR EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger E EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE 1or2 GGER E MODE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK MODE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 Gger EINTerval NTerval x NTERVAL ON Example TR EVENT1 SPATTERN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TR EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger E EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk POLarity 1or2 GGER EINTERVAL POLARITY FALL GGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK POLARITY FALL Descrip
225. SPATtern LATCh Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON This command in invalid if TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh SOURce NONE TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh SOURce Function Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh SOURce NRf NONE TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE 1 Description This command is valid when TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON x TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern PATTern String TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern PATTern String Up to 128 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGger E
226. STate POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x ESTate POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x ESTate POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ESTATE POLARITY ENTER TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ESTATE POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ESTATE POLARITY ENTER Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EDGE and TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x ESTate SOURce LINE ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EDGE EQUalify and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow ON FALL RISE is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE EDGE EQUalify and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow OFF ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the logic trigger clock Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic CLOCk lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the logic trigger clock or queries the current setting Syntax
227. Sic DV Function Queries all settings related to the power value between peak values of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DV lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe Function Turns ON OFF the power value between peak values of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic DV STATe lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV STATE 1 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic DV VALue Function Queries the power value between peak values of the FFT computation o Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic S DV VALue 3 lt x gt 10r2 a Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV o VALUE ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC DV VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency x Function Queries all settings related to the peak frequency value of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the peak frequency value of the FFT compu
228. Syntax Example 5 112 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the reference waveform of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence POLarity FALL RISE MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay Syntax REFerence POLarity x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY FALL MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY FALL Example MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe Function Sets the trace for the reference waveform of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 y 0to7 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE MEASURE BIT1 AREA
229. T HYSTERESIS gt MATH1 ECOUNT HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity Function Sets the edge detection polarity of the edge count computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity FALL RISE MATH x ECOunt POLarity lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 ECOUNT POLARITY RISE MATH1 ECOUNT POLARITY gt MATHIl ECOUNT POLARITY RISE MATH lt x gt FILTer Function Queries all settings related to the filter Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay Function Queries all settings related to the delay computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay x 1 to 4 5 106 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 18 MATH Group MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay TIME Function Sets the delay value of the delay computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay TIME lt Time gt MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay TIME lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Time gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example MATH1 FILTER DELAY TIME 18 MATH1 FILTER DELAY TIME gt MATHIl FILTER DELAY TIME 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR Function Queries all settings related to the IIR filter computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR FORDer Filter Order Function Sets the filter order of the IIR filter computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt
230. T lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE POLARITY FALL MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE POLARITY gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE POLARITY FALL Syntax Example MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence Function Queries all settings related to the reference waveform of delay measurement between channels Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt Function Sets the edge detection count for the reference waveform of delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 1
231. TIVITY gt ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL S ENSITIVITY 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt WINDow Function Sets the window function of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt WINDow FLATtop HANNing RECTangle ANALysis FFT lt x gt WINDow lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 WINDOW FLATTOP ANALYSIS FFT1 WINDOW gt ANALYSIS FFT1 WINDOW FLATTOP ANALysis TYPE lt x gt Function Sets the analysis function type or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis TYPE lt x gt AHIStogram FFT WPARameter XY OFF ANALysis TYPE lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS TYPE1 AHISTOGRAM ANALYSIS TYPE1 gt ANALYSIS TYPE1 AHISTOGRAM ANALysis VTDisplay Function Turns ON OFF the VT waveform display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis VTDisplay Boolean ANALysis VTDisplay Example ANALYSIS VTDISPLAY ON ANALYSIS VTDISPLAY ANALYSIS VTDISPLAY 1 ANALysis WAIT x Function Waits for the completion of the automated measurement with a timeout option Syntax ANALysis WAIT x NRf x2 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 360000 timeout value in units of 10 ms Example ANALYSIS WAIT1 100 gt ANALYSIS WAIT1 1 Description If the execution of the automated measurement completes within the timeout value 0 is returned if itis not complete or automated measurement is not being executed 1 is returned Even if the timeout value
232. TO ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL MODE AUTO Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt LENGth Function Sets the number of FFT points of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x LENGth lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt LENGth lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 2500 6250 12500 25000 62500 125000 or 250000 ANALYSIS FFT1 LENGTH 2500 ANALYSIS FFT1 LENGTH gt FFT1 LENGTH 2500 Syntax Example ANALYSIS ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer Function Queries all settings related to the marker cursor measurement of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic ALL Boolean lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC ALL ON ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency Function Queries a
233. TORY REFERENCE1 DMODE ACOLOR HISTORY REFERENCEl1 DMODE gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 DMODE ACOLOR HISTory REFerence lt x gt MODE Function Sets the highlight display mode of the history waveform of the reference or queries the current setting HISTory REFerence lt x gt MODE AVERage RECord HISTory REFerence lt x gt MODE Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTORY REFERENCE1 MODE AVERAGE HISTORY REFERENCE1 MODE gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 MODE AVERAGE Example HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord Function Sets the source record of the history waveform of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord lt NRf gt MINimum HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 RECORD 1 HISTORY REFERENCE1 RECORD gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 RECORD 1 HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number of the history waveform of the reference Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt RECord MINimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 RECORD MINIMUM gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 RECORD 1 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number spuewwog HISTory REFerence lt x gt REPLay Function Queries all settings related to the replay function of the history function of the reference
234. TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic CLOCk POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock source of the logic trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt DONTcare TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic CLOCk SOURCce lt x gt 10r2 y 0to7 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt DONTcare Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic ESTate Function Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger of the logic Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic ESTate x 210r2 5 148 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic ESTate POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger of the logic or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic ESTate POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGg
235. Ternal PROBe lt NRf gt TRIGger SOURce EXTernal PROBe lt NRf gt 1 10 Example TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL PROBE 1 TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL PROBE gt TRIGGER SOURCE EXTERNAL PROBE 1 Description This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify PQUalify PULSe TRIGger SOURce LOGic Function Sets the trigger source logic or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce LOGic AND OR TRIGger SOURce LOGic Example TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC AND TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC gt TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC AND Description This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EQUalify I2CBus PQUalify PSTate SPATtern STATe TRIGger TYPE Function Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TYPE CANBus EDGE EICYcle EIDelay EISequence EOR EQUalify I2CBus LINBus LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPIbus LPSTate LPULse LQUalify LSTate LUARt PQUalify PSTate PULSe SPATtern SPIBus STATe TV UART TRIGger TYPE Example TRIGGER TYPE CANBUS TRIGGER TYPE gt TRIGGER TYPE CANBUS Description LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPlbus LPS Tate LPULse LQUalify LSTate LUARt are only available on the DLM6000 TRIGger WIDTh Function Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger Syntax TRIGger WIDTh TRIGger WIDTh MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh MODE BETW
236. Time 500 ps to 50s Example TIMEBASE TDIV 1NS TIMEBASE TDIV gt TIMEBASE TDIV 1 000E 06 spuewwoy IM DLM6054 17EN 5 143 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger Function Queries all settings related to the trigger Syntax TRIGger TRIGger ACTion Function Queries all settings related to action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion TRIGger ACTion ACQCount Function Sets the action count of action on trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf gt INFinite TRIGger ACTion ACQCount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000 Example TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT 10 TRIGGER ACTION ACQCOUNT gt ACTION ACQCOUNT 10 TRIGGER TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Function Sets whether to sound a buzzer when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion BUZZer lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Example TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER ON TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER gt ACTION BUZZER 1 TRIGGER TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Function Sets whether or not to output screen image data ON OFF when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion HCOPy lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Example TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY ON TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY gt ACTION HCOPY 1 TRIGGER TRIGger ACTion MATL Function Queries all settings related to the mail transmission when an action is activated Syntax TRIGg
237. UE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 SPCOUNT VALUE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt Wave Count Function Queries the settings related to the acquisition count for the element that results in error Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT STATE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measurement of the acquisition count for the element that results in error or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x WCOunt STATe Boolean TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x WCOunt STATe x 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT STATE ON TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENTI WCOUNT STATE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT STATE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt VALue Function Queries the acquisition count for the element that resulted in error Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt WCOunt VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 WCOUNT VALUE TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENTI WCOUNT VALUE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 141 spuewwoy 5 28 TELecomtest Mask Group TELecomtest MMODe Function Turns ON OFF the computed waveform or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest MMODe lt Boolean gt TELecomtest MMODe E
238. UE 0 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt JUMP Function Jumps the marker cursor to the center position of the zoom waveform Syntax CURSor MARKer CM x JUMP Z1 22 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 JUMP Z1 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt POSition Function Sets the marker cursor position or queries the current setting CURSor MARKer CM x POSition lt NRf gt CURSor MARKer CM x POSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div CURSOR MARKER CM1 POSITION 1 CURSOR MARKER CM1 POSITION gt CURSOR MARKER CM1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T Function Queries all settings related to the time measurement of the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T STATe Function Turns ON OFF the time measurement of the maker cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T STATe lt x gt 1to4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 T STATE ON CURSOR MARKER CM1 T STATE gt MARKER CM1 T STATE 1 CURSOR CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T VALue Function Queries the time value at the marker cursor position Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 T VALUE gt CURSOR MARKER CM1 T VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt TRACe F
239. URE MODE CYCLE Syntax Ss Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trace of the measure determination Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 5 86 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the area of the measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the waveform parameters of the measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt Function Syntax Example Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the measure determinatio
240. URSor MARKer CALCulation Queries all settings related to calculation items of the marker cursors 5 67 CURSor MARKer CALCulation ALL Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the marker cursors 5 67 CURSor MARKer CALCulation Sets the equation of the calculation item of the marker cursors or queries the 5 67 DEFine lt x gt current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page CURSor MARKer CALCulation Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the marker cursors or queries the 5 67 STATe lt x gt current setting CURSor MARKer CALCulation Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the marker cursors 5 67 VALue lt x gt CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt Queries all settings related to the marker cursor 5 67 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt ALL Turns ON OFF all items of the marker cursor 5 67 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt Queries all settings related to the AT measurement of the cursor marker 5 67 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt Turns ON OFF the AT measurement of the maker cursor or queries the 5 67 STATe current setting CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt Queries the AT value of the marker cursor 5 67 VALue CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt Queries all settings related to the AV measurement of the cu
241. WIDTH 1V TRIGGER EDGE WIDTH gt TRIGGER EDGE WIDTH 1 000E 00 Descriptions You cannot use this command when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM6000 When the Probe Type setting is set to Current this command sets or queries the Current value TRIGger EDGE WINDow Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source window Syntax TRIGger EDGE WINDow Boolean TRIGger EDGE WINDow Example TRIGGER EDGE WINDOW ON TRIGGER EDGE WINDOW TRIGGER EDGE WINDOW 1 Description You cannot use this command when the trigger Source is set to EXTernal or LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM TRIGger EINTerval Function Queries all settings related to the event interval Syntax TRIGger EINTerval TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x lt x gt 10r2 Description EVENt2 is valid when TRIGger TYPE EIDelay EISequence TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the event or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x CLOCk POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x
242. Y WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 VALUE 1 000E 00 SIS ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor DC Queries all settings related to the measurement between cursors on the trend of the waveform Function Syntax parameter measu rement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor DC lt x gt of WPARame ter lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor DC STATe Turns ON OFF the measurement between cursors on the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Function Syntax Example ANALysis WPA Rameter lt x gt TR CURSor DC STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPA Rameter lt x gt TR MEASure CURSor DC STATe lt x gt of WPARame ANALYSIS WPA ter lt x gt 1 or 2 RAMETER1 TREN CURSOR DC STATE ON ANALYSIS WPA CURSOR DC STATE WPARAMETER1 T STATE 1 RAMETER1 TREN gt ENd MEASure ENd D MEASURE D MEASURE ANALYSIS REND MEASURE CURSOR DC ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor DC VALue Function Sets the measured value between cursors on the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor DC VALue lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR DC VALUE ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND ME
243. a 5 37 cursor measurement ssessssssssseeneeenennn 5 36 horizontal CUSO 2 oie cerea rh eias 5 38 horizontal range 5 36 5 40 measurement target window ssssesssss 5 41 SOURCE ACE et 5 40 Vertical CUPSOF sissien EEN 5 38 vertical range ES accumulate mode oe crecer rte veo 5 74 AC QUITE group rette tirer pea Pe nen en eus 5 35 ACQUISITION mode scende cer aA 5 172 action on trigger action count reca rct rure d ade ac ki nn Rad DUZZOR e ET A Mail transmission c i t tace ree re raten output screen image data save the waveform data address cites analysis function type sssssssse ANALysiS SrOUD cc coa ctr toe terre te teni ASETup group E automated measurement sss automated measurement of waveform parameter detection mde uec eher ote tese niaaa 5 115 threshold levels os cote rra e Ryo tc teens jio E n auto naming flle name eei eite 5 79 AUTO SCCM e 5 173 auto Sep aeea ea ea a scum fcre re 5 58 B Page DaACKIIQIN ee 5 74 bit mapping 5 104 bit name 5 104 C Page CALibrate group rrt a tn Race in ainai 5 59 Cal oj rz Torn PROPRE ERR USED 5 59 CHANnel group s channel ON OFF rrr reno renean 5 60 character dala eoe er terrens 4 7 CLE An QNOUP pe M CICK SOUNO Em clock channel event trigger 2s clock
244. acters or less MATH1 USERDEFINE DEFINE C1 C2 D D Syntax Example MATH1 USERDEFINE DEFINE gt MATHIl USERDEFINE DEFINE C1 C2 Description Characters and symbols other than those on the keyboard displayed on the main unit screen cannot be used See the main unit user s manual for details about equations MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt Function Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 10r2 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND Function Sets or queries the filter band frequency band for user defined computation Syntax MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND BPASs HPASs LPASs MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt BAND lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 10r2 Example MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 BAND BPASS MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 BAND gt MATH1 USERDEFINE FILTER1 BAND BPASS Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 Queries all filter settings for user defined computation MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff lt z gt Function Sets or queries the cutoff frequency for user defined computation MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff lt z gt lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine FILTer lt y gt CUToff lt z gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1o0r2 lt z gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 2 to 30 in 0 2 steps
245. al IM701331 01E lt y gt 1o0r2 Example The following is an DBERate GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 EYEPATTERN DBERATE 1 2 G B example for ONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 EYEPATTERN DBERATE gt GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 EYEPATTERN DBERATE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description For the relationship between communication commands and parameters used by the DL9500 DL9700 see appendix 4 For details on the parameters See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual IM701331 01E GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK Function Queries all settings related to the mask determination of the condition GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK lt x gt 1 to 4 Syntax GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK ELEMent lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the element used in the mask determination GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK ELEMent x x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of ELEMent lt x gt 1 to 4 Syntax 5 82 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount Sample Point Count Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the error rate for the number of sampled data points of the element or queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount x of SELect
246. alid for SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh TRACe DONTcare Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh TRACe Function Sets the latch trace for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt DONTcare SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern LATCh TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN LATCH TRACE AO Descriptions This command valid when SEARch x SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt DONTcare Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup Function Queries all settings related to the setup for the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup lt x gt 1o0r2 5 124 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup BITRate Function Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup BITRate lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup BITRate lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 1G bps Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP BITRATE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP BITRATE SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP BITRAT
247. all settings related to the backlight Syntax DISPlay BLIGht DISPlay BLIGht AUTooff Function Sets the function that automatically turns the backlight off or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay BLIGht AUTooff lt Boolean gt DISPlay BLIGht AUTooff Example DISPLAY BLIGHT AUTOOFF ON DISPLAY BLIGHT AUTOOFF gt BLIGHT AUTOOFF 1 DISPLAY DISPlay BLIGht BRIGhtness Function Sets the brightness of the backlight or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay BLIGht BRIGhtness lt NRf gt DISPlay BLIGht BRIGhtness lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example DISPLAY BLIGHT BRIGHTNESS 1 DISPLAY BLIGHT BRIGHTNESS gt DISPLAY BLIGHT BRIGHTNESS 1 5 74 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 10 DISPlay Group DISPlay BLIGht LCD Function Turns ON OFF the backlight or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay BLIGht LCD lt Boolean gt DISPlay BLIGht LCD DISPLAY BLIGHT LCD ON DISPLAY BLIGHT LCD gt DISPLAY BLIGHT LCD 1 Example DISPlay BLIGht TIMeout Function Sets the timeout of the backlight or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay BLIGht TIMeout lt NRf gt DISPlay BLIGht TIMeout lt NRf gt 1 to 60 minutes Example DISPLAY BLIGHT TIMEOUT 60 DISPLAY BLIGHT TIMEOUT gt DISPLAY BLIGHT TIMEOUT 60 DISPlay COLor Function Queries all settings related to the waveform display color Syntax DISPlay COLor DISPlay COLor CHANnel lt x gt LOGic LSTate MATH lt x
248. anel Hub or router that supports 100BASE TX J J B PC DL6000 DLM6000 G Straight UTP or STP cable 100BASE TX Ethernet port ETHERNET 100BASE TX LINK LED pee llluminates when a link is established LH between the DL9500 DL9700 and another ACT LINK device and the devices are capable of No Auto MD PA communicating with each other RJ 45 modular jack ACT LED Blinks when packets are being sent and received normally Notes about Connections Besure to connect the DL6000 DLM6000 to a PC through a hub using straight cables The DL6000 DLM6000 may not operate properly if you connect it to a PC directly using a cross cable f you use UTP cables straight cables make sure that they are category 5 2 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 24 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 Network Procedure UTILITY_Remote Control_Network Menu Press UTILITY the Remote Control soft key and then the Network or Network VXI 11 soft key to display the following menu va mw r4 ke 1 ke Calibration USB usa z fi i Uma e e m i j etus Select to use the j ees E i Ethernet interface I PS be writ Select to use the lt User tame lj P VXI 11 interface Overview amp wwws Set the user
249. at is played using the MISC menu Remote mode can be cleared by pressing SHIFT CLEAR except when the DL6000 DLM6000 has been set to Local Lockout mode by the controller Function Subset Name Description Source handshaking SH1 Full source handshaking capability Acceptor handshaking AH1 Full acceptor handshaking capability Talker T6 Basic talker capability serial polling untalk on MLA My Listen Address and no talk only capability Listener L4 Basic listener capability unlisten on MTA My Talk Address and no listen only capability Service request SR1 Full service request capability Remote local RL1 Full remote local capability Parallel polling PPO No parallel polling capability Device clear DC1 Full device clear capability Device trigger DTO No device trigger capability Controller CO No controller capability Electrical characteristics E1 Open collector Data Rate Controller Language used Visual C PC Pentium4 3 4 GHz USB 2 0 OS Windows XP Professional SP1 The table below lists the reference response times when outputting waveform data of analog signals Number of Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 16 ms Approx 0 390 s 125000 Approx 344 ms Approx 19 453 s 1250000 Approx 3172 ms Approx 194 516 s 2500000 Approx 6282 ms Approx 389 047 s 6250000 Approx 15641 ms Approx 971 985 s The table below lists the reference respons
250. ata If the response can be used as a program message without any change it is returned with a command header attached Example ACQUire MODE lt PMT gt ACQUire MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt Response Consisting of Data Only If the response cannot be used as a program message unless changes are made to it query only command only the data section is returned However there are query only commands that return responses with the header attached Example MEASure TRACe1 AREA1 PTOPeak VALue PMT gt 10 0E 00 lt RMT gt When You Wish to Return a Response without a Header Responses that return both header and data can be set so that only the data section is returned The COMMunicate HEADer command is used to do this Abbreviated Form Normally the lower case section is removed from a response header before the response is returned to the controller Naturally the full form of the header can also be used For this the COMMunicate VERBose command is used The sections enclosed by braces 1 are also omitted in the abbreviated form IM DLM6054 17EN 4 5 Bulmweiboig 910Jog gt 4 4 Data Data A data section comes after the header A space must be included between the header and the data The data contains conditions and values Data is classified as below Data Meaning lt Decimal gt A value expressed as a decimal number Example Probe attenuation of CH1 CH
251. ata specified by WAVeform TRACe 5 171 WAVeform SIGN Queries the existence of a sign when querying the waveform data specified 5 171 by WAVeform TRACe using binary data WAVeform SRATe Sample RATE Queries the sample rate of the record specified by WAVeform RECord 5 172 WAVeform STARt Sets the first data point of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or 5 172 queries the current setting WAVeform TRACe Sets the target waveform or queries the current setting 5 172 WAVeform TRIGger Queries the trigger position of the record specified by WAVeform RECord 5 172 WAVeform TYPE Queries the acquisition mode of the waveform specified by WAVeform 5 172 TRACe IM DLM6054 17EN 5 33 spuewwog 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ZOOM Group ZOOM Queries all settings related to the waveform zoom 5 173 ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt Queries all settings related to the zoom source waveform 5 173 ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt ALLon Sets all waveforms to be zoomed 5 173 ZOOM ALLocation lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Turns ON OFF the trace you wish to zoom or queries the current setting 5 173 ZOOM FORMat lt x gt Sets the display format of the zoom waveform or queries the current setting 5 173 ZOOM HLINkage Turns ON OFF the horizontal link or queries the current setting 5 173 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt Queries all settings rel
252. ate trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar Function Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CLEAR Syntax Example 5 152 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination condition for the group of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition DONTcare TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup x CONDition x of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state
253. ated to the horizontal zoom 5 173 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll Queries all settings related to the auto scroll function 5 173 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll Moves the zoom center position to the left or right edge of the main screen 5 173 JUMP ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll Sets the auto scroll speed or queries the current setting 5 173 SPEed ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll Starts auto scrolling 5 173 STARt ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt ASCRoll Stops auto scrolling 5 173 STOP ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt MAG Sets the horizontal zoom magnification or queries the current setting 5 173 ZOOM HORizontal lt x gt POSition Sets the horizontal zoom center position or queries the current setting 5 174 ZOOM MODE Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting 5 174 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt Queries all settings related to the vertical zoom 5 174 ZOOM VERTical x MAG Sets the vertical zoom magnification or queries the current setting 5 174 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt POSition Sets the vertical zoom position or queries the current setting 5 174 ZOOM VERTical lt x gt TRACe Sets the trace you wish to display on the vertical zoom screen or queries the 5 174 current setting ZOOM VLINkage Turns ON OFF the vertical link or queries the current setting 5 174 Common Command Group CAL CALibrate Performs calibration and queries the result 5 175 CLS CLear Status
254. ation This is an overlap command Syntax GONogo EXECute Example GONOGO EXECUTE GONogo LOGic Function Sets the GO NO GO determination logic or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo LOGic AND OR GONogo LOGic Example GONOGO LOGIC AND GONOGO LOGIC GONOGO LOGIC AND IM DLM6054 17EN 5 81 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo MODE Function Sets the GO NO GO determination type or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo MODE OFF TELecomtest ZPARameter GONogo MODE Example GONOGO MODE OFF GONOGO MODE gt GONOGO MODE OFF GONogo NGCount Function Queries the actual number of NO GOs of the GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo NGCount Example GONOGO NGCOUNT gt GONOGO NGCOUNT 1 GONogo SCONdition Stop Condition Function Queries all settings related to the determination termination condition Syntax GONogo SCONdition GONogo SCONdition NGCount Function Sets the number of NO GOs that terminates the GO NO GO determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo SCONdition NGCount lt NRf gt INFinite GONogo SCONdition NGCount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 Example GONOGO SCONDITION NGCOUNT 1 GONOGO SCONDITION NGCOUNT gt SCONDITION NGCOUNT 1 GONOGO GONogo SCONdition STOPcount Function Sets the acquisition count that terminates the GO NO GO determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo SCONdition STOPcou
255. atisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger or 5 165 B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT CLEar Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger 5 165 set to don t care or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT LOGic Sets the logic of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting 5 165 TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Queries all settings related to the group of the logic state trigger 5 166 TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state 5 166 CLEar trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Sets the determination condition for the group of the logic state trigger or 5 166 CONDition queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in 5 166 HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic STATe GROupcx Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in 5 166 PATTern binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state trigger 5 166 SYMBol TRIGger LOGic STATe TYPE Sets the setup type of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting 5 166 TRIGger LOGic WIDTh Queries all settings related to the logic pulse
256. ax HISTory CURRent REPLay STARt MAXimum MINimum Example HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY START MAXIMUM HISTory CURRent REPLay STOP Function Stops the replay of the history waveform Syntax HISTory CURRent REPLay STOP Example HISTORY CURRENT REPLAY STOP HISTory CURRent SEARch Function Queries all settings related to the history search function Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch HISTory CURRent SEARch ABORt Function Aborts the history search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARCh ABORt Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH ABORT HISTory CURRent SEARch EXECute Function Executes the history search This is an overlap command Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch EXECute Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH EXECUTE HISTory CURRent SEARch LOGic Function Sets the history search logic or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch LOGic AND OR HISTory CURRent SEARch LOGic Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH LOGIC AND HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH LOGIC gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH LOGIC AND HISTory CURRent SEARch RESet Function Resets the search conditions of the history search Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARCh RESet Example HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH RESET HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect x Function Queries all settings related to the history search condition Syntax HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt
257. ax STB Example STB gt 4 Descriptions The sum of the bits is returned as a decimal value Since the register is read without executing serial polling bit 6 is a MSS bit not RQS For example if a value of 4 is returned this indicates that the status byte register is set to 00000100 In this case you can see that the error queue is not empty an error occurred Aquery using STB will not clear the contents of the status byte register For details on the status byte register see page 6 3 TST Function Performs a self test and queries the result The self test involves internal memory tests TST TST gt 0 Syntax Example Description If the self test is successful 0 is returned If there is an error 1 is returned 5 176 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 33 Common Command Group WAI WAIt Function Holds the subsequent command until the completion of the specified overlap operation Syntax WAI Example WAI Descriptions For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using WAI see page 4 7 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command IM DLM6054 17EN 5 177 spuewwoy Chapter6 Status Reports 6 1 Overview of the Status Report Status Reports The figure below shows the status report that is read by serial polling This status report is an extended version of the status report defined in IEEE 488 2 1992 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Service r
258. ay REFerence x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 117 spuewwoy 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt Function Sets the edge detection count of the reference waveform of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 1 Syntax Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the reference waveform of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence POLarity FALL RISE MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence POLarity x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY FALL MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE POLARITY FALL MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRAC
259. c signal or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic SCLock Queries all settings related to the state clock of the logic signal 5 105 LOGic SCLock POLarity Sets the state clock polarity of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 105 LOGic SCLock SOURce Sets the state clock source of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 105 LOGic S IZE LOGic THReshold Sets the display size of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 105 Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the logic signal 5 105 C PODD LOGic THReshold PODA PODB POD Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the specified pod port 5 105 LOGic THReshold PODA PODB POD C PODD TYPE Sets the type of threshold level of the specified pod port or queries the 5 105 current setting LOGic THReshold PODA PODB POD C PODD USERlevel Sets the threshold level of the specified pod port or queries the current 5 105 setting IM DLM6054 17EN spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page MATH Group MATH lt x gt Queries all settings related to the computation 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA Queries all settings related to the D A conversion 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA ARANging Executes
260. can only use this command when the trigger source is set to EXTernal TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Function Sets or queries the trigger source trigger slope the polarity when window is set to ON for edge triggering Syntax TRIGger EDGE SLOPe RISE FALL ENTER EXIT TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Example TRIGGER EDGE SLOPE RISE TRIGGER EDGE SLOPE gt TRIGGER EDGE SLOPE RISE Descriptions You cannot use this command when the trigger source is set to LINE Select ENTer EXIT when TRIGger EDGE SOURCe is set to a value from 1 to 4 and TRIGGER EDGE WINDOW is set to ON Select FALL RISE otherwise TRIGger EDGE SOURce Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source Syntax TRIGger EDGE SOURce lt NRf gt EXTernal LINE A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt RIGger EDGE SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 x 0to7 Example TRIGGER EDGE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EDGE SOURCE gt TRIGGER EDGE SOURCE 1 Description You can select A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt on a DLM with a L32 suffix You can select A lt x gt C lt x gt on a DLM with a L16 suffix eT R R 5 146 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EDGE WIDTh Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source window width Syntax TRIGger EDGE WIDTh lt Voltage gt TRIGger EDGE WIDTh Voltage See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual for this information Example TRIGGER EDGE
261. cannot use this command when the trigger source is set to EXTernal or LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM Syntax Example TRIGger EDGE HYSTeresis Function Sets or queries the noise rejection setting for the edge trigger source trigger level Syntax TRIGger EDGE HYSTeresis HIGH LOW TRIGger EDGE HYSTeresis Example TRIGGER EDGE HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER EDGE HYSTERESIS TRIGGER EDGE HYSTERESIS HIGH Description You cannot use this command when the trigger Source is set to EXTernal or LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM TRIGger EDGE LEVel Function Sets or queries the edge trigger source trigger level Syntax TRIGger EDGE LEVel lt Voltage gt TRIGger EDGE LEVel lt Voltage gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual for this information Example TRIGGER EDGE LEVEL 0V TRIGGER EDGE LEVEL gt TRIGGER EDGE LEVEL 0 000E 00 Descriptions You cannot use this command when the trigger source is set to LINE or when it is set to a logic bit on the DLM When the Probe Type setting is set to Current this command sets or queries the Current value TRIGger EDGE PROBe Function Sets or queries the external trigger source probe setting for edge triggering Syntax TRIGger EDGE PROBe lt NRf gt TRIGger EDGE PROBe lt NRf gt 1 or 10 Example TRIGGER EDGE PROBE 1 TRIGGER EDGE PROBE gt TRIGGER EDGE PROBE 1 Description You
262. characters Example CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION DEFINE1 T1 CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION DEFINE1 CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION DEFINE T1 CURSor VERTical CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the AT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt CURSor VERTical CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt x gt 1t04 Example CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION STATE1 ON CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION STATE1 CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION STATE1 1 CURSor VERTical CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the AT cursor Syntax CURSor VERTical CALCulation VALue lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 Example CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION VALUE1 gt CURSOR VERTICAL CALCULATION VALUE1 0 000E 00 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 71 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor VT Function Queries all settings related to the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VI CURSor VT BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic CURSor VT BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic ALL Boolean Example CURSOR VT BASIC ALL ON CURSor VT BASic GROup x Function Queries all settings related to the logic group of the VT cursor Syntax
263. command In such case the overlap operation can be prevented by using the methods below Synchronizing with Overlap Commands Using the WAI Command The WAI command holds the subsequent commands until the overlap command is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASEI1 WAI CHANnell VDIV PMT CoMMunicate OPSE is a command used to select the WAI target Here media access is specified Because WAI is executed immediately before CHANnell VDIV CHANnell VDIV is not executed until the file loading is complete Using the COMMunicate OVERlap command The COMMunicate OVERlap command enables or disables overlap operation Example COMMunicate OVERlap fHFFBF FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASEI1 CHANnell VDIV lt PMT gt COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF enables overlap operation on commands other than media access Because the overlap operation of file loading is disabled FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 operates in the same way as a sequential command Therefore CHANnel1 VDIV is not executed until the file loading is complete Using the OPC Command The OPC command sets the OPC bit bit O of the standard event register see page 6 4 to 1 when the overlap operation is completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 E S E 1 K ES
264. ction Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CLEar lt x gt 1to5 Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CLEAR TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination condition for the group of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition DONTcare TRUE TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1to5 Example TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUPI CONDITION gt TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUP1 CONDITION DONTCARE TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1to5 String Up to 8 characters by combining O to F and X TRIGGER LOGIC STATE GROUPI HEXA lA3F24CD Syntax Example Description If the number of bit mappings specified with LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing is too large the lower bits are set to X If the number is too small the top bits are set TRIGger LOGic STATe GROup x PATTern Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in binary notation
265. current setting 5 162 TRIGger ENHanced TV TYPE Sets the input type of the TV trigger or queries the current setting 5 162 TRIGger ENHanced TV Sets the user defined resolution or queries the current setting 5 162 USERdefine DEFinition TRIGger ENHanced TV Sets the user defined low pass filter HF rejection or queries the current 5 162 USERdefine HFRejection setting HighFrequencyREJECTION TRIGger ENHanced TV Sets the user defined horizontal sync signal or queries the current setting 5 162 USERdefine HSYNc Hsync Freq TRIGger ESTate Queries all settings related to the edge state trigger 5 162 TRIGger ESTate EOR Queries all settings related to the OR trigger 5 162 TRIGger ESTate EOR CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel polarity of the OR trigger or queries the current setting 5 162 TRIGger ESTate POLarity Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger or queries the current setting 5 163 TRIGger ESTate SOURce Sets the trigger source of the edge state trigger or queries the current 5 163 setting TRIGger HOLDoff Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting 5 163 TRIGger LOGic Queries all settings related to the logic trigger 5 163 TRIGger LOGic CLOCk Queries all settings related to the logic trigger clock 5 163 TRIGger LOGic CLOCk POLarity Sets the polarity of the logic trigger clock or queries the current setting 5 163 TRIGger LOGic CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock source of the logic trigger or queries the current setting 5
266. cy lt x gt STATe x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE 1 Syntax FREQuency x Example ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue Function Queries the frequency value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS FFTl MEASURE MARKER BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic POSition lt x gt lt NR gt Function Sets the marker cursor position of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic POSitioncx x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of POSition lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC POSITION1 1 000E 00 Syntax spuewwoy Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V
267. d computation is in progress Bit 10 NGO Go No go Set to 1 while GO NO GO search is in progress Bit 11 SCH Search Bit 12 TEL Telecom Test Set to 1 while search is in progress Set to 1 while the telecom test is in progress Bit 13 NSG N Single Bit 14 AN1 Analysis Set to 1 while continuous acquisition is in progress when the trigger mode is set to single N Set to 1 while Analysis 1 is in progress Bit 15 AN2 Analysis2 Set to 1 while Analysis 2 is in progress The transition filter parameters detect changes in the specified bit numerical suffix 1 to 16 of the condition register in the register following manner and overwrite the extended event RISE The specified bit of the extended event register is set to 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 1 to 0 FALL The specified bit of the extended event register is set to 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 BOTH The bit of the extended event register is set to 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0 NEVer Always 0 IM DLM6054 17EN 6 5 syodey snjejs Bu Output Queue and Error Queue Output Queue The output queue is provided to store response messages to queries For example if you send the WAVeform SEND command which requests the output of acquired data the data is stored in the output queue until it is read As shown belo
268. d to the FFT determination 5 84 PARameter FFT x IM DLM6054 17EN 5 13 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the FFT 5 84 PARameter FFT lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the peak value of the FFT determination 5 84 PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak frequencies of the FFT 5 84 PARameter FFT x PEAK determination or queries the current setting DFREquency GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak voltages of the FFT 5 85 PARameter FFT x PEAK DV determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak frequency of the FFT 5 85 PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK determination or queries the current setting FREQuency lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak voltage of the FFT determination 5 85 PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the
269. data specified by WAVeform TRACe to physical values Syntax WAVeform RANGe Example WAVeform RANGe 5 000E 00 Description The range value is used when converting the lt Block data that is output using WAVeform SEND to physical values 5 170 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 31 WAVeform Group WAVeform RECord Function Sets the target record number for the commands in the WAVeform group or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform RECord AVERage MINimum lt NRf gt WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 1999 Example WAVEFORM RECORD 0 WAVEFORM RECORD gt WAVEFORM RECORD 0 Descriptions If AVERage is specified the commands in the WAVeform group are applied to the average value of the history waveform The record numbers to be averaged are set using the HISTory CURRent DISPlay command In addition the highlight display mode must be set to AVERage Set the highlight display mode using the HISTory CURent MODE command Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number The selectable record number varies depending on the model and acquisition setting For details See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual WAVeform RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number of the history of the target channel WAVeform RECord MINimum WAVEFORM RECORD MINimum WAVEFORM RECORD 1999 Syntax Example WAVeform SEND Function Queries the waveform data specif
270. e lt x gt 1to8 Example CURSOR VT BASIC V1 STATE ON CURSOR VT BASIC V1 STATE gt VT BASIC V1 STATE 1 CURSOR 5 72 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt VALue Function Queries the voltage value at the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT BASic V lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1to8 Example CURSOR VT BASIC V1 VALUE gt CURSOR VT BASIC V1 VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor VT CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT CALCulation CURSor VT CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the VT cursor Syntax CURSor VT CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR VT CALCULATION ALL ON CURSor VT CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation item of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt CURSor VT CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example CURSOR VT CALCULATION DEFINE1 Tl CURSOR VT CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt CURSOR VT CALCULATION DEFINE1 T1 CURSor VT CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the VT cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VT CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt CURSor VT CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR VT CALCULATI
271. e Function Sets the trace of the reference waveform of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY REFERENCE TRACE gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt are only available on the DLM6000 On 16 bit models you cannot select B lt y gt D lt y gt Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURce Function Sets the reference of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURCe TRACe TRIGger MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay SOURce x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY URCE TRACE MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY SOURCE gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY SOURCE TRACE n o MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal Function Queries all settings related to the distal and proximal values Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal x of
272. e HZ Hertz Frequency MHZ Megahertz Frequency A Ampere Current lt Multiplier gt and Unit are not case sensitive e U is used to indicate micro p e MA is used for Mega to distinguish it from Milli The only exception is Megahertz which is expressed as MHZ Therefore the M Milli multiplier cannot be used for frequencies If both Multiplier and Unit are omitted the default unit is used Response messages are always expressed in the lt NR3 gt form Response messages are returned using the default unit without the lt Multiplier gt or Unit 4 6 IM DLM6054 17EN 4 4 Data lt Register gt lt Register gt indicates an integer and can be expressed in hexadecimal octal or binary as well as a decimal number It is used when each bit of the value has a particular meaning It is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example lt NRf gt 1 H lt Hexadecimal value made up of the digits HOF 0 to 9 andA to F gt Q lt Octal value made up of the digits 0 to 7 gt Q777 B lt Binary value made up of the digits 0 and 1 gt B001100 Register is not case sensitive Response messages are always expressed as lt NR1 gt lt Character Data gt lt Character Data gt is a specified string of character data a mnemonic It is mainly used to indicate options and is chosen from the character strings given in For interpretation rules refer to
273. e determination is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL INTerval OFF lt NRf gt GONogo ACTion MAIL INTerval lt NRf gt 1 to 1440 min Example GONOGO ACTION MAIL INTERVAL 10 GONOGO ACTION MAIL INTERVAL gt GONOGO ACTION MAIL INTERVAL 10 GONogo ACTion MATL MODE Function Sets whether to send mail when the determination is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Example GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE ON GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE GONOGO ACTION MAIL MODE 1 GONogo ACTion SAVE Function Sets whether to save the waveform data to the storage medium when the determination result is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion SAVE Boolean S GONogo ACTion SAVE E Example GONOGO ACTION SAVE ON D GONOGO ACTION SAVE gt GONOGO ACTION A SAVE 1 GONogo CONDition lt x gt Function Sets the GO NO GO determination criteria or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo CONDition lt x gt DONTcare IN OUT GONogo CONDition lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example GONOGO CONDITION1 DONTCARE GONOGO CONDITION1 gt GONOGO CONDITION1 DONTCARE GONogo COUNt Function Queries the actual number of GO NO GO determinations Syntax GONogo COUNt Example GONOGO COUNT gt GONOGO COUNT 1 GONogo EXECute Function Executes the GO NO GO determin
274. e XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE LEVel lt x gt lt NRf gt lt V oltage gt lt Current gt ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE LEVel lt x gt x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of LEVel lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and Current See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual ANALYSIS XY1 GATE LEVEL1 1 ANALYSIS XY1 GATE LEVEL1 ANALYSIS XY1 GATE LEVEL1 1 000E 00 Example ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE TRACe Function Sets the gate trace of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE TRACe lt NRf gt OFF ANALysis XY lt x gt GATE TRACe Syntax lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS XY1 GATE TRACE 1 ANALYSIS XY1 GATE TRACE gt ANALYSIS XY1 GATE TRACE 1 Example spuewwoy ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Function Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor XLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link on the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor XLINkage Boolean N ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSor Nkage 10r2
275. e current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VLINkage lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VLINkage lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR VLINKAGE ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR VLINKAGE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE CURSOR VLINKAGE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VPOSition lt x gt Function Sets the AT cursor position of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VPOSition lt x gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor VPOSition lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 and 2 lt x gt of VPOSition lt x gt 1 and 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR VPOSITION1 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR VPOSITION1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR VPOSITION1 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis AHTStogram lt x gt MEASure MODE Function Sets the automated measurement mode of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure MODE CURSor OFF PARameter ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure MODE x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE MODE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE MODE CURSOR ANALysis AHIStogram cx
276. e in the same order as the queries In most cases a single query returns a single response message unit but there are a few queries that return multiple units The first response message unit always corresponds to the first query but the n response unit may not necessarily correspond to the nt query Therefore if you want to make sure that every response is retrieved divide the program messages into individual messages Precautions to Be Taken when Transferring Messages fa program message that does not contain a query is sent the next program message can be sent at any time Ifa program message that contains a query is sent a response message must be received before the next program message can be sent If the next program message is sent before the response message is received in its entirety an error occurs The response message that was not received is discarded e If the controller tries to receive a response message when there is none an error occurs If the controller tries to receive a response message before the transmission of the program message is complete an error occurs Ifa program message containing multiple message units is sent and the message contains incomplete units the instrument attempts to execute the ones that are believed to be complete However these attempts may not always be successful In addition if the message contains queries the responses may not be returned Deadlock The
277. e logic state search Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT A lt x gt B x C x D lt x gt Function Sets the truth conditions for each bit of the logic state Search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT A x B x C x D x DONTcare HIGH LOW SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt Syntax lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT AO DONTCARE SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT A0 DONTCARE Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt Example SEARCh x SLOGic STATe BIT CLEar Function Clears Don t care all truth conditions for each bit of the logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh x SLOGic STATe BIT CLEar lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT CLEAR SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT LOGic Function Sets the logic of the logic state search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT LOGic AND OR SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT LOGic lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE BIT LOGIC AND SEARCh x SLOGic STATe GROup lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each group of the logic state search Syntax SEARch lt
278. e lt x gt Syntax lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 ON CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 gt CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 1 Example CURSor MARKer CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the marker cursors Syntax CURSor MARKer CALCulation VALue lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION VALUE1 gt CURSOR MARKER CALCULATION VALUE1 0 000E 00 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF all items of the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 ALL ON o 3 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt 3 Function Queries all settings related to the AT measurement of a the cursor marker 9 Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt lt x gt of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 x of DT lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the AT measurement of the maker cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DT lt x gt STATe x of CM lt x gt 1 to 4 x of DT lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 DT2 STATE
279. e or queries the current setting 5 76 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 11 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page FILE Group FILE Queries all settings related to the specified storage medium or internal 5 77 memory FILE DIRectory Queries all settings related to the specified storage medium 5 77 FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Sets the current directory or queries the current setting 5 77 Change Directory FILE DIRectory FREE Queries the free disk space in bytes on the specified storage medium 5 77 FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Creates a directory under the specified directory This is an overlap 5 77 Make Directory command FILE INTernal Queries all settings related to the internal memory 5 77 FILE INTernal RECall SETup Executes the loading of the setup data from the internal memory This is an 5 77 EXECute overlap command FILE INTernal STORe Queries all settings related to the saving to the internal memory 5 77 FILE INTernal STORe SETup Queries all settings related to the saving of the setup data to the internal 5 77 memory FILE INTernal STORe SETup Sets the comment to the setup data to be saved to the internal memory or 5 78 COMMent lt x gt queries the current setting FILE INTernal STORe SETup Queries the date time when the setup data was sa
280. e read After completion of the read out none of the bits in the status byte will be cleared Serial polling Execution of a serial polling changes bit 6 to RQS This causes RQS to be read After completion of the read out only RQS is cleared lt is not possible to read MSS using serial polling Clearing the Status Byte No method is provided for forcibly clearing all the bits in the status byte The bits that are cleared for each operation are shown below When a query is made using the STB command No bits are cleared When serial polling is executed Only the RQS bit is cleared e When a CLS command is received When the CLS command is received the status byte itself is not cleared but the contents of the standard event register which affects the bits in the status byte are cleared As a result the corresponding bits in the status byte are cleared except bit 4 MAV since the output queue cannot be emptied by the CLS command However the output queue will also be cleared if the CLS command is received just after a program message terminator IM DLM6054 17EN syodey snjejs Hu 6 3 Standard Event Register Standard Event Registr 7 6 5 4 3 2 10 PON URQICME EXE DDE QYEIRQCOPC Bit 7 PON Power ON Set to 1 when the power is turned ON Bit 6 URQ User Request Not used always 0 Bit 5 CME Command Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is incorrect Example
281. e register is cleared when the value rounded to an integer is a non zero value Standard event enable register Extended event enable register Transition filter PSC lt NRf gt PSC lt NRf gt 0 not clear non zero clear PSC 1 SPSC em Description For details on the registers see chapter 6 Syntax Example RST ReSeT Function Initializes the settings Syntax RST Example RST Description Also clears OPC and OPC commands that have been sent earlier SRE Service Request Enable register Function Sets the service request enable register or queries the current setting Syntax SRE lt NRf gt SRE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example SRE 239 SRE 239 Descriptions Specify the value as a sum of decimal values of each bit For example specifying SRE 239 will cause the service request enable register to be set to 11101111 In this case bit 4 of the service request enable register is disabled which means that bit 4 MAV of the status byte register is not set to 1 even if the output queue is not empty Bit 6 MSS of the status byte register is the MSS bit itself and therefore is ignored The default value is SRE 0 all bits disabled Aquery using SRE will not clear the contents of the service request enable register For details on the service request enable register see page 6 2 STB STatus Byte Function Queries the status byte register Synt
282. e times when outputting waveform data of logic signals Number of Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 32 ms Approx 0 078 s 125000 Approx 859 ms Approx 3 609 s 1250000 Approx 8707 ms Approx 36 172 s 2500000 Approx 17365 ms Approx 72 500 s 6250000 Approx 43678 ms Approx 182 000 s 3 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 3 5 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 GP IB Procedure UTILITY_Remote Control_GP IB Menu Press UTILITY the Remote Control soft key and then the GPIB soft key to display the following menu y m Calibration lt Remote Control ja Network lt System Configuration Overview 4 Self Test Next 1 2 Note Network Network VXI 11 Push 1 Address PEB Select GP IB Set the address Only the communication interface selected by Remote Control is enabled The DL6000 DLM6000 does not accept commands that are transmitted to other unselected communication interfaces Explanation Enter the following settings when using a controller to set information that can be specified through key operation on the DL6000 DLM6000 or when outputting setting parameters or output waveform data to the controller Setting the Address Set the address of the DL6000 DLM6000 within the following range for the addressable mode 0 to 30 Each device that can be connected via GP IB has a unique address within the GP IB system This address i
283. e width search type or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PSTate PULSe SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TYPE PQUALIFY SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TYPE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TYPE PQUALIFY SEARch lt x gt SMODe Function Sets the skip mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SMODe DECimation HOLDoff OFF SEARCh lt x gt SMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SMODE HOLDOFF SEARCH1 SMODE gt SEARCH1 SMODE HOLDOFF SEARch lt x gt SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to the serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh x SPATtern x 210r2 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to clock of the serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK MODE ON SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK MODE SEARCH1 SPATTERN CLOCK MODE 1 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x
284. een IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout TRIGger WIDTh MODE Example TRIGGER WIDTH MODE BETWEEN TRIGGER WIDTH MODE TRIGGER WIDTH MODE BETWEEN TRIGger WIDTh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh POLarity FALSe INI NEGative OUT POSitive TRUE TRIGger WIDTh POLarity Example TRIGGER WIDTH POLARITY POSITIVE TRIGGER WIDTH POLARITY TRIGGER WIDTH POLARITY POSITIVE Descriptions IN OUT is valid when TRIGger TYPE PQUalify PULSe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow ON HIGH LOW is valid when TRIGger TYPE PQUalify PULSe and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow OFF FALSe TRUE is valid when TRIGger TYPE PSTate TRIGger WIDTh SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the pulse width trigger or O queries the current setting 3 Syntax TRIGger WIDTh SOURce NRf EXTernal 3 TRIGger WIDTh SOURce a lt NRf gt 1 to 4 n Example TRIGGER WIDTH SOURCE EXTERNAL RIGGER WIDTH SOURCE gt TRIGGER WIDTH SOURCE EXTERNAL 4 Description This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE PQUalify PULSe TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WIDTh TIME x lt Time gt TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Time 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps Example TRIGGER WIDTH TIME1 1S T
285. ent lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measurement of the acquisition count for the element 5 141 WCOunt STATe that results in error or queries the current setting TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x Queries the acquisition count for the element that resulted in error 5 141 WCOunt VALue TELecomtest MMODe Turns ON OFF the computed waveform or queries the current setting 5 142 TELecomtest TRACe Sets the source trace of the mask test or queries the current setting 5 142 TELecomtest TRANge Time Range Sets the measurement range of the mask test or queries the current setting 5 142 TELecomtest WINDow Sets the measurement source window of the mask test or queries the current 5 142 setting TIMebase Group TIMebase Queries all settings related to the time base 5 143 o TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Queries the sample rate or queries the current setting 5 143 o TIMebase TDIV Sets the T div value or queries the current setting 5 143 3 D gt TRIGger Group o TRIGger Queries all settings related to the trigger 5 144 TRIGger ACTion Queries all settings related to action on trigger 5 144 TRIGger ACTion ACQCount Sets the action count of action on trigger or queries the current setting 5 144 TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Sets whether to sound a buzzer when an action is activated or queries the 5 144 current setting TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Sets whether or not to output screen image data ON OFF when an action 5 144 is
286. equest enable register t OR A t 4 A MSS 7 6 ESBMAV EESEAV 1 0 Status byte ROS 4 F amp A Y Service request ILL y occurrence Output Error o L L queue queue S et c 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Standard event enable register D o g a tg OR A i t I 4 t A 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Standard event register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 Extended event enable register tg t OR A i tg tig t 4 tg A 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 Extended event register A Ak 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Transition filter A A 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Condition register IM DLM6054 17EN 6 1 6 1 Overview of the Status Report Overview of the Registers and Queues Name Functions Writing Reading Status byte Serial polling ROS STB MSS Service request Masks status byte SRE SRE enable register Standard even
287. er AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt Syntax STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure PARameter AREA x Parameter STATe x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK RMS SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg Example The following is an example for the maximum value of area 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 MAXIMUM STATE ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 MAXIMUM STATE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 MAXIMUM STATE 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the automated measured value of the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MEDian MINimum PEAK RMS SD2integ SD3integ SDEViation SDINteg Example The following is an example for the maximum value of area 1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 MAXIMUM VALUE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER AREA1 MAXI
288. er SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT x Function Syntax Queries all settings related to each logic bit of measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT x x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT x AREA x Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to each area of measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 TYPE COUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 85 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters of measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or
289. er ACTion MAIL TRIGger ACTion MAIL INTerval Function Sets the interval at which to send mail when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL INTerval OFF lt NRf gt TRIGger ACTion MAIL INTerval lt NRf gt 1 to 1440 min Example TRIGGER ACTION MAIL INTERVAL 10 TRIGGER ACTION MAIL INTERVAL gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL INTERVAL 10 TRIGger ACTion MATL MODE Function Sets whether to send mail when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Example TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE ON TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE gt MAIL MODE 1 TRIGGER ACTION TRIGger ACTion MODE Function Sets the action on trigger mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion MODE ACONdition OFF TRIGger ACTion MODE Example TRIGGER ACTION MODE ACONDITION TRIGGER ACTION MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION MODE ACONDITION TRIGger ACTion SAVE Function Sets whether to save the waveform data to the storage medium ON OFF when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion SAVE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ACTion SAVE Example TRIGGER ACTION SAVE ON TRIGGER ACTION SAVE gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE 1 TRIGger ACTion STARt Function Starts the action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion STARt Example TRIGGER ACTION START TRIGge
290. er EINTerval EVENt x LOGic ESTate POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC ESTATE POLARITY ENTER TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC R C x ESTATE POLARITY TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOG ESTATE POLARITY ENTER Descriptions ENTer EXIT is valid if TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE LSTate e FALL RISE is valid if not TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x TYPE LSTate x TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic ESTate SOURce Function Sets the edge state trigger source of the logic or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic ESTate SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic ESTate SOURce lt x gt 10r2 y 0to7 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC ESTATE SOURCE A0 Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to the logic serial pattern trigger of each event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern x 210r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern BITRate Function Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Synta
291. er EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe GROup lt x gt SYMBol lt string gt x of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 x of GROup lt x gt 1 to 5 lt string gt 16 characters or fewer TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE GROUP1 SYMBOL TEST Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic STATe TYPE Function Sets the setup type of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic STATe TYPE BIT GROup TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic Oo STATe TYPE 3 x 210r2 3 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC STATE 3 TYPE BIT o TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC STATE TYPE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC STATE TYPE BIT TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic WIDTh Function Queries all settings related to the logic pulse width trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic WIDTh MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh MODE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic WIDTh MODE x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC WIDTH MODE BETWEEN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC WIDTH MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC WIDTH MODE BETWEEN
292. er or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV TYPE HDTV NTSC PAL SDTV USERdefine 11080 50 11080 60 P1080 24 P1080 25 P1080 60 P720 60 SF1080 24 TRIGger ENHanced TV TYPE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV TYPE NTSC TRIGGER ENHANCED TV TYPE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV TYPE NTSC Description For HDTV select the next 11080_50 I1080_60 P1080_24 P1080_25 P1080_60 P720_60 SF1080_24 If not selected 11080_60 is selected automatically TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine DEFinition Function Sets the user defined resolution or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine DEFinition HD SD TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine DEFinition Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION HD TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE DEFINITION HD TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets the user defined low pass filter HF rejection or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger ENHanced TV USERdefine HFRejection Frequency 300kHz Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION OFF TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV USERDEFINE HFREJECTION OFF
293. er or queries the 5 159 CLOCk POLarity current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 159 CLOCk SOURce TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern CS Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 159 current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Queries all settings related to data of the serial pattern trigger 5 160 DATA TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the active level of the data of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 160 DATA ACTive current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the data trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 160 DATA SOURce TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern HEXA Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 160 TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Queries all settings related to latch of the serial pattern trigger 5 160 LATCh TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 160 LATCh POLarity current setting 5 30 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 160 LATCh SOURce TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the 5 160 PATTern current setting
294. er string if no single or double quotation mark is encountered As a result no error is detected if a quotation mark is omitted Filename Filename is data that indicates a file name It is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example lt NRf gt Character data String data 1 CASE CASE lt NRf gt is rounded to an 8 digit integer and converted to ASCII code The result is the file name example 1 becomes 00000001 Negative values are not allowed Response messages are always returned in the String data form For Character data the first 12 characters become the file name For lt String data the first 259 characters become the file name Fora description of the number of characters of the String data file name see the DL9500 DL9700 User s Manual Block data Block data is arbitrary 8 bit data It is only used in response messages on the DL9500 DL9700 Below is the syntax Form Example N lt N digit decimal number 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ Data byte sequence N Indicates that the data is Block data N indicates the number of succeeding data bytes digits in ASCII code characters e N digit decimal number Indicates the number of bytes of data example 00000010 10 bytes data byte sequence Expresses the actual data example ABCDEFGHIJ e Data is comprised of 8 bit values 0 to 255 This means that
295. erial pattern search 5 128 SEARCh x SPATtern LATCh Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern search or queries the 5 128 POLarity current setting SEARch x SPATtern LATCh TRACe Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting 5 129 5 24 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup Queries all settings related to setup of the serial pattern search 5 129 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting 5 129 BITRate SEARcCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern search to don t care 5 129 CLEar SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup Queries all settings related to data of the serial pattern search 5 129 DATA SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup Sets the active level of the data trace of the serial pattern search or queries 5 129 DATA ACTive the current setting SEARCh x SPATtern SETup Sets the data trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting 5 129 DATA TRACe SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup Sets the pattern of the serial pattern search in hexadecimal notation 5 129 HEXA SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup Sets the pattern of the serial pattern search in binary notat
296. eries all settings related to GO NO GO determination 5 81 GONogo ABORt Aborts the GO NO GO determination 5 81 GONogo ACTion Queries all settings related to the action taken when the determination result 5 81 is NO GO and the criteria values GONogo ACTion BUZZer Sets whether to sound a buzzer when the determination result is NO GO or 5 81 queries the current setting GONogo ACTion HCOPy Sets whether to print the screen image on the printer when the determination 5 81 result is NO GO or queries the current setting GONogo ACTion MAIL Queries all settings related to the mail transmission when the determination 5 81 is NO GO GONogo ACTion MAIL INTerval Sets the interval at which to send mail when the determination is NO GO or 5 81 queries the current setting GONogo ACTion MAIL MODE Sets whether to send mail when the determination is NO GO or queries the 5 81 current setting GONogo ACTion SAVE Sets whether to save the waveform data to the storage medium when the 5 81 determination result is NO GO or queries the current setting GONogo CONDition lt x gt Sets the GO NO GO determination criteria or queries the current setting 5 81 GONogo COUNt Queries the actual number of GO NO GO determinations 5 81 o GONogo EXECute Executes the GO NO GO determination This is an overlap command 5 81 o GONogo LOGic Sets the GO NO GO determination logic or queries the current setting 5 81 3 GONogo MODE Sets the GO NO GO determination
297. es all settings related to the 1 AT measurement of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt 5 70 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the 1 AT measurement of the AT cursors or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt STATe Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC PERDT STATE ON CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC PERDT STATE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC PERDT STATE 1 CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt VALue Function Queries the 1 AT value of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt VALue Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC PERDT VALUE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC PERDT VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the AT cursor Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt JUMP Function Jumps to the center position of the zoom waveform of the AT cursor Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic T x JUMP Z1 22 x 210r2 Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC T1 JUMP Z1 CURSor VERTical BASic T lt x gt POSition Function Sets the AT cursor position or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic T x POSition lt NRf gt CURSor VERTical BASic T x POSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example CUR
298. escription This command applies to cycle statistical processing when MEASURE MODE CYCLE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the calculation item of the measure determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt NRf NRf GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure CALCulation lt x gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of CALCulation lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION1 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE CALCULATION1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure STATistics Function Sets the statistical value of the measure determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure STATistics MAXimum MEAN INimum SIGMa GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure STATistics lt x gt 1 to 4 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE STATISTICS MAXIMUM GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE STATISTICS gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE STATISTICS MAXIMUM Description This command is valid when MEAS
299. est Syntax TELecomtest TELecomtest CATegory Function Sets the mask test type or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest CATegory EYEPattern MASK TELecomtest CATegory Example TELECOMTEST CATEGORY EYEPATTERN TELECOMTEST CATEGORY gt TELECOMTEST CATEGORY EYEPATTERN TELecomtest DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the mask test display or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest DISPlay lt Boolean gt TELecomtest DISPlay Example TELECOMTEST DISPLAY ON TELECOMTEST DISPLAY gt TELECOMTEST DISPLAY 1 TELecomtest EYEPattern Function Queries all settings related to the eye pattern Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern TELecomtest EYEPattern ALL Function Turns ON OFF all eye pattern parameters Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern ALL Boolean Example TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN ALL ON TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter of the eye pattern TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter Parameter DBERate EHEight EWIDth FALL JITTer lt x gt PCROssing PDUTycycle QFACtor RISE SDBase SDTop T1 CRossing T2CRossing VBASe VCRossing VTOP x 210r2 Description For the relationship between communication commands and parameters used by the DL9500 DL9700 see appendix 4 For parameter details See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter STATe Function Turns ON OFF the wave
300. eter gt Function Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYCInteg TYINteg V1 V2 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the continuous statistical processing count of the waveform parameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt COUNt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYCInteg TYINteg V1 V2 The following is an example for the maximum value of trace 1 and area 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM COUNT gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM COUNT 0 Syntax Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries the statistical value of the waveform parameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to
301. ets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in 5 153 GROup lt x gt PATTern binary notation or queries the current setting 2 Terval EVENt lt x gt Sets the symbol item for each group of the logic state trigger 5 153 GROup lt x gt SYMBol Terval EVENt lt x gt Sets the setup type of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting 5 153 TYPE Terval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic pulse width trigger 5 153 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the 5 153 LOGic WIDTh MODE current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 154 LOGic WIDTh POLarity TR r erval EVENt x Sets the trigger source of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 154 SOURce setting NTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the logic pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 154 TIME lt x gt setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the serial pattern trigger of the event 5 154 SPATtern Serial Pattern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 154 SPATtern BITRate TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern trigger to don t care 5 154 SPATtern CLEar TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all sett
302. ets the input coupling of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt COUPling AC DC DC50 GND CHANneL lt x gt COUPling lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANNEL1 COUPLING GND CHANNEL1 COUPLING gt CHANNEL1 COUPLING GND Syntax Example CHANnel lt x gt DESKew Function Sets the skew correction of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt DESKew lt Time gt CHANneL lt x gt DESKew lt x gt 1 to 4 Time 80 to 80 ns in 10 ps steps CHANNEL1 DESKEW 1NS CHANNEL1 DESKEW gt CHANNELI DESKEW 1 000E 09 Syntax Example CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the display of the channel or queries the current setting CHANneL lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt CHANneL lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANNEL1 DISPLAY ON CHANNEL1 DISPLAY gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 Syntax Example CHANnel lt x gt INVert Function Turns ON OFF the inverted display of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANneL lt x gt INVert lt Boolean gt CHANneL lt x gt INVert lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 INVERT ON CHANNEL1 INVERT gt CHANNEL1 INVERT 1 CHANnel lt x gt LABel Function Queries all settings related to the waveform label of the channel Syntax CHANneL lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CHANNEL1 LABEL gt CHANNEL1 LABEL DEFINE CH1 MODE 0 CHANnel lt x gt LABel DEFine
303. ewwoy Syntax lt x gt 11t08 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS LEVEL 1 MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS LEVEL gt MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS LEVEL 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL Example MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt MODE Function Sets the setup mode of the threshold level or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt MODE AUTO LHYSteresis ULOWer MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt MODE Syntax x2 1 to 8 MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 MODE LHYSTERESIS MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 MODE gt MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 MODE LHYSTERESIS Example Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL IM DLM6054 17EN 5 115 5 19 MEASure Group MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt ULOWer Function Queries all settings related to the upper and lower limits of the threshold level MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt ULOWer x 21108 Description This command is valid when the Parameter of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL Syntax MEASure THResho
304. f BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth The following is an example of the period with bit 1 area 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD COUNT gt MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD COUNT 0 Syntax Example MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries each statistical value of logic waveform parameters MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt MAXimum lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth The following is an example of the period with bit 1 area 1 MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD MAXIMUM MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 PERIOD MAXIMUM 0 Syntax Example MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the logic waveform parameters or queries the current setting MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt STATe lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to
305. f Data Points Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 31 ms Approx 0 406 s 125000 Approx 235 ms Approx 19 172 s 1250000 Approx 2286 ms Approx 191 876 s 2500000 Approx 4541 ms Approx 383 012 s 6250000 Approx 11150 ms Approx 958 128 s IM DLM6054 17EN 2 2 Ethernet VXI 11 Interface Features and Specifications The following table contains approximate waveform data response times for logic signals Number of Data Points Double Word Data ASCII Data 2500 Approx 31 ms Approx 0 094 s 125000 Approx 828 ms Approx 3 906 s 1250000 Approx 6938 ms Approx 37 345 s 2500000 Approx 13344 ms Approx 74 143 s 6250000 Approx 32126 ms Approx 184 894 s Switching between Remote and Local Modes When Switching from Local to Remote Mode The DL6000 DLM6000 switches to remote mode when it is in local mode and it receives a COMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC REMOTE appears at the top center of the screen All keys except the SHIFT CLEAR key are disabled Settings entered in local mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to remote mode When Switching from Remote to Local Mode When the DL6000 DLM6000 is in remote mode and you press SHIFT CLEARCLEAR the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to Local mode unless it has received a COMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC in which case pressing SHIFT CLEARCLEAR will have no effect The DL6000 DLM6000 switches to local mode when it receives a
306. f the AV cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor HORizontal CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt CURSor HORizontal CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION DEFINE1 V1 CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION DEFINE1 V1 CURSor HORizontal CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the AV cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor HORizontal CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt CURSor HORizontal CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION STATE1 ON CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION STATE1 gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION STATE1 1 CURSor HORizontal CALCulation VALue VALue lt x gt Function Queries the voltage value at the AV cursor Function Queries the measured value of the calculation item of Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic V x VALue the AV cursor lt x gt 10r2 Syntax CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 VALUE VALue lt x gt gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 lt x gt 1 to 4 VALUE 1 000E 00 Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION VALUE1 gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION VALUE1 0 000E 00 5 66 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor HORizontal TRACe
307. f the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA ACTive HIGH LOW TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA ACTive Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA SOURce Function Sets the data trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern DATA SOURce lt NRf gt Gger ENHanced SPATtern DATA SOURce Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA GGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN DATA SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern HEXA Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern HEXA lt String gt Syntax lt String gt Up to 32 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTERN HEXA ABCD TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh Function Queries all settings related to latch of the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger ENHanced
308. form Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt JUMP 21122 lt x gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 JUMP Z1 CURSor HORizontal BASic V x POSition Function Sets the AV cursor position or queries the current setting CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt POSition lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 POSITION 1 CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 POSITION gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the AV cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor HORizontal BASic V lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 STATE ON CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 STATE gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL BASIC V1 STATE 1 CURSor HORizontal BASic V x CURSor HORizontal CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal CALCulation CURSor HORizontal CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR HORIZONTAL CALCULATION ALL ON CURSor HORizontal CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation item o
309. form acquisition 5 134 STATus Group STATus Queries all settings related to the communication status function 5 135 STATus CONDition Queries the contents of the condition register 5 135 STATus EESE Sets the extended event enable register or queries the current setting 5 135 STATus EESR Queries the content of the extended event register and clears the register 5 135 STATus ERRor Queries the error code and message information top of the error queue 5 135 STATus FILTer lt x gt Sets the transition filter or queries the current setting 5 135 STATus QENable Sets whether to store messages other than errors to the error queue or 5 135 queries the current setting STATus OMESsage Sets whether or not to attach message information to the response to the 5 135 STATus ERRor query or queries the current setting STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Executes serial polling 5 135 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 25 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page STOP Group STOP Stops the waveform acquisition 5 136 SYSTem Group SYSTem Queries all settings related to the system 5 137 SYSTem CLICk Turns ON OFF the click sound or queries the current setting 5 137 SYSTem CLOCk Queries all settings related to the date time and time difference with respect 5 137 to GMT SYSTem CLOCk DTIMe Sets the date time and time difference with respect to GMT or queries the 5
310. form parameter of the eye pattern or queries the current setting TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter STATe lt Boolean gt TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter STATe Syntax Parameter DBERate EHEight EWIDth FALL JITTer lt x gt PCROssing PDUTycycle QFACtor RISE SDBase SDTop T1CRossing T2CRossing VBASe VCRossing VTOP lt x gt 10r2 Example The following is an example for DBERate TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN DBERATE STATE ON TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN DBERATE STATE gt TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN DBERATE STATE 1 TELecomtest EYEPattern lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the waveform parameter value of the eye pattern Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern Parameter VALue Parameter DBERate EHEight EWIDth FALL JITTer lt x gt PCROssing PDUTycycle QFACtor RISE SDBase SDTop T1CRossing T2CRossing VBASe VCRossing VTOP x 210r2 Example The following is an example for DBERate TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN DBERATE VALUE gt TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN DBERATE VALUE 1 000E 00 TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels Function Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the eye pattern Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels MODE Function Sets the unit of the threshold level of the eye pattern or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels MODE PERCent UNIT TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels MODE Exam
311. g gt REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE REF1 REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE gt REFERENCE1 LABEL DEFINE REF1 Example REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE Function Turns ON OFF the waveform label display of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax REFerence x LABel MODE Boolean REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example REFERENCE1 LABEL MODE ON REFERENCE1 LABEL MODE gt REFERENCE1 LABEL MODE 1 REFerence lt x gt LOAD Function Loads the waveform to the reference Syntax REFerence lt x gt LOAD lt NRf gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example REFERENCE1 LOAD 1 REFerence lt x gt POSition Function Sets the vertical position of the reference or queries the current setting Syntax REFerence lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt REFerence lt x gt POSition x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div REFERENCE1 POSITION 1 REFERENCE1 POSITION gt REFERENCEL1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Example REFerence lt x gt SELect Function Sets the waveform computation or reference to the computation channel or queries the current setting Syntax REFerence lt x gt SELect MATH REFerence REFerence lt x gt SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 Example REFERENCE1 SELECT MATH REFERENCE1 SELECT gt REFERENCEI SELECT MATH 5 120 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21
312. g ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation DEFine lt x gt lt String gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation DEFine lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION DEFINE1 C1 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION DEFINE1 C1 Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the cursor of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram x MEASure CURSor CALCulation STATe lt x gt spuewwoy x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION STATE1 ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION STATE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR CALCULATION STATE1 1 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Syntax Example Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the cursor of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor CALCulation VALue lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 ME
313. get window for trend display of measured waveform parameters 5 53 HRANge or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Sets the horizontal span of the trend display of the waveform parameter 5 53 HSPan measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the trend 5 53 MEASure display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement of the trend of the 5 53 MEASure CURSor waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Turns ON OFF all cursors of the trend of the waveform parameter 5 53 MEASure CURSor ALL measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries all settings related to the measured value of the cursor of the trend 5 53 MEASure CURSor C x of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter x TRENd Sets the cursor position of the trend of the waveform parameter 5 53 MEASure CURSor C x POSition measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Turns ON OFF the cursor of the trend of the waveform parameter 5 54 MEASure CURSor C x STATe measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Queries the measured value of the cursor of the trend of the waveform 5 54 MEASure CURSor C x VALue parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter l
314. group 5 103 or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt BUND1le MODE Sets the bundle mode of the logic group or queries the current setting 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle SYMBol Sets the symbol item of the bundle value of each logic group 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the display of the logic group or queries the current setting 5 103 LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing Sets the bit mapping of the logic group or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic GROup lt x gt ORDer Sets the displayed order of the logic group or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic GROup lt x gt STATe Turns ON OFF the state display of the logic group or queries the current 5 104 setting LOGic LABel Queries all settings related to the label of the logic signal 5 104 LOGic LABel BNAMe Queries all settings related to the bit name of the logic signal 5 104 LOGic LABel BNAMe A x B x C Sets the bit name of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 104 lt x gt D lt x gt LOGic LABel LNAMe Queries all settings related to the group name of the logic signal 5 104 LOGic LABel LNAMe GROup lt x gt Sets the group name of the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic LABel MODE Turns ON OFF the logic signal label or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic MODE Turns ON OFF the logic signal or queries the current setting 5 104 LOGic POSition Sets the vertical position of the logi
315. gs related to latch of the serial pattern trigger 5 156 SPATtern LATCh TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 156 SPATtern LATCh POLarity current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 156 SPATtern LATCh SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the 5 156 SPATtern PATTern current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to condition to be satisfied of the event 5 156 STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current 5 157 STATe CHANnel lt x gt setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the logic of the condition to be satisfied or queries the current setting 5 157 STATe LOGic TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the trigger type of the event or queries the current setting 5 157 TYPE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger of the event 5 157 WIDTh TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the determination mode of the pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 157 WIDTh MODE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 158 WIDTh POLarity TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the trigger source of the pul
316. gs related to persistence Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence COUNt Function Sets the persistence count or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence COUNt lt NRf gt INFinity DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to the maximum number of history pages at the current record length Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE COUNT INFINITY DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE COUNT gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE COUNT INFINITY DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence MODE Function Sets the persistence mode or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence MODE COUNt TIME DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence MODE Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE MODE COUNT DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE MODE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE MODE COUNT DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence TIME Function Sets the persistence time or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence TIME lt Time gt INFinity DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence TIME Time 100 ms to 1 s in 100 ms steps 1 to 10 s in 200 ms steps 10 to 100 s in 2 s steps Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE TIME 1S DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE TIME DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE TIME 1 000E 00 DISPlay BLIGht Function Queries
317. gt TELecomtest EYEPattern VDARk lt NRf gt Voltage and Current See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual D Example ELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN VDARK 1 000E 00 ELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN VDARK gt TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN VDARK 1 000E 00 TELecomtest MASK Function Queries all settings related to the mask test Syntax TELecomtest MASK TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF all items of the element Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 ALL ON TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount Sample Point Count b Function Queries the settings related to the error rate for the number of sampled data points of the element Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT STATE 1 TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt PSPCount STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measurement of the error rate for the number of sampled data points of the element or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x PSPCount STATe Boolean TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x PSPCount STATe lt x gt 1to4 Example TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT STATE ON TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENTI PSPCOUNT STATE gt TELECOMTEST MASK ELEMENT PSPCOUNT STATE
318. gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 0to 7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE AO Descriptions This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CS Function Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CS lt Boolean gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CS Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CS ON TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CS gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN CS 1 Description This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive Function Sets the active level of the data for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive HIGH LOW TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce Function Sets the data rate for the logic serial pattern
319. gt REFerence lt x gt Function Sets the color of the waveform or queries the current setting DISPlay COLor CHANnel x LOGic LSTate MATH lt x gt REFerence lt x gt BLUE BGReen CYAN DBLue GRAY GREen LBLue LGReen MAGenta MGReen ORANge PINK PURPle RED SPINk YELLow DISPlay COLor CHANnel x LOGic LSTate MATH lt x gt REFerence lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of REFerence lt x gt 1 to 4 DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 BLUE DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 BLUE Description LOGic LS Tate are only available on the DLM6000 Syntax Example DISPlay FORMat Function Sets the display format or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay FORMat DUAL QUAD SINGle TRIad DISPlay FORMat Example DISPLAY FORMAT SINGLE DISPLAY FORMAT gt DISPLAY FORMAT SINGLE DISPlay GRATicule Function Sets the graticule grid or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay GRATicule CROSshair FRAMe GRID LINE DISPlay GRATicule Example DISPLAY GRATICULE CROSSHAIR DISPLAY GRATICULE gt DISPLAY GRATICULE CROSSHAIR DISPlay INTENsity Function Queries all settings related to the intensity of the displayed items Syntax DISPlay INTENsity DISPlay INTENsity gt DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform Function Sets the intensity of the waveform or queries the current setting Oo Sy
320. gt TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the area of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Syntax lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the waveform parameter of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Syntax lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYCInteg TYINteg V1 V2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TRACE1 AREAL TYPE BURST ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TRACE1 AREAL TYPE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERl TRACEl AREA1 TYPE BURST Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Function Queries all settings related to the trend display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameterc
321. h lt x gt SPATtern SETup lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 1G bps Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP BITRATE 1 SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP BITRATE SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP BITRATE 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE OFF BITRate SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup CLEar Function Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern search to don t care Syntax SEARCh x 8PATtern SETup CLEar x 210r2 Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP CLEAR SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA Function Queries all settings related to data of the serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive Function Sets the active level of the data trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive HIGH LOW SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE gt SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA ACTIVE HIGH SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup DATA TRACe Function Sets the data trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup TRACe NRf SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Exam
322. he accumulated histogram or queries the current 5 40 setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the vertical range of the accumulated histogram or queries the current 5 40 VERTical setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt WINDow Sets the measurement target window of the accumulated histogram or 5 41 queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt Queries all settings related to the FFT computation function 5 41 ANALysis FFT x AVERage Queries all FFT analysis averaging settings 5 41 ANALysis FFT x AVERage Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in FFT 5 41 EWEight analysis ANALysis FFT x HORizontal Queries all settings related the horizontal axis of the FFT computation 5 41 ANALysis FFT x HORizontal Queries all settings related to the center and span of the horizontal axis of 5 41 CSPan the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal Sets the horizontal center of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 41 CSPan CENTer setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal Sets the horizontal span of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 41 CSPan SPAN setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal Queries all settings related the left and right edges of the horizontal axis of 5 41 LRIGht the FFT computation ANALysis FFT x HORizontal Sets the range of the horizontal left and right edges of the FFT computation 5 41 LRIGht RANGe or queries the current setting
323. he automated measured value of the waveform parameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue lt NRf gt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYCInteg TYINteg V1 V2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 The following is an example for the maximum value of trace 1 and area 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM VALUE gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 MAXIMUM VALUE 1 000E 00 Descriptions If the measurement is not possible NAN Not A Number is returned e lt NRf gt indicates the nth automated measured value in the past In the case of cycle statistical processing specify the lt NRf gt cycle from the left of the screen To specify the oldest automated measured value specify 1 If lt NRf gt is omitted the latest automated measured value is specified If the value corresponding to the relevant count is not present NAN Not A Number is returned MEASure TRACe x AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the measurement conditions of the source waveform of the delay measurement between channels MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt
324. he current setting SEARch x STRace lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt STRace lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 SEARCH1 STRACE 1 SEARCH1 STRACE gt SEARCH1 STRACE 1 Descriptions This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE EDGE EQUalify A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt are only available on the DLM6000 On 16 bit models you cannot select B lt y gt D lt y gt This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE WIDTh and SEARch x WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PULSe Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the search conditions of the trace SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Syntax SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the trace or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt CONDition DONTcare HIGH LOW SEARCh lt x gt TRACe x CONDition x of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 TRACE1 CONDITION HIGH SEARCH1 TRACE1 CONDITION gt TRACE1 CONDITION HIGH Descriptions This command is valid when SEARCh lt x gt TYPE EQUalifyl SPATtern STATe This command is valid when SEARch x TYPE WIDTh and SEARch x WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PSTAte SEARCHI SE
325. he loading of specific data Syntax FILE LOAD BINary ZPOLYGON ZWAVe FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup SNAP SYMBo1 ZPOLygon ZWAVe ABORt Function Aborts the loading of specific data Syntax FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup SNAP SYMBol ZPOLygon ZWAVe ABORt Example The following is an example for binary data FILE LOAD BINARY ABORT FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup SNAP SYMBo1 ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute Function Executes the loading of specific data This is an overlap command Syntax FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup SNAP SYMBol ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute String String Up to 259 characters Example The following is an example for binary data FILE LOAD BINARY EXECUTE Flash Mem DIR DATA Absolute path designation FILE LOAD BINARY EXECUTE DATA Relative path designation Description For details on the lt String gt parameter see the description in FILE DIRectory CDIRectory FILE LOAD BINary REFerence Function Sets the load destination of the binary data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE LOAD BINary REFerence lt NRf gt ACQMemory gt FILE LOAD BINary REFerence lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example FILE LOAD BINARY REFERENCE 1 FILE LOAD BINARY REFERENCE gt LOAD BINARY REFERENCE 1 FILE FILE LOAD ZPOLygon ZWAVe ZONE Function Sets the load destination of the zone data of specific data
326. he search or queries the current setting 5 121 SEARCh x DECimation Sets the decimation detection of the skip mode or queries the current setting 5 121 SEARch x EXECute Executes the search This is an overlap command 5 122 SEARCh lt x gt HOLDoff Sets the hold off detection or queries the current setting 5 122 SEARCh lt x gt LOGic Sets the search logic or queries the current setting 5 122 SEARCh lt x gt MARK Turns ON OFF the search mark or queries the current setting 5 122 SEARCh x POLarity Sets the search polarity or queries the current setting 5 122 SEARCh lt x gt SELect Sets the detection waveform number of the search function and queries the 5 122 position that corresponds to the detection waveform number SEARCh x SELect MAXimum Queries the detection count of the search function 5 122 SEARCh x SLOGi c Queries all settings related to the logic search 5 122 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk Queries all settings related to the logic search clock 5 122 SEARCh x SLOGic CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock of the logic search or queries the current 5 123 POLarity setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock for the logic search or queries the current setting 5 123 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic POLarity Sets the logic search polarity or queries the current setting 5 123 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SOURce Sets the logic search source or queries the current setting 5 123 SEARch
327. he serial cursor or queries the current setting CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACE lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACE lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 y 0to7 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACE 1 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACE gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt are only available on the DLM6000 On 16 bit models you cannot select B lt y gt D lt y gt Syntax Example CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACK Function Jumps the serial cursor onto the zoom waveform Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsSor lt x gt TRACK OFF 21122 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACK lt x gt 10r2 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACK OFF CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACK gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 TRACK OFF Example CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of the serial cursor Syntax CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt VALue lt x gt 1o0r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 VALUE gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 VALUE 11000111 CURSor TYPE Function Sets the cursor type or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TYPE HORizontal HAVertical MARKer SERial VERTical VT CURSor TYPE Example CURSOR TYPE HORIZONTAL CURSOR TYPE gt CURSOR TYPE HORIZONTAL CURSor VERTical Function Queries all settings related to the AT cur
328. he setting method of the logic state search or queries the current 5 127 setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh Queries all settings of the logic pulse width search 5 127 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh MODE Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width search or queries the 5 127 current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the logic pulse width search or queries the current 5 127 setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TYPE Sets the logic pulse width search type or queries the current setting 5 128 SEARCh lt x gt SMODe Sets the skip mode or queries the current setting 5 128 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern Serial Queries all settings related to the serial pattern search 5 128 Pattern SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk Queries all settings related to clock of the serial pattern search 5 128 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern search or queries the current 5 128 setting SEARcCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern search or queries the 5 128 POLarity current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk Sets the clock trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current 5 128 SOURce setting SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern CS Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern search or queries the 5 128 current setting SEARCh x SPATtern LATCh Queries all settings related to latch of the s
329. he standard event enable register For details on the standard event enable register See page 6 4 ESR standard Event Status Register Function Queries the standard event register and clears the register Syntax ESR Example ESR 32 Descriptions A sum of decimal values of each bit is returned You can check what type of events occurred when an SRQ is generated For example if a value of 32 is returned this indicates that the standard event register is set to 00100000 In this case you can see that the SRQ occurred due to a command syntax error Aquery using ESR will clear the contents of the standard event register For details on the standard event register see page 6 4 IDN IDeNtify Function Queries the instrument model Syntax IDN Example IDN YOKOGAWA DLM6054 27E100000 F1 10 Description The information is returned in the following form lt Manufacturer gt lt Model gt lt Serial No gt lt Firmware version gt lt Model gt For lt Model gt one of the following values is returned DL6054 DL6104 DL6154 DLM6054 or DLM6104 OPC OPeration Complete Function Sets bit O OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 upon the completion of the specified overlap command Syntax OPC Example OPC Descriptions For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using OPC see page 4 7 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap c
330. ic LABel BNAMe Function Queries all settings related to the bit name of the logic signal Syntax LOGic LABel BNAMe LOGic LABel BNAMe A x B x C x 5 D lt x gt Function Sets the bit name of the logic signal or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic LABel BNAMe A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt lt String gt LOGic LABel BNAMe A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt x 0to7 String Up to 8 characters Example LOGIC LABEL BNAME AO NO 1 LOGIC LABEL BNAME A0 LOGIC LABEL BNAME A0 NO 1 Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt y gt C lt y gt LOGic LABel LNAMe Function Queries all settings related to the group name of the logic signal Syntax LOGic LABel LNAMe LOGic LABel LNAMe GROup lt x gt Function Sets the group name of the logic signal or queries the current setting LOGic LABel LOGic LABel lt x gt 1to5 lt String gt Up to 8 characters LOGIC LABEL LNAME GROUP1 NO_1 LOGIC LABEL LNAME GROUP1 gt LOGIC LABEL LNAME GROUP1 NO 1 LNAMe GROup lt x gt lt String gt LNAMe GROup lt x gt Syntax Example LOGic LABel MODE Function Turns ON OFF the logic signal label or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic LABel MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic LABel MODE Example LOGIC LABEL MODE ON LOGIC LABEL MODE gt LOGIC LABEL MODE 1 LOGic MODE
331. ic cecinit aei ease cie 5 116 IM DLM6054 17EN Index 3 Index waveform parameter measurement function MISCOQTAIN TE TEE EET 5 49 list display wave search zone dit Men s secite acre croci ete e enr Lor deu 5 98 window trigger WIG x er terree eit 5 168 X Page XY display function automated measurement ssssssssssss 5 55 cursor measurement ssesssssseseeeeeeenet 5 55 gate function dis integration integrati n polarity seiis 5 57 measurement range ses 5 57 measurement source window ss 5 57 P di un c 5 97 Y Page Y AXIS trace ssessssssssssssssssseeeee eene nennen 5 57 Z Page zone parameter determination eessssss 5 83 ZOONM GFOUD ccce ea orte xerit eere eret et ce totu 5 173 Index 4 IM DLM6054 17EN
332. ied by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform SEND lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 2000 Varies depending on the record length setting Example WAVEFORM SEND gt 8 number of bytes 8 digits data sequence or lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Descriptions The output format of WAVeform SEND varies depending on the WAVeform FORMat setting 1 When set to ASCii When WAVeform TRACe is not set to a logic group values are returned in the following format Voltage Voltage Voltage On the DLM6000 when WAVeform TRACe is set to a logic group values are returned in the following format lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt In lt NR1 gt the logic bit pattern is expressed using a decimal value 2 When set to BYTE WORD or DWORd Returned in the Block data format You can convert the value using the following equation Voltage computed value range x data divisions offset BYTE Division 12 5 1 for the logic group WORD Division 3200 1 for the logic group DWORd Division 1 DWORd is only valid for logic groups on the DLM6000 If the number of bit mappings specified with LOGic GROup lt x gt MAPPing is too large the lower bits are output according to the FORMat 3 When set to RBYTE Returned in the lt Block data gt format You can convert the value using the following equation Voltage computed value range x data Position divisions
333. ies the current setting Syntax TRIGger ESTate POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE TRIGger ESTate POLarity Example TRIGGER ESTATE POLARITY ENTER RIGGER ESTATE POLARITY TRIGGER ESTATE POLARITY ENTER 4 Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify STATe This command is invalid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE and TRIGger ESTate SOURce LINE ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x WINDow ON FALL RISE is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify and TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WINDow OFF e ENTer EXIT is valid when TRIGger TYPE STATe TRIGger ESTate SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the edge state trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ESTate SOURce lt NRf gt EXTernal LINE TRIGger ESTate SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER ESTATE SOURCE EXTERNAL TRIGGER ESTATE SOURCE gt TRIGGER ESTATE SOURCE EXTERNAL Syntax Example Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE EQUalify lt NRf gt EXTernal LINE is valid when TRIGger TYPE EDGE lt NRf gt EXTernal is valid when TRIGger TYPE EQUalify TRIGger HOLDoff Function Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff lt Time gt TRIGger HOLDoff Time 20 ns to 10 s in 5 ns steps Example TRIGGER HOLDOFF 1S TRIGGER HOLDOFF gt T
334. igger or 5 150 LOGic SPATtern CS queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 150 LOGic SPATtern DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the active level of the data for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 150 LOGic SPATtern DATA ACTive the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the data rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 151 LOGic SPATtern DATA SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 151 LOGic SPATtern HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the latch for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 151 LOGic SPATtern LATCh TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 151 LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity the current setting 5 28 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the latch trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 151 LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in binary notat
335. ing lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING AC TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 COUPLING DC spuewwoy Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection HighFrequencyREJECTION Function Sets the low pass filter HF rejection of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x HFRejection lt Frequency gt OFF TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Frequency gt 20MHz or 15kHz Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION OFF TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL HFREJECTION gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HFREJECTION OFF IM DLM6054 17EN 5 167 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x HYSTeresis HIGH LOW TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the channel or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt x gt 1 to
336. ing is an example for the HDTV TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV POLARITY NEGATIVE TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV POLARITY gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV HDTV POLARITY NEGATIVE x TRIGger ENHanced TV LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV LEVel lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced TV LEVel lt NRf gt 0 1 to 2 0 div Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV LEVEL 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED TV LEVEL gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV LEVEL 1 000E 00 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 161 spuewwoy 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced TV SGUard Function Sets the sync guard of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV SGUard lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced TV SGUard lt NRf gt 60 to 90 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SGUARD 60 TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SGUARD gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SGUARD 60 Description This command is valid when TRIGGER ENHANCED TV TYPE HDTV NTSC PAL TRIGger ENHanced TV SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the TV trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TV SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced TV SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED TV SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced TV TYPE Function Sets the input type of the TV trigg
337. ings related to clock of the serial pattern trigger 5 154 SPATtern CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 155 SPATtern CLOCk MODE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 155 SPATtern CLOCk POLarity current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 155 SPATtern CLOCk SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 155 SPATtern CS current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to data of the serial pattern trigger 5 155 SPATtern DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the active level of the data of the serial pattern trigger or queries the 5 155 SPATtern DATA ACTive current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the data trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 155 SPATtern DATA SOURce IM DLM6054 17EN 5 29 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation 5 156 SPATtern HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settin
338. ink on the XY display or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis XY x MEASure CURSOor YLINkage lt Boolean gt ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor YLINkage x 210r2 ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR YLINkAGE ON ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR YLINKAGE gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR YLINKAGE 1 Example ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the AT cursor of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt x of XY lt x gt 2 10r2 x of Y lt x gt 2 10r2 ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt POSition Function Sets the AT cursor position of the XY display or queries the current setting ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt POSition x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 x of Y lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 POSITION 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt VALue Function Queries the voltage value at the AT cursor of the XY display Syntax ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure CURSor Y lt x gt VALue x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 x of Y lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS XY1 MEASURE CURSOR Y1 VALUE
339. ion or 5 152 LOGic SPATtern PATTern queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the logic state trigger 5 152 LOGic STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the bit of the logic state trigger 5 152 LOGic STATe BIT TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger or 5 152 LOGic STATe BIT A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt queries the current setting D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the bit of the logic state trigger 5 152 LOGic STATe BIT CLEar set to don t care or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the logic of the logic state trigger or queries the current setting 5 152 LOGic STATe BIT LOGic TR r erval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the group of the logic state trigger 5 152 LOGic STATe GROup x r erval EVENt x Clears the entire condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state 5 152 GROup lt x gt CLEar trigger set to don t care or queries the current setting Terval EVENt lt x gt Sets the determination condition for the group of the logic state trigger or 5 153 GROup lt x gt CONDition queries the current setting Oo r erval EVENt x Sets the condition to be satisfied for the group of the logic state trigger in 5 153 3 GROup lt x gt HEXA hexadecimal notation 3 Terval EVENt lt x gt S
340. ion or queries the 5 129 PATTern current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPOint Sets the search start position or queries the current setting 5 130 SEARch lt x gt STRace Sets the search source trace or queries the current setting 5 130 SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Queries all settings related to the search conditions of the trace 5 130 SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt CONDition Sets the condition to be satisfied for the trace or queries the current setting 5 130 SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the trace or queries the current setting 5 130 SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel Sets the threshold level of the trace or queries the current setting 5 130 9 SEARCh lt x gt TYPE Sets the search type or queries the current setting 5 130 3 SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh Queries all settings related to the pulse width search 5 130 i SEARch x WIDTh MODE Sets the pulse width determination mode or queries the current setting 5 130 a SEARCh x WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the pulse width search or queries the current setting 5 131 o SEARCh x WIDTh TYPE Sets the pulse width search type or queries the current setting 5 131 SNAP Group SNAP Executes the snapshot 5 132 SSTart Group SSTart Starts the waveform acquisition with the trigger mode set to single If the 5 133 waveform acquisition stops within the specified time period O is returned at that point STARt Group STARt Starts the wave
341. is AHIStogram lt x gt MODE PARameter CALCulation VALue lt x gt Function Sets the accumulated histogram mode or queries the Function Queries the automated measured value of the current setting calculation items of the waveform parameter of the Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE accumulated histogram HORizontal VERTical Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MODE PARameter CALCulation VALue lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE HORIZONTAL lt x gt of VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MODE HORIZONTAL PARAMETER CALCULATION VALUE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAMI MEASURE ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe PARAMETER CALCULATION VALUE1 1 000E 00 Function Sets the source trace of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt PARameter HRANge lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the horizontal range of the waveform parameter x 210r2 of the accumulated histogram or queries the current lt NRf gt 1 to 8 setting Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 TRACE 1 Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 TRACE PARameter HRANge lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt gt ANALYSIS
342. is Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter CALCulation STATe lt x gt x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION STATE1 ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION STATE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER CALCULATION STATE1 1 Example ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VRANge lt x gt Function Sets the vertical range of the waveform parameter of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VRANge lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure PARameter VRANge lt x gt lt x gt of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of VRANge lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VRANGE1 1 2 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VRANGE1 gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE PARAMETER VRANGE1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALys
343. is invalid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce DONTcare TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce Function Sets the latch trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt DONTcare TRIGger LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce lt x gt 0 to 7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE A0 Descriptions This command valid when TRIGger LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt DONTcare TRIGger LOGic SPATtern PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPATtern PATTern lt string gt TRIGger LOGic SPATtern PATTern lt string gt combination of up to 128 characters 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPATTERN PATTERN 1100110111101111 TRIGger LOGic STATe Function Queries all settings related to the logic state trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT O Function Queries all settings related to the bit of the logic state 3 trigger 3 Syntax TRIGger LOGic STATe BIT a o TRIGger LOGic STATe
344. ity or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh x SLOGic POLarity ENTer EXIT FALL RISE FALSe NEGative POSitive TRUE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SLOGIC POLARITY gt SEARCHI SLOGIC POLARITY FALL Descriptions FALL RISE valid when SEARch x TYPE LEDGe LQUalify ENTer EXIT valid when SEARch x TYPE LSTate e NEGative POSitive valid when SEARch lt x gt TYPE LWIDth and SEARch lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PULSe e FALSe TRUE valid when SEARch x TYPE LWIDth and SEARch lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TYPE PState SEARCh x SLOGic SOURce Function Sets the logic search source or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SOURce lt x gt 10r2 y 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SOURCE A0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SOURCE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to logic serial pattern search Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern lt x gt 10r2 Oo o 3 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk 3 Function Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic a serial pattern search 9 Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern CLOCk lt x gt 1
345. l SPI bus signal and UART Mixed Signal Oscilloscope bus signal triggering and analysis features and how Serial Bus Signal Triggering and to use them Analysis Function User s Manual DL6000 DLM6000 Series IM DLM6054 61EN Explains the optional power supply analysis features Digital Oscilloscope and how to use them Mixed Signal Oscilloscope Power Supply Analysis Function User s Manual Notes You can check the firmware version of your DL6000 DLM6000 on the overview screen For instructions on how to open the overview screen see section 18 4 in the User s Manual IM 701331 01E To upgrade to the latest firmware version go to the following Web page and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the instrument s performance and functions Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer Copying or reproducing all or any part of the contents of this manual without the permission of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is strictly prohibited 1st Edition October 2009 YK All Rights Reserved Copyright 2009 Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM DLM6054 17EN USB Interface and Ethernet Interface The items below are
346. lation x 210r2 ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation ALL Function Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation ALL lt Boolean gt x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION ALL ON ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt Function Sets the equation of the calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt String ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 128 characters ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE1 V F1 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE1 gt ANALYSIS FFTl1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION DEFINE V F1 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer CALCulation STATe lt x gt Function Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer C ALCulation STATe lt x gt lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation STATe lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER CALCULATION STATE1 ON A
347. ld TRACe lt x gt ULOWer RANGe Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the threshold level or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt ULOWer RANGe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt Syntax lt Current gt lt Current gt MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt ULOWer RANGe lt x gt 1t08 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 ULOWER RANGE 1 2 MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 ULOWER RANGE gt MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 ULOWER RANGE 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when the Parameter of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL Example MEASure TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trace Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt x 21108 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the area Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF all waveform parameters Syntax MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 ALL ON MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Param
348. ld 5 116 ULOWer level MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the threshold level or queries the current 5 116 ULOWer RANGe setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt Queries all settings related to the trace 5 116 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Queries all settings related to the area 5 116 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt ALL Turns ON OFF all waveform parameters 5 116 MEASure TRACe lt x gt Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter 5 116 AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt MEASure TRACe lt x gt Queries the continuous statistical processing count of the waveform 5 116 AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt COUNt parameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Para Queries the statistical value of the waveform parameter 5 116 meter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SD EViation MEASure TRACe lt x gt Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter or queries the current setting 5 117 AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe MEASure TRACe lt x gt Queries the automated measured value of the waveform parameter 5 117 AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Queries all settings related to the measurement conditions of the source 5 117 DELay MEASure waveform of the delay measurement between channels MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Sets the edge detection count of the source waveform of the delay 5 117 DELay MEASure COUNt measurement between channels or queries
349. ll settings related to the frequency value between marker cursors of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe Function Turns ON OFF the frequency value between marker cursors of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe Boolean ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency STATe lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKer BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKer BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE gt ANALYSIS FFTl MEASURE MARKer BASIC DFREQUENCY STATE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency VALue Function Queries the frequency value between marker cursors of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DFRequency VALue x 210r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKer BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKer BASIC DFREQUENCY VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic DV Function Queries all settings related to the power value between marker cursors of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic DV lt x gt 10r2 Syntax 5 42 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure
350. lowing is an example for binary data FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION DECIMATION FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION gt FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION DECIMATION Description DECimation is invalid if FILE SAVE ASCii BINary TRACe LOGic STATe is invalid for other than FILE SAVE ASCii TRACe LOGic FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Function Sets whether to save the entire data or the selected data of specific data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory ALL ONE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Example The following is an example for binary data FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY gt FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat LENGth Function Sets the size of waveform data to save for each type of data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat LENGth lt NRf gt gt FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat LENGth A NRf gt See the main unit User s Manual The following is an example with binary data FILE SAVE BINARY LENGTH 2500 FILE SAVE BINARY LENGTH gt FILE SAVE BINARY LENGTH 2500 Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 79 spuewwoy 5 11 FILE Group FILE SAVE ASCii RANGe Function Sets the ASCII data saving range or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii RANGe
351. lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the power value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic V x x of FFT lt x gt 10r2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt x gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the power value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic V x STATe Boolean ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic V lt x gt STATe x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 STATE 1 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 43 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MARKer BASic V lt x gt VALue Function Queries the power value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer BASic V x VALue x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 VALUE ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE MARKER BASIC V1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Example ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCulation Function Queries all settings related to calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure MARKer CALCu
352. lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of ELEMent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT 1 2 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PSPCOUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount Wave Count Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the error rate for the number of acquisitions of the element or queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK ELEMent lt x gt PWCount lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of ELEMent lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT 1 2 GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT gt GONOGO TELECOMTEST SELECT1 MASK ELEMENT1 PWCOUNT 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount Sample Point Count Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the number of sampled data points for the element that results in error or queries the current setting GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt MASK E LEMent lt x gt SPCount lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect x MASK ELEMent lt x gt SPCount x of SELect lt x gt 1 to
353. lt x gt BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 BIT1 AREAL TYPE PERIOD ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 BIT1 AREA1 TYPE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 BIT1 AREA1 TYPE PERIOD Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt CALCulation Function Sets the calculation items of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt CALCulation lt NRf gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt CALCulation lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 CALCULATION 1 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 CALCULATION gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 CALCULATION 1 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the histogram display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure Function Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the histogram display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure lt x gt 10r2 Queries all set
354. m lt x gt Queries all settings related to calculation items of the cursor of the 5 37 MEASure CURSor CALCulation accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the cursor of the accumulated 5 37 MEASure CURSor CALCulation ALL _ histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the equation of the calculation item of the cursor of the accumulated 5 37 MEASure CURSor CALCulation histogram or queries the current setting DEFine lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the calculation item of the cursor of the accumulated 5 37 MEASure CURSor CALCulation histogram or queries the current setting STATe lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the cursor of the 5 37 MEASure CURSor CALCulation accumulated histogram VALue lt x gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns ON OFF the AV cursor link of the accumulated histogram or queries 5 38 MEASure CURSor HLINkage the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Sets the AV cursor position of the accumulated histogram or queries the 5 38 MEASure CURSor HPOSition lt x gt current setting ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt Turns
355. ment or queries the current setting TELecomtest MASK ELEMent cx Queries the error rate for the number of sampled data points of the element 5 140 PSPCount VALue TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x Queries the settings related to the error rate for the acquisition count ofthe 5 140 PWCount Wave Count element TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measurement of the error rate for the acquisition count of 5 141 PWCount STATe the element or queries the current setting TELecomtest MASK ELEMent x Queries the error rate for the acquisition count of the element 5 141 PWCount VALue 5 26 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Queries the settings related to the number of sampled data points for the 5 141 SPCount Sample Point Count element that results in error TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measurement of the number of sampled data points for 5 141 SPCount STATe the element that results in error or queries the current setting TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Queries the number of sampled data points for the element that resulted in 5 141 SPCount VALue error TELecomtest MASK ELEMent lt x gt Queries the settings related to the acquisition count for the element that 5 141 WCOunt Wave Count results in error TELecomtest MASK ELEM
356. meter SELect lt x gt Exits the edit menu of the wave determination zone 5 88 WAVE EDIT lt x gt EXIT GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Editing the portion of the zone of the wave determination 5 89 WAVE EDIT lt x gt PART GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the editing of the entire zone of the waveform zone 5 89 WAVE EDIT lt x gt WHOLe GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the determination range of the zone determination or queries the 5 89 WAVE TRANge current setting 5 14 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the source window of the zone determination or queries the current 5 89 WINDow setting COPy Group HCOPy Hard COPY Queries all settings related to the output of screen data 5 90 HCOPy ABORt Aborts data output and paper feeding 5 90 HCOPy DIRection Sets the data output destination or queries the current setting 5 90 HCOPy EXECute Executes the data output This is an overlap command 5 90 HCOPy EXTPrinter Queries all settings related to the external printer output 5 90 HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Sets the half tone of the external printer output or queries the current setting 5 90 HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Sets the type of output commands to send to the external printer or queries 5 90 the current setting HCOPy FILE Queries all settings related to file ou
357. meter SELect x PARameter XY lt x gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 87 spuewwoy 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg Function Sets the upper and lower limits integral value of the XY determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER XY1 XYINTEG 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER XY1 XYINTEG GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER XYl XYINTEG 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt RECTangle Function Queries all settings related to the rectangle determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x RECTangle x 1 to 4 Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal Function Sets the horizontal position of the rectangle used in the rectangle determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x RECTangle HORizontal lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x RECTangle HORizontal lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 RECTANGLE HORIZONTAL 0 1 GONOGO
358. mmands Commnd Function Page TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the trigger level of the channel or queries the current setting 5 168 LEVel TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current 5 168 STATe setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the window trigger width of the channel or queries the current setting 5 168 WIDTh TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Turns ON OFF the window of the channel or queries the current setting 5 168 WINDow TRIGger SOURce EXTernal Queries all settings related to the external trigger 5 168 TRIGger SOURce EXTernal LEVel Sets the trigger level of the external trigger or queries the current setting 5 168 TRIGger SOURce EXTernal PROBe Sets the probe attenuation of the external trigger or queries the current 5 169 setting TRIGger SOURce LOGic Sets the trigger source logic or queries the current setting 5 169 TRIGger TYPE Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting 5 169 TRIGger WIDTh Queries all settings related to the pulse width trigger 5 169 TRIGger WIDTh MODE Sets the determination mode of the pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 169 setting TRIGger WIDTh POLarity Sets the polarity of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 169 TRIGger WIDTh SOURce Sets the trigger source of the pulse width
359. mputed waveform or queries the 5 108 current setting MATH lt x gt OPERation Sets the operator or queries the current setting 5 108 MATH lt x gt SCALe Queries all settings related to scaling 5 108 MATH lt x gt SCALe CENTer Sets the offset of the computed waveform or queries the current setting 5 108 MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Sets the scaling mode or queries the current setting 5 108 MATH lt x gt SCALe SENSitivity Sets the vertical sensitivity of the computed waveform or queries the current 5 109 setting MATH x SELect Sets the display option or queries the current setting 5 109 MATH x THReshold x Sets the edge detection level of the count computation or queries the current 5 109 setting MATH x UNIT Queries all settings related to the computation unit 5 109 MATH x UNIT DEFine Sets the computation unit or queries the current setting 5 109 MATH lt x gt UNIT MODE Sets the automatic manual addition of the computation unit or queries the 5 109 current setting MATH lt x gt USERdefine Queries all settings related to user defined math or queries the current 5 109 setting MATH lt x gt USERdefine ARANging Executes auto ranging for user defined math 5 109 MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Queries all averaging settings for user defined computation 5 109 MATH lt x gt USERdefine AVERage Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in user 5 109 EWEight defined computation
360. n or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE Parameter lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Time gt lt Time gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Parameter AVGPeriod BURSt CMEan CRMS CSDeviation DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FALL FREQuency HIGH HILow LOW MAXimum MEAN MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TY Clnteg TYINteg V1 V2 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Time gt and lt Frequency gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual The following is an example for the maximum value of trace 1 and area 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 TYPE MAXIMUM 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 TYPE MAXIMUM gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT l PARAMETER MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 TYPE MAXIMUM 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Description This command applies to cycle statistical processing when MEASURE MODE CYCLE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the XY determination GONogo ZPARa
361. n reso eR ae 5 111 IM DLM6054 17EN Ke ge Contents Chapter 6 Appendix Index 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 REFerence GoU aa 5 120 jet dees ntsc ea date dae vad a E Ee eae EN 5 121 SNAP Group t 5 132 SSTatt OIOUp oio Ebrei tote d eluted E 5 133 STARt Group aiite che eie Rove tice aue Ft ede ue E Roi e Se ea EX ch Re E CER a AE eae CR cee 5 134 STATUS GROUP e is 5 135 STOP GiOu p 5 136 erem Ee E 5 137 TELecomtest Mask Group iniit a ied eoe eh e iiid des 5 139 Mlle Xe 5 143 TRIGGer Grou Peseta eee a 5 144 WAVE TORI GROUP ercis ieaanc sanaire eai a 5 170 vore ep 5 173 Common Command Group s re il oath tcc a e EC ege un tax Rc ue ee Ga EN CE Rd AE SER ER RR Dan A 5 175 Status Reports 6 1 Overview of the Status Report cicer eene tieniti ree ia den ie eR eiie 6 1 6 2 Status Byle ene temie utet etta tte we e iti nee amiet 6 3 6 3 Standard Event Register ete ricette ierit eben de Ee ER EXE e dre kx e anh Eder 6 4 6 4 Extended Event Register terret E EP i tercer e EHE 6 5 6 5 Output Queue and Error Quel iicet inea cete te eade i d n e e eed 6 6 Appendix 1 ASCII Character Codes
362. n the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measurement between cursors on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter DC STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter DC STATe lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR DC STATE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR DC STATE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR DC STATE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC VALue Function Queries the measured value between cursors on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement Syntax ANALysis WPARametercx HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC VALue x2 210r2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR DC VALUE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR DC VALUE 1 000E 00 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor LINKage Function Turns ON OFF the histogram cursor link of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor LINKage lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPA
363. nalysis averaging settings Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt AVERage lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt AVERage EWEight Function Sets or queries the attenuation constant of exponential averaging in FFT analysis Syntax ANALysis FFT x AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT x AVERage EWEight lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2n steps Example ANALYSIS FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT gt ANALYSIS FFT1 AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal Function Queries all settings related the horizontal axis of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT x HORizontal CSPan Function Queries all settings related to the center and span of the horizontal axis of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT x HORizontal CSPan lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer Function Sets the horizontal center of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer lt Frequency gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt HORizontal CSPan CENTer lt x gt 1o0r2 lt Frequency gt 0 to 250 G Hz Example ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER 1HZ ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER ANALYSIS FFT1 HORIZONTAL CSPAN CENTER 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT x HORizontal CSPan SPAN Function Sets the horizontal span
364. name f password f secre Set the password Next l 1 2 Lu Push 0 push 0 meat Set the timeout value _ time Set the timeout value 2 Infnite 0 D anfinite 0 Nolg 1 e Only the interface that you select after pressing Remote Control is valid The DL6000 DLM6000 does not accept commands that are transmitted to other unselected communication interfaces Fordetails on how to operate the soft keyboard see section 4 2 Entering Values and Strings in the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual IM DLM6054 01EN User names and passwords are case sensitive Explanation To use a controller to configure the same settings that you can configure using the DL6000 DLM6000 keys or to send setting parameters and waveform data to a controller you must configure the settings described below User Name and Password The Ethernet interface has a user authentication feature Set the DL6000 DLM6000 user name and password in advance If you select VXI 11 in the Device menu of the Remote Control setup screen the user authentication setup menu will not appear in the Remote Control setup screen User Name Set the user name using up to 30 characters The default setting is anonymous Password Set the password using up to 30 characters IM DLM6054 17EN 2 5 j euondo Bdej19 U OUIBYIA BY JO MAIAIBAO BH 2 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 Network Timeout Value The DL6000 DLM6000 disconnects i
365. ncatenating Common Commands Common commands that are defined in the USBTMC USB488 are independent of hierarchy Colons are not needed before a common command Example ACQuire MODE NORMal CLS INTERLeave 1 lt PMT gt When Separating Commands with lt PMT gt If a terminator is used to separate two commands each command is a separate message Therefore the common header must be specified for each command even when commands belonging to the same command group are being concatenated Example ACQuire MODE NORMal lt PMT gt ACQuire INTERLeave 1 lt PMT gt IM DLM6054 17EN 4 3 4 2 Commands Upper Level Query An upper level query is a query in which a question mark is appended to the highest level command of a group Execution of an upper level query allows all settings that can be specified in the group to be received at once Some query groups which are comprised of more than three hierarchical levels can output all the lower level settings Example ACQUIRE gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE HRMODE 0 INTERLEAVE 0 INTERPOLATE 1 MODE NORMAL REPETITIVE 0 RLENGTH 12500 The response to an upper level query can be transmitted as a program message back to the instrument In this way the settings that existed when the upper level query was made can be restored However some upper level queries do not return
366. ng COMMunicate OPSR Operation Queries the value of the operation pending status register 5 63 Pending Status Register COMMunicate OVERlap Sets the commands to operate as overlap commands or queries the current 5 63 setting COMMunicate REMote Sets remote or local ON is remote mode 5 63 COMMunicate STATus Queries line specific status 5 64 COMMunicate VERBose Sets whether to return the response to a query using full spelling example 5 64 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or using abbreviation example CHAN PROB 10 or queries the current setting COMMunicate WAIT Waits for one of the specified extended events to occur 5 64 COMMunicate WAIT Creates the response that is returned when the specified event occurs 5 64 CURSor Group CURSor Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement 5 65 CURSor DISPlay Turns ON OFF the cursor or queries the current setting 5 65 CURSor HORizontal Queries all settings related to the AV cursors 5 65 CURSor HORizontal BASic Queries all settings related to basic items of the AV cursors 5 65 CURSor HORizontal BASic ALL Turns ON OFF all basic items of the AV cursors 5 65 CURSor HORizontal BASic DV Queries all settings related to the AV measurement of the AV cursors 5 65 CURSor HORizontal BASic DV Turns ON OFF the AV measurement of the AV cursors or queries the current 5 65 STATe setting CURSor HORizontal BASic DV Queries the voltage value between the AV cursors 5
367. nnected on a single bus When connecting multiple devices each device must have its own unique address e Use a cable of length 2 m or less for connecting the devices Make sure the total cable length does not exceed 20 m When communicating have at least two thirds of the devices turned ON When connecting multiple devices connect them in a star or linear configuration see the figure below Do not wire them in a loop or parallel configuration np CAUTION When connecting or disconnecting communication cables make sure to turn OFF the PC and the DL6000 DLM6000 Otherwise erroneous operation or damage to the internal circuitry may result IM DLM6054 17EN 3 3 GP IB Interface Functions GP IB Interface Functions Listener Capability All of the information that you can set with the panel keys can be set through the GP IB interface except for turning ON OFF the power and setting the communication parameters Receives commands from a controller requesting the output of setup information waveform data and other information Also receives status report commands Talker Capability Outputs setup information waveform data and other information Note Listen only talk only and controller capabilities are not available on the DL6000 DLM6000 Switching between Remote and Local Modes When Switching from Local
368. nt lt NRf gt INFinite GONogo SCONdition STOPcount lt NRf gt 1 to 1000000 Example GONOGO SCONDITION STOPCOUNT 1 GONOGO SCONDITION STOPCOUNT GONOGO SCONDITION STOPCOUNT 1 GONogo TELecomtest Function Queries all settings related to mask test determination Syntax GONogo TELecomtest GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the condition of the mask test determination Syntax GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo TELecomtest SELect x EYEPattern Function Queries all settings related to the eye pattern determination of the condition Syntax GONogo TELecomtest SELect x EYEPattern lt x gt 1 to 4 GONogo TELecomtest SELect lt x gt EYEPattern lt Parameter gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the eye pattern determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo TELecomtest SELect x EYEPattern Parameter lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Time gt lt Time gt GONogo TELecomtest SELect x EYEPattern lt Parameter gt x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 Parameter DBERate EHEight EWIDth FALL JITTer lt y gt PCROssing PDUTycycle QFACtor RISE SDBase SDTop T1ChRossing T2CRossing VBASe VCRossing VTOP lt NRf gt Voltage Current and Time See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manu
369. nt setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Boolean HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE ON HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE gt EXTPRINTER TONE 1 HCOPY HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Function Sets the type of output commands to send to the external printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE EINKjet HINKjet HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE EINKJET HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE EINKJET HCOPy FILE Function Queries all settings related to file output Syntax HCOPy FILE HCOPy FILE FORMat Function Sets the file output image format or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy FILE FORMat BMP JPEG PNG HCOPy FILE FORMat Example HCOPY FILE FORMAT BMP HCOPY FILE FORMAT HCOPY FILE FORMAT BMP HCOPy FILE SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of file output Syntax HCOPy FILE SAVE HCOPy FILE SAVE ANAMing Function Sets the type of auto naming of save destination file names or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy FILE SAVE ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF HCOPy FILE SAVE ANAMing Example HCOPY FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE HCOPY FILE SAVE ANAMING gt FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE HCOPY 5 90 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 13 HCOPy Group HCOPy FILE SAVE CDIRectory Change Directory Function Sets the save destination directory name or queries the curren
370. ntax DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform lt NRf gt 3 DISPlay INTENsity WAVeform 3 lt NRf gt 1 to 20 A Example DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 10 o DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM gt DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 10 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARKer ZBOX Function Sets the intensity of the display item or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARKer ZBOX lt NRf gt DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID MARKer ZBOX lt NRf gt 0 to 31 Example DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 10 DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR gt DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 10 DISPlay INTERpolate Function Sets the display interpolation format or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay INTERpolate LINE OFF PULSe SINE DISPlay INTERpolate Example DISPLAY INTERPOLATE SINE DISPLAY INTERPOLATE gt DISPLAY INTERPOLATE SINE DISPlay MAPPing Function Queries all settings related to the waveform mapping to the split screen Syntax DISPlay MAPPing Example DISPLAY MAPPING gt DISPLAY MAPPING MODE AUTO TRACEl1 1 TRACE2 1 TRACE3 1 TRACE4 1 TRACE5 1 TRACE6 1 TRACE 7 1 TRACE8 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 75 5 10 DISPlay Group DISPlay MAPPing MODE Function Sets the waveform mapping mode for the split screen or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay MAPPing MODE AUTO MANual DISPlay MAPPing MODE Example DISPLAY MAPPING MODE AUTO DISPLAY M
371. o 1 when the MSS bit changes from 0 to 1 and cleared when serial polling is carried out or when the MSS bit changes to 0 Bit Masking To mask a bit in the status byte so that it does not cause an SRQ set the corresponding bit of the service request enable register to 0 For example to mask bit 2 EAV so that service is not requested when an error occurs set bit 2 of the service request enable register to O This can be done using the SRE command To query whether each bit of the service request enable register is 1 or 0 use SRE For details on the SRE command see chapter 5 Operation of the Status Byte A service request is issued when bit 6 of the status byte becomes 1 Bit 6 is set to 1 when any of the other bits becomes a 1 when the corresponding bit of the service request enable register is also set to 1 For example if an event occurs and the logical AND of the standard event register and the corresponding enable register becomes a 1 then bit 5 ESB is setto 1 In this case if bit 5 of the service request enable register is 1 bit 6 MSS will be set to 1 thus requesting service from the controller In addition you can also check what type of event occurred by reading the contents of the status byte Reading from the Status Byte The following two methods are provided for reading the status byte Inquiry using the STB query Making an inquiry using the STB query sets bit 6 to MSS This causes the MSS to b
372. o the pulse width search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh lt x gt 10r2 SEARCh x WIDTh MODE Function Sets the pulse width determination mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh x WIDTh MODE BETWeen IN NOTBe tween OUT TIMeout SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 WIDTH MODE TIMEOUT EARCH1 WIDTH MODE gt SEARCH1 WIDTH MODE TIMEOUT wn 5 130 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt WIDTH TIME lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the pulse width of the pulse width search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt Time gt SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 x of TIME lt x gt 1 or 2 Time 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps SEARCH1 WIDTH TIME1 1S SEARCH1 WIDTH TIME1 gt SEARCH1 WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 Description TIME2 is valid when SEARch x WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween SEARch lt x gt WIDTh TYPE Function Syntax Example Sets the pulse width search type or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh TYPE PQUalify PSTAte PULSe SEARCh lt x gt WIDTh TYPE lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 WIDTH TYPE PQUALIFY SEARCH1 WIDTH TYPE gt SEARCH1 WIDTH TYPE PQUALIFY IM DLM6054 17EN 5 131 spuewwoy l 5 22 SNAP Group SNAP Function Executes the snapshot Syntax SNAP Example SN
373. ommand f OPC is not the last command of the message the operation is not guaranteed IM DLM6054 17EN 5 175 spuewwoy 5 33 Common Command Group OPC OPeration Complete Function If OPC is transmitted and the specified overlap command is completed ASCII code 1 is returned Syntax OPC Example OPC gt 1 Descriptions For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using OPC see page 4 8 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command f OPC is not the last command of the message the operation is not guaranteed OPT OPTion Function Queries the installed options Syntax OPT Example OPT gt CH6 25MW PRINTER ETHER STORAGE USERDEFINE 12C CAN LIN SPI UART PANALYZE PROBEPOWER4 LXIHDDETHER LXIETHER LOGIC32 Descriptions Returns the memory model as well as the presence absence of the built in printer Ethernet internal storage user defined computation I2C analysis function CAN analysis function LIN analysis function SPI analysis function UART analysis function power supply analysis function rear panel probe power internal storage LXI Ethernet LXI Ethernet and logic input The OPT query must be the last query of the program message An error occurs if there is a query after this query PSC Power on Status Clear Function Sets whether or not to clear the registers below at power on or queries the current setting Th
374. ommand is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis Function Queries all settings related to the level and hysteresis of the threshold level Syntax MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis x 21108 Description This command is valid when the Parameter of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis HYSTeresis lt NRf gt MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis HYSTeresis Syntax x 21108 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS 1 MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS gt MEASURE THRESHOLD TRACE1 LHYSTERESIS HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when the lt Parameter gt of MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt Parameter gt is not RISE or FALL Example MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis LEVel Function Sets the level of the threshold level or queries the current setting MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt MEASure THReshold TRACe lt x gt LHYSteresis LEVel spu
375. on of the Standard Event Register The standard event register is provided for eight different kinds of event which can occur inside the instrument Bit 5 ESB of the status byte is set to 1 when any of the bits in this register becomes 1 or when the corresponding bit of the standard event enable register becomes 1 Example 1 A query error occurs 2 Bit 2 QYE is set to 1 3 Bit 5 ESB of the status byte is set to 1 if bit 2 of the standard event enable register is 1 It is also possible to check what type of event has occurred inside the instrument by reading the contents of the standard event register Reading from the Standard Event Register The contents of the standard event register can be read by the ESR command After the register is read itis cleared Clearing the Standard Event Register The standard event register is cleared in the following three cases When the contents of the standard event register are read using the ESR command When a CLS command is received When the instrument is power cycled 6 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 6 4 Extended Event Register Reading the extended event register tells you whether changes in the condition register reflecting internal conditions have occurred A filter can be applied which allows you to decide which events are reported to the extended event registe FilTer lt x gt gt 16 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Condition register 15
376. onization is sometimes required for non communication related reasons such as a trigger occurrence For example if the next program message is transmitted to make an inquiry about the waveform data which has been acquired with the trigger mode set to single the WAVeform SEND command may be executed regardless of whether the acquisition has been completed or not and may result in command execution error TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt In this case the following method must be used to synchronize with the end of the acquisition Using the STATus CONDition Query The STATus CONDition query is used to query the contents of the condition register page 6 5 Whether waveforms are being retrieved can be determined by reading bit O of the condition register If bit O of the condition register is 1 waveforms are being retrieved Otherwise it is stopped Example TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt PMT STATus CONDition lt PMT gt Read the response If bit O is 1 repeat this command until it becomes 1 WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt The WAVeform SEND command will not be executed until bit 0 of the condition register is set to g Using the Extended Event Register The changes in the condition register can be reflected in the extended event register page 6 5 STATus FILTer1 FALL Example the transition filter so that bit O FILTer1 of the extended event register is set to 1
377. or message error queue ii jig INR cesteveres os tree cose cence cere sees ee oteceeeneree cease event interval icit op aiias extended event enable register extended event register ssssssssssseeeses external printer GUtplil eio te creer itd ye patte Psenes n eye pattern parameter name sseni oisi F Page FFT automated measuremient 2 erret 5 42 automated measurement mode ssss 5 44 center point of magnification sssssssse 5 47 horizontal center horizontal mode ssssssssssssesenereeenenenenn IM DLM6054 17EN Index 1 Index horizontal Spar iens db retener id 5 41 marker cursor measurement 5 42 measurement source window es 5 47 peak value measurement sess 5 44 pwer ValUC m vertical axis mode vertical sensitivity ssssssseeeeene Window TUnctlOm ucoci sco i set aaas aii iel AAE tevacsetesetene FILE grOUp an reo Ine oe DA file output 43 filter YPE kereis mennene rania kion anena EEEa uim ENE free disk space os TrONT PANE sexes tec te C Ee rem Cot aor G Page GO NO GO determination DUZZOM avsanna ETN EESE 5 81 mail transmission 5 81 Screen image print 5 81 send mail 5 81 GONOG6 QROUP e Em 5 81 elc 3
378. or queries the current setting Syntax FILE LOAD ZPOLygon ZWAVe lt NR gt LE LOAD ZPOLygon ZWAVe ZONE lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example The following is an example for ZONE WAVE data LE LOAD ZWAVE ZONE 1 DFILE LOAD ZWAVE ZONE gt FILE LOAD ZWAVE ZONE 1 FILE SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of data Syntax FILE SAVE 5 78 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 11 FILE Group FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SBUS ZWAVe Function Queries all settings related to the saving of specific data Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SBUS ZWAVe FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP WPARameter ZWAVe ABORt Function Aborts the save operation of specific data Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP WPARameter ZWAVe ABORt Example The following is an example for binary data FILE SAVE BINARY ABORT FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP WPARameter ZWAVe EXECute Function Executes the saving of specific data by specifying a file name This is an overlap command Syntax FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BINary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP WPARameter ZWAVe EXECute lt String gt lt String gt Up to 259 characters The following is an example for binary data FILE SAV
379. ower value of the marker cursor of the FFT computation 5 44 MARKer BASic V x VALue ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries all settings related to calculation items of the marker cursor of the 5 44 MARKer CALCulation FFT computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure Turns ON OFF all calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT 5 44 MARKer CALCulation ALL computation ANALysis FFT x MEASure Sets the equation of the calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT 5 44 MARKer CALCulation DEFine lt x gt computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure Turns ON OFF the calculation items of the marker cursor of the FFT 5 44 MARKer CALCulation STATe x computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure Queries the measured value of the calculation items of the marker cursor of 5 44 MARKer CALCulation VALue lt x gt the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure MODE Sets the automated measurement mode of the FFT computation or queries 5 44 the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to the peak value measurement of the FFT 5 44 computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Queries all settings related to basic items of the peak value of the FFT 5 44 BASic computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK Turns ON OFF all basic items of the peak value of the FFT computation 5 45 BASic ALL ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK
380. per section of the screen disappears Key operations are enabled Settings entered in remote mode are retained even when the DL6000 DLM6000 switches to local mode Note The USB interface cannot be used simultaneously with another interface Ethernet or GP IB interface IM DLM6054 17EN 1 3 o2ej19ju GSN 24 Jo MalAJ9AQ 1 3 Connection via the USB Interface Precautions to Be Taken When Making Connections Connect the USB cable by inserting the connector firmly into the USB connector When connecting multiple devices using USB hubs connect the DL9710L to the USB hub that is closest to the controller Donotinsert the USB cable into the GO NO GO output terminal If you do the instrument may malfunction 1 4 IM DLM6054 17EN 1 4 Setting the DL6000 DLM6000 USB Procedure UTILITY Remote Control UBS Menu Press UTILITY the Remote Control soft key and then the USB soft key to display the following lt I 4 Calibration a Device use ct x ow Network Network System Network Configuration VXI 11 inda To remotely control the i DL6000 DLM6000 using Sel Test communication commands through the USB port select P3 USBTMC and then enable the setting by restarting the DL6000 DLM6000 Note Only the communication interface selected by Remote Control is enabled The DL6000 DLM6000 does not accept commands that are transmitted to other unselec
381. ple TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS MODE PERCENT TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS MODE gt TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS MODE PERCENT IM DLM6054 17EN 5 139 spuewwoy 5 28 TELecomtest Mask Group TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels PERCent Function Sets the threshold level of the eye pattern as a percentage or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels PERCent NRf NRf TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels PERCent lt NRf gt 0 to 100 96 Example TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS PERCENT 90 10 TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS PERCENT TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS PERCENT 90 10 TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels UNIT Function Sets the threshold level of the eye pattern in UNIT or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels UNIT NRf NRf Voltage Voltage lt Current gt lt Current gt TELecomtest EYEPattern TLEVels UNIT lt NRf gt Voltage and Current See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN LEVELS UNIT 1 0 TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS UNIT gt TELECOMTEST EYEPATTERN TLEVELS UNIT 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 Pi TELecomtest EYEPattern VDARk Function Sets the dark level zero light level or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest EYEPattern VDARk NRf lt Voltage gt lt Current
382. ple COMMUNICATE VERBOSE ON COMMUNICATE VERBOSE gt COMMUNICATE VERBOSE 1 COMMunicate WAIT Function Waits for one of the specified extended events to occur Syntax COMMunicate WAIT lt Register gt lt Register gt 0 to 65535 extended event register see page 6 5 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 Description For the description of how to synchronize the program using COMMunicate WAIT see page 4 8 COMMunicate WAIT Function Creates the response that is returned when the specified event occurs Syntax COMMunicate WAIT Register Register 0 to 65535 extended event register see page 6 5 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 gt 1 5 64 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor Function Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement Syntax CURSor CURSor DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor DISPlay lt Boolean gt CURSor DISPlay Example CURSOR DISPLAY ON CURSOR DISPLAY gt CURSOR DISPLAY 1 CURSor HORizontal Function Queries all settings related to the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal CURSor HORizontal BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic CURSor HORizontal BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the AV cursors Syntax CURSor HORizontal BASic ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR
383. ple SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE 1 DATA DATA TRACe Spueululo2 SEARCh x SPATtern SETup HEXA Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh x SPATtern SETup HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 String Up to 32 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP HEXA ABCD SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 128 characters by combining 0 1 and X SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN 1100110111101111 SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN 1100110111101111 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 129 5 24 SEARch Group SEARCh x SPOint Function Sets the search start position or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPOint lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div SEARCH1 SPOINT 1 SEARCH1 SPOINT gt SPOINT 1 000E 00 Example SEARCH1 SEARch lt x gt STRace Function Sets the search source trace or queries t
384. r ACTion STOP Function Stops the action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion STOP Example TRIGGER ACTION STOP TRIGger BTRigger Function Queries all B trigger condition settings Syntax TRIGger BTRigger TRIGger BTRigger COMBination Function Sets or queries the trigger combination Syntax TRIGger BTRigger COMBination ABN ADB OFF TRIGger BTRigger COMBination Example TRIGGERr BTRIGGER COMBINATION ABN TRIGGERr BTRIGGER COMBINATION gt TRIGGERr BTRIGGER COMBINATION ABN 5 144 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger BTRigger COUNt Function Sets or queries the number of times condition B must be met for the A gt B n trigger Syntax TRIGger BTRigger COUNt lt NRf gt TRIGger BTRigger COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1 000 000 000 Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER COUNT 1 TRIGGER BTRIGGER COUNT TRIGGER BTRIGGER COUNT 1 TRIGger BTRigger DELay Function Sets or queries the delay time for condition B for the A Delay B trigger Syntax TRIGger BTRigger DELay lt Time gt TRIGger BTRigger DELay Time 0 to 10 s in 5 ps steps Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER DELAY 1s TRIGGER BTRIGGER DELAY TRIGGER BTRIGGER DELAY 1 000E 00 TRIGger BTRigger EDGE Function Queries all B edge trigger settings Syntax TRIGger BTRigger EDGE TRIGger BTRigger EDGE SLOPe Function Sets or queries the B edge trigger slope Syntax TRIGger BTRigger EDG
385. r 2 Frequency See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DFREQUENCY 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 Example 5 84 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DV Function Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak voltages of the FFT determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DV lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK DV x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK DV 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 Syntax Example GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK FREQuency lt x gt Function Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak frequency of the FFT determination or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK FREQuency lt x gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK FREQuency lt
386. r 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION 1 ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION 1 000E 00 CURSOR C1 STATE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 53 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt STATe Turns ON OFF the cursor of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the Function Syntax Example current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt STATe lt x gt of WPARame ter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE ON ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE ANALY WPARAMETERI TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 STATE 1 SIS ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C x VALue Queries the measured value of the cursor of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt VALue Function Syntax Example lt x gt of WPARame ter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR C1 VALUE ANAL
387. rd event register to 1 s or O s The ESE command is used to query whether the bits in the standard event register are 1 s or O s For details regarding these commands see chapter 5 IM DLM6054 17EN 6 2 Status Byte Status Byt RQS 7 6 ESBMAVEESEAV 1 0 MSS e Bits 0 1 and 7 Not used always 0 e Bit 2 EAV Error Available Set to 1 when the error queue is not empty In other words this bit is set to 1 when an error occurs See the page 6 6 e Bit 3 EES Extend Event Summary Bit Set to 0 when the logical product of the extended event register and the corresponding enable register is 1 In other words this bit is set to 1 when an event takes place inside the instrument See the page 6 5 Bit4 MAV Message Available Set to 1 when the output queue is not empty In other words this bit is set to 1 when there are data to be transmitted See the page 6 6 e Bit 5 ESB Event Summary Bit Set to 0 when the logical product of the standard event register and the corresponding enable register is 1 In other words this bit is set to 1 when an event takes place inside the instrument See the page 6 4 Bit6 RQS Request Service MSS Master Status Summary Set to 1 when the logical AND of the status byte excluding Bit 6 and the service request enable register is not 0 In other words this bit is set to 1 when the instrument is requesting service from the controller RQS is set t
388. rder of the IIR filter computation or queries the current setting 5 107 Filter Order MATH lt x gt FILTer R HIPass Queries all settings related to the IIR high pass filter computation 5 107 MATH lt x gt FILTer R HIPass COFF Sets the cutoff frequency of the IIR high pass filter computation or queries 5 107 the current setting MATH x FILTer R LOWPass Queries all settings related to the IIR low pass filter computation 5 107 MATH lt x gt FILTer R LOWPass Sets the cutoff frequency of the IIR low pass filter computation or queries the 5 107 COFF current setting MATH lt x gt FILTer MAVG Queries all settings related to the moving average computation 5 107 MATH x FILTer MAVG WEIGht Sets the weight of the moving average computation or queries the current 5 107 setting MATH lt x gt FILTer TYPE Sets the filter type or queries the current setting 5 107 MATH lt x gt IPOint Initial Point Queries all settings related to the computation reference point 5 107 MATH lt x gt ITPOint JUMP Moves the computation reference point to the specified position 5 107 MATH x IPOint POSition Sets the computation reference point or queries the current setting 5 108 MATH lt x gt LABel Queries all settings related to the label of the computed waveform 5 108 MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine Sets the label of the computed waveform or queries the current setting 5 108 MATH x LABel MODE Turns ON OFF the label display of the co
389. re PC card slot Connect a GP IB card to the PC card slot and connect to a controller such as a PC 6 ele ES WARNING PC card slot Connect a GP IB card to the PC card slot and connect to a controller such as a PC SYSTEM key Press this key to select the USB interface IM DLM6054 17EN 92ejJ9 U gl d9 OY JO MeIA49AQ B 3 2 Connecting the GP IB Card GP IB Card Use the NI PCMCIA GPIB card by National Instruments GP IB Cable Use the GP IB cable that comes with the GP IB card Connection Procedure Insert the GP IB card into the DL6000 DLM6000 PC card slot To the PC card slot of the DL6000 DLM6000 GP IB cable Precautions to Be Taken When Making Connections For the handling of the GP IB card see the manual that comes with the GP IB card Attach the GP IB correctly with the front face up Connect the GP IB card to the DL6000 DLM6000 PC card slot first Then turn the DL6000 DLM6000 ON Multiple cables can be used to connect multiple devices However no more than 15 devices including the controller can be co
390. re CURSor ALL ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement on the histogram of 5 49 HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter cx Sets the cursor position on the trend of the waveform parameter 5 50 HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x measurement or queries the current setting POSition ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turns ON OFF the cursor on the histogram of the waveform parameter 5 50 HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x measurement or queries the current setting STATe ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries the measured value of the cursor on the histogram of the waveform 5 50 HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x parameter measurement VALue ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the measurement between cursors on the 5 50 HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC histogram of the waveform parameter measurement Oo ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turns ON OFF the measurement between cursors on the histogram of the 5 50 3 HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting 3 m E ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries the measured value between cursors on the histogram of the 5 50 2 HISTogram MEASure CURSor DC waveform parameter measurement VALue ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turns ON OFF the histogram cursor link of the waveform parameter 5 50 HISTogram MEASure CURSor measurement or queries
391. rement source window used in the FFT computation or 5 47 queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt RPOSition Ref Sets the center point of magnification of the vertical axis of the FFT 5 47 Position computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt TRACe Sets or queries the source waveform for FFT analysis 5 47 ANALysis FFT lt x gt TYPE Sets or queries the spectrum for FFT analysis 5 47 ANALysis FFT x VERTical Queries all settings related the vertical axis of the FFT computation 5 48 ANALysis FFT x VERTical LEVel Sets the display position of the vertical axis of the FFT computation or 5 48 queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE Sets the vertical axis mode of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 48 setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt VERTical Sets the vertical sensitivity of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 48 SENSitivity setting ANALysis FFT x WINDow Sets the window function of the FFT computation or queries the current 5 48 setting ANALysis TYPE x Sets the analysis function type or queries the current setting 5 48 ANALysis VTDisplay Turns ON OFF the VT waveform display or queries the current setting 5 48 ANALysis WAIT lt x gt Waits for the completion of the automated measurement with a timeout 5 48 option ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the waveform parameter
392. rent setting MEASure TRANge lt x gt Time Range Sets the measurement range or queries the current setting 5 119 MEASure WAIT Waits for the completion of the automated measurement with a timeout 5 119 option MEASure WINDow lt x gt Sets the measurement source window of the area or queries the current 5 119 setting REFerence Group REFerence lt x gt Queries all settings related to the reference 5 120 REFerence lt x gt LABel Queries all settings related to the waveform label of the reference 5 120 REFerence lt x gt LABel DEFine Sets the waveform label of the reference or queries the current setting 5 120 REFerence lt x gt LABel MODE Turns ON OFF the waveform label display of the reference or queries the 5 120 current setting REFerence lt x gt LOAD Loads the waveform to the reference 5 120 REFerence lt x gt POSition Sets the vertical position of the reference or queries the current setting 5 120 REFerence lt x gt SELect Sets the waveform computation or reference to the computation channel 5 120 or queries the current setting SEARch Group SEARCh lt x gt Queries all settings related to the search function 5 121 SEARCh x ABORt Aborts the search 5 121 SEARCh x CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel 5 121 SEARCh x CLOCk POLarity Sets the polarity of the clock channel or queries the current setting 5 121 SEARCh x CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock trace of t
393. rescaling of the D A conversion Syntax MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling x 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling AVALue Function Sets rescaling coefficient A of the D A conversion or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling AVALue lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling AVALue x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 MATH1 DA RESCALING AVALUE 1 MATH1 DA RESCALING AVALUE gt DA RESCALING AVALUE 1 000E 00 Syntax Example MATHI MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling BVALue Function Sets rescaling offset B of the D A conversion or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling BVALue lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling BVALue lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 Example MATH1 DA RESCALING BVALUE 1 MATH1 DA RESCALING BVALUE gt MATH1 DA RESCALING BVALUE 1 000E 00 MATH lt x gt ECOunt Function Queries all settings related to the edge count computation Syntax MATH lt x gt ECOunt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 ECOUNT gt MATH1 ECOUNT HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 POLARITY RISE MATH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the edge count computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div Example MATH1L ECOUNT HYSTERESIS 1 MATH1 ECOUN
394. ries all settings related to data of the serial 3 pattern trigger a Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern o DATA lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern DATA ACTive Function trigger or Syntax TRIGge TRIGge Example TR STER EVENTI DATA ACTive DATA ACTive x2 10r2 GGER E DATA ACTIVE GGER E DATA ACTIVE Sets the active level of the data of the serial pattern queries the current setting r EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern HIGH LOW r EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern NTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN HIGH NTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL SPATTERN DATA ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern DATA SOURce Function Sets the data trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting TRIGge DATA SO TRIGge DATA SO Syntax r EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern URce lt NRf gt r EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern URce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGGE DATA SO TRIGGE DATA SO EVENTI Example R EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN URCE 1 R EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN URCE TRIGGER EINTERVAL SPATTERN DATA SOURCE 1 gt IM DLM6054 17EN 5 155 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern HEXA Function Sets the pattern of the serial pattern trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern HEX
395. rsor marker 5 67 CURSor MARKer CM x DV x Turns ON OFF the AV measurement of the maker cursor or queries the 5 68 STATe current setting CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt DV lt x gt Queries the AV value of the marker cursor 5 68 VALue CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt JUMP Jumps the marker cursor to the center position of the zoom waveform 5 68 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt POSition Sets the marker cursor position or queries the current setting 5 68 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T Queries all settings related to the time measurement of the marker cursor 5 68 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T STATe Turns ON OFF the time measurement of the maker cursor or queries the 5 68 current setting 9 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt T VALue Queries the time value at the marker cursor position 5 68 3 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt TRACe Sets the source trace of the marker cursor or queries the current setting 5 68 i CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V Queries all settings related to the voltage measurement of the marker cursor 5 68 a CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V STATe Turns ON OFF the voltage measurement of the maker cursor or queries the 5 68 o current setting CURSor MARKer CM x V VALue Queries the voltage value at the marker cursor position 5 68 CURSor MARKer FORM Sets the marker cursor form or queries the current setting 5 68 CURSor SERial Queries all settings related to the serial cursors 5 68 CURSor SERial SCURsor x Queries all settings rela
396. s the functions and specifications of the USB interface Overview of the Ethernet Interface Optional Describes the functions and specifications of the Ethernet interface Overview of the GP IB Interface Describes the functions and specifications of the GP IB interface Before Programming Describes the syntax used to transmit commands Command Describes all the commands one by one Status Reports Describes the status byte various registers and queues Describes reference material such as an ASCII character code table IM DLM6054 17EN How to Use This Manual Symbols and Notations Used in This Manual Communication Command Notation In the detailed explanations of the communication commands in chapter 5 DLM6000 specific commands are written in blue italics These commands are not available on the DL6000 Safety Markings The following markings are used in this manual CAUTION Calls attentions to actions or conditions that could cause light injury to the user or damage to the instrument or the user s data and precautions that can be taken to prevent such occurrences Note Calls attention to information that is important for proper operation of the instrument Notation Used in the Procedural Explanations On pages that describe the operating procedures in chapters 1 through 3 the following notations are used to distinguish the procedures from their explanations IM xelex YelUlasw Carry out the proced
397. s used to distinguish the device from others Therefore when you connect the DL6000 DLM6000 to a PC for example make sure to assign a unique address to the DL6000 DLM6000 Note Do not change the address while the controller is communicating with the DL6000 DLM6000 or other devices over the GP IB IM DLM6054 17EN 92ejJ9 U GI dD 24 JO MeIAJ9AQ B 3 6 Responses to Interface Messages Responses to Interface Messages Responses to a Uni Line Message IFC Interface Clear Clears the talker and listener functions Stops output if data are being output REN Remote Enable Switches between the remote and local modes IDY Identify is not supported Responses to a Multi Line Message Address Command GTL Go To Local Switches to the local mode SDC Selected Device Clear Clears the program message command being received and the output queue see page 6 5 OPC and OPC commands in execution are void The WAI and COMMunicate WAIT commands are immediately terminated PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger and TCT Take Control are not supported Responses to a Multi Line Message Universal Command LLO Local Lockout Disables CLEAR on the front panel to prohibit switching to the local mode DCL Device Clear Same operation as the SDC message SPE Serial Poll Enable Sets the talker function on all devices on the bus to serial polling mode The controller polls the
398. s whether to store messages other than errors to the error queue or queries the current setting Syntax STATus QENable lt Boolean gt STATus QENable Example STATUS QENABLE ON STATUS QENABLE gt STATUS QENABLE 1 STATus OMESsage Function Sets whether or not to attach message information to the response to the STATus ERRor query or queries the current setting Syntax STATus QMESsage Boolean STATus QMESsage Example STATUS QMESSAGE OFF STATUS QMESSAGE gt STATUS QMESSAGE 0 STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Function Executes serial polling Syntax STATus SPOL1 Example STATUS SPOLL gt STATUS SPOLL 0 Description This command is dedicated to the Ethernet interface option IM DLM6054 17EN 5 135 spuewwoy 5 26 STOP Group STOP Function Stops the waveform acquisition Syntax STOP Example STOP Description Use STARt to start the waveform acquisition 5 136 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 27 SYSTem Group SYSTem Function Queries all settings related to the system Syntax SYSTem SYSTem CLICk Function Turns ON OFF the click sound or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLICk Boolean SYSTem CLICk Example SYSTEM CLICK ON SYSTEM CLICK SYSTEM CLICK 1 SYSTem CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the date time and time difference with respect to GMT Syntax SYSTem CLOCk Example SYSTEM CLOCK gt SYSTEM C
399. se width trigger or queries the current 5 158 WIDTh SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 158 WIDTh TIME lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval MODE Sets the determination mode of the event interval or queries the current 5 158 setting TRIGger EINTerval TIME lt x gt Sets the interval time of the event interval or queries the current setting 5 158 TRIGger EINTerval TRY Queries all settings related to the event interval trial 5 158 TRIGger EINTerval TRY MODE Sets the trial mode or queries the current setting 5 159 TRIGger EINTerval TRY SELect Sets the source event of the trial mode or queries the current setting 5 159 TRIGger ENHanced Queries all settings related to the enhanced trigger 5 159 TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Queries all settings related to the serial pattern trigger 5 159 Serial Pattern TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting 5 159 BITRate TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Clears the entire pattern of the serial pattern trigger to don t care 5 159 CLEar TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Queries all settings related to clock of the serial pattern trigger 5 159 CLOCk TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Enables Disables the clock of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 159 CLOCk MODE setting TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the serial pattern trigg
400. serial cursors Syntax CURSor SERial 5 68 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the serial cursor Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt ACTive Function Sets the active level of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt ACTive HIGH LOW CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 ACTIVE HIGH CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 ACTIVE gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 ACTIVE HIGH CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt BCOunt Function Sets the bit length of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt BCOunt lt NR gt CURSor SERial SCURsor x BCOunt x 210r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 128 bits Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BCOUNT 8 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BCOUNT gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BCOUNT 8 CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt BITRate Function Sets the bit rate of the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt BITRate lt NR gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt BITRate lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 1 G bps Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BITRATE 10 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 BITRATE gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSORI BITRATE 10 00E 00
401. sets of program data they are separated by commas For details see page 4 5 Example ACQuire MODE NORMal lt PMT gt M Header Data Response Messages The response message format is shown belo Rs Response message unit 2 lt RMT gt lt Response Message Unit gt A response message consists of one or more response message units each response message unit corresponds to one response Response message units are separated by a semicolon 7 For details regarding the format of the response message unit see the next section Example ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL HRMode 1 lt RMT gt M A Unit Unit lt RMT gt A response message terminator It is NL EOM IM DLM6054 17EN Bulmwesboig aojag 4 1 Messages Response Message Unit Format The response message unit format is shown belw EX Response header Space Response Header A response header sometimes precedes the response data A space separates the data from the header For details see page 4 4 Response Data Response data contains the content of the response If there are multiple sets of response data they are separated by commas For details see page 4 5 Example 1 25E 02 RMT ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt E os J Data Header Data If there are multiple queries in a program message responses are mad
402. setting PEAK DFREquency HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits between the peak voltages of the FFT search 5 94 SELect x PARameter FFT x or queries the current setting PEAK DV HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak frequency of the FFT search or 5 95 SELect x PARameter FFT x queries the current setting PEAK FREquency lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak voltage of the FFT search or 5 95 SELect x PARameter FFT x queries the current setting PEAK V x HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to the search using automated measurement of 5 95 SELect x PARameter MEASure waveform parameters measure search HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to each logic bit of measure search 5 95 SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt 5 16 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page HISTory CURRent SEARCh Queries all settings related to each area of measure search 5 95 SELect x PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt HISTory CURRent SEARch Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters of measure search 5 95 SELect lt x gt PARameter MEASure BIT lt x gt
403. sion error Equations cannot be used Error in Communication Query 400 to 499 Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 410 Query INTERRUPTED Check transmission reception order 4 2 420 Query UNTERMINATED Check transmission reception order 4 2 430 Query DEADLOCKED Limit the length of the program message including lt PMT gt to 4 2 1024 bytes or less 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite Do not specify a query after the IDN or OPT command response Error in System Operation 399 Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 399 Fatal error in the communication driver Maintenance service is required Warning 50 Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 50 OPC exists in message Place the OPC or OPC command at the end of the program message Other Errors 350 Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 350 Queue overflow Read the error queue 6 6 Note Code 350 indicates overflow of error queue This code is returned as a response to the STATus ERRor query it does not appear on the screen IM DLM6054 17EN App 3 xipueddy E Appendix 3 Waveform Parameter Name Table Name Displayed on the Setup Menu of the DL9500 DL9700 Screen Name Used by Communication Commands Name on the DL9500 DL9700 Screen When Displaying Measured Results Max Min High Low P P Hi Low Over Over Rms Mean Sdev IntegTY C Rms C
404. sis FFT lt x gt VERTical Function Queries all settings related the vertical axis of the FFT computation Syntax ANALysis FFT lt x gt VERTical lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL gt ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL 1 000E 00 MODE AUTO SENSITIVITY 1 000E 00 ANALysis FFT x VERTical LEVel Function Sets the display position of the vertical axis of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x VERTical LEVel NRf ANALysis FFT x VERTical LEVel lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 000E 31 to 1 000E 31 dBV ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL gt ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL LEVEL 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT x VERTical MODE Function Sets the vertical axis mode of the FFT computation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT lt x gt VERTical MODE AUTO MANual ANALysis FFT x VERTical MODE x 210r2 ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL MODE AUTO ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL MODE ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL MODE AUTO Syntax Example ANALysis FFT x VERTical SENSitivity Function Sets the vertical sensitivity of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x VERTical SENSitivity lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT lt x gt VERTical SENSitivity lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 1 000E 31 dBV Example ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL SENSITIVITY 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 VERTICAL SENSI
405. sor or queries the current 5 73 setting CURSor VT CALCulation Queries the measured value of the calculation item of the VT cursor 5 73 VALue lt x gt CURSor VT JUMP Jumps the VT cursor to the center position of the zoom waveform 5 73 5 10 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page DISPlay Group DISPlay Queries all settings related to the display 5 74 DISPlay ACCumulate Queries all settings related to the accumulated display of waveforms 5 74 DISPlay ACCumulate GRADe Sets the accumulate mode or queries the current setting 5 74 DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Turns ON OFF the accumulate mode or queries the current setting 5 74 DISPlay ACCumulate Queries all settings related to persistence 5 74 PERSistence DISPlay ACCumulate Sets the persistence count or queries the current setting 5 74 PERSistence COUNt DISPlay ACCumulate Sets the persistence mode or queries the current setting 5 74 PERSistence MODE DISPlay ACCumulate Sets the persistence time or queries the current setting 5 74 PERSistence TIME DISPlay BLIGht Queries all settings related to the backlight 5 74 DISPlay BLIGht AUTooff Sets the function that automatically turns the backlight off or queries the 5 74 current setting DISPlay BLIGht BRIGhtness Sets the brightness of the backlight or queries the current setting
406. sors Syntax CURSor VERTical CURSor VERTical BASic Function Queries all settings related to basic items of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic CURSor VERTical BASic ALL Function Turns ON OFF all basic items of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic ALL lt Boolean gt Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC ALL ON CURSor VERTical BASic DT Function Queries all settings related to the AT measurement of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic DT CURSor VERTical BASic DT STATe Function Turns ON OFF the AT measurement of the AT cursors or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic DT STATe Boolean CURSor VERTical BASic DT STATe Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC DT STATE ON CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC DT STATE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC DT STATE 1 CURSor VERTical BASic DT VALue Function Queries the AT value of the AT cursors Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic DT VALue Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC DT VALUE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC DT VALUE 1 000E 00 CURSor VERTical BASic LINKage Function Turns ON OFF the AT cursor link or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical BASic LINKage lt Boolean gt CURSor VERTical BASic LINKage Example CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC LINKAGE ON CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC LINKAGE gt CURSOR VERTICAL BASIC LINKAGE 1 CURSor VERTical BASic PERDt Function Queri
407. splay 5 56 Y lt x gt VALue ANALysis XY x MEASure MODE Sets the automated measurement mode of the XY display or queries the 5 56 current setting ANALysis XY x MEASure Queries all settings related to the integration of the XY display 5 56 XYINteg 5 6 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page ANALysis XY x MEASure Sets the integration mode of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 57 XYINteg LOOP ANALysis XY x MEASure Sets the integration polarity of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 57 XYINteg POLarity ANALysis XY lt x gt MEASure Queries the integral value of the XY display 5 57 XYINteg VALue ANALysis XY lt x gt TRANge Time Sets the measurement range of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 57 Range ANALysis XY lt x gt WINDow Sets the measurement source window of the XY display or queries the 5 57 current setting ANALysis XY x XTRace Sets the X axis trace of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 57 ANALysis XY x YTRace Sets the Y axis trace of the XY display or queries the current setting 5 57 ASETup Group ASETup EXECute Execute auto setup 5 58 ASETup UNDO Cancels auto setup that has been executed 5 58 CALibrate Group CALibrate Queries all settings related to the calibration 5 59
408. t Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor Function Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor lt x gt 10r2 Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor ALL Function Syntax Example Turns ON OFF all cursors of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure CURSor ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND MEASURE CURSOR ALL ON ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TREN MEASure CURSor C lt x gt Function Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt POSition Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the measured value of the cursor of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or2 spuewwoy Sets the cursor position of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure CURSor C lt x gt POSition lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 o
409. t PARameter XY lt x gt Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the XY search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter XY x x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of XY lt x gt 1 or2 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg Function Syntax Example Sets the upper and lower limits integral value of the XY search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg lt NRf gt lt NRf gt HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg x of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of XY lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER XY1 XYINTEG 1 2 HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECTI PARAMETER XY1 XYINTEG gt HISTORY CURRENT SEARCH SELECT1 PARAMETER XY1 XYINTEG 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt RECTangle Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the rectangle search HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt RECTangle lt x gt 1 to 4 HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal Function Syntax Example Sets the horizontal position of the rectangle used in the rectangle search or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent SEARch SELect lt x gt RECTangle HORizontal lt NRf gt lt NRf gt
410. t SLOGic STATe TYPE lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE TYPE BIT SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE TYPE SEARCH1 SLOGIC STATE TYPE BIT Syntax Example SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh Function Queries all settings of the logic pulse width search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh lt x gt 10r2 SEARCh x SLOGic WIDTh MODE Function Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh MODE BETWeen IN NOTBetween OUT TIMeout SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic W lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH MODE BETWEEN SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH MODE SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH MODE BETWEEN Syntax spuewwoy DTh MODE Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width of the logic pulse width search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt time gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TIME lt x gt 1 or 2 time 1 ns to 10 s in 500 ps steps SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TIME1 1S SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TIME1 gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC WIDTH TIME1 1 000E 00 Description IME2 is valid for SEARch x SLOGic WIDTh MODE BETWeen NOTBetween Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 127 5 24 SEARch Group SEARCh x SLOGic WIDTh TYPE Function Sets the logic puls
411. t Changes in device status ESR register Standard event Masks standard event ESE ESE enable register register Extended event Changes in device status STATus EESR register Extended event Masks extended event STATus EESE STATus EESE enable register register Condition register Current instrument status STATus CONDition Transition filter Conditions that change the STATus FILTer lt x gt STATus FILTer x extended event register Output queue Stores a response All query commands message to a query Error queue Stores the error number STATus ERRor and message Registers and Queues That Affect the Status Byte Registers that affect the bits of the status byte are shown below Standard event register Sets bit 5 ESB of the status byte to 1 or 0 Output queue Sets bit 4 MAV of the status byte to 1 or O Extended event register Sets bit 3 EES of the status byte to 1 or 0 Error queue Sets bit 2 EAV of the status byte to 1 or 0 Enable Registers Registers that are used to mask a bit so that the bit will not affect the status byte even when it is set to 1 are shown below Status byte Mask the bits using the service request enable register Standard event register Mask the bits using the standard event enable register Extended event register Mask the bits using the extended event enable register Writing Reading from Registers The ESE command is used to set the bits in the standa
412. t setting Syntax MATH lt x gt IPOint POSition lt NRf gt gt MATH lt x gt IPOint POSition lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example MATH1 IPOINT POSITION 0 MATH1 IPOINT POSITION gt IPOINT POSITION 0 000E 00 Description This command is valid when MATH lt x gt OPERation MATHI INTegral MATH lt x gt LABel Function Queries all settings related to the label of the computed waveform Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine Function Sets the label of the computed waveform or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine lt String gt MATH lt x gt LABel DEFine x 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example MATH1 LABEL DEFINE MATH1 MATH1 LABEL DEFINE gt MATH1 LABEL DEFINE MATH1 MATH lt x gt LABel MODE Function Turns ON OFF the label display of the computed waveform or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel MODE lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt LABel MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH lt x gt OPERation Function Sets the operator or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt OPERation DA GROup lt y gt ECOunt lt NRf gt FILTer lt NRf gt INTegral lt NRf gt MINus lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MULTiple lt NRf gt lt NRf gt PLUS NRf NRf RCOunt NR NR USERdefine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt y gt 1to5 lt NRf gt 1 to 5
413. t setting Syntax HCOPy FILE SAVE C HCOPy FILE SAVE C lt String gt Up to 259 characters Example HCOPY FILE SAVE CDIRECTORY Flash Mem DIR1 DIR2 Absolute path designation HCOPY FILE SAVE CD Relative path designation HCOPY FILE SAVE CDIRECTORY A Root directory designation HCOPY FILE SAVE CDIRECTORY gt FILE SAVE CDIRECTORY Flash Mem DIR1 DIR2 DIRectory lt String gt DIRectory RECTORY DIR2 HCOPY Descriptions Data files cannot be saved to the root directory Specify a save destination drive for the current directory The following four drives are selectable Internal memory Flash Mem Network drive Network PC card Storage Card lt x gt USB storage device USB Storage lt x gt x 1 to 4 however only a total of four Storage Card and USB Storage designations are supported including partitions Sets the specified directory the current directory for saving and loading Absolute and relative path designations are possible To specify an absolute path enter a backslash at the front of the path Relative path to higher level directories is not allowed HCOPy FILE SAVE NAME Function Sets the save destination file name or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy FILE SAVE NAME Filename HCOPy FILE SAVE NAME Example HCOPY FILE SAVE NAME SAMPLE HCOPY FILE SAVE NAME HCOPY FI
414. t x gt AREA lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Queries all settings related to the waveform parameters of the measure 5 87 PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt determination AREA lt x gt TYPE GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits of the waveform parameter of the measure 5 87 PARameter MEASure TRACe lt x gt determination or queries the current setting AREA lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the XY determination 5 87 PARameter XY lt x gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the upper and lower limits integral value of the XY determination or 5 88 PARameter XY lt x gt XYINteg queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the rectangle determination 5 88 RECTangle GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the horizontal position of the rectangle used in the rectangle 5 88 RECTangle HORizontal determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x Sets the vertical position of the rectangle used in the rectangle determination 5 88 RECTangle VERTical or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Sets the source trace of the zone parameter determination or queries the 5 88 TRACe current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt Queries all settings related to the wave determination 5 88 WAVE GONogo ZPARa
415. t x gt 10r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 JUMP BACK CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the threshold level of the serial cursor or queries the current setting CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt LEVel lt x gt 10r2 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 LEVEL OV CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 LEVEL gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSORI1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 Syntax Example CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt MODE Function Turns ON OFF the serial cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt MODE x 210r2 Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 MODE ON CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 MODE gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 MODE 1 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 69 5 9 CURSor Group CURSor SERial SCURSor lt x gt POSition Function Sets the serial cursor position or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt POSition lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 POSITION 1 CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 POSITION gt CURSOR SERIAL SCURSOR1 POSITION 1 000E 00 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACE Function Sets the trace of t
416. t x gt TRENd Queries all settings related to the measurement between cursors on the 5 54 MEASure CURSor DC trend of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Turns ON OFF the measurement between cursors on the trend of the 5 54 MEASure CURSor DC STATe waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Sets the measured value between cursors on the trend of the waveform 5 54 MEASure CURSor DC VALue parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter x TRENd Turns ON OFF the trend cursor link of the waveform parameter 5 54 MEASure CURSor LINKage measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Sets the automated measurement mode of the trend of the waveform 5 54 MEASure MODE parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd Sets the vertical range of the trend of the waveform parameter measurement 5 55 VERTical or queries the current setting ANALysis XY x Queries all settings related to the XY display function 5 55 ANALysis XY x GATE Queries all settings related to the gate function of the XY display 5 55 ANALysis XY x GATE ALEVel Sets the active level of the gate of the XY display or queries the current 5 55 setting ANALysis XY x GATE Sets the hysteresis of the gate of the XY display or queries the current 5 55 HYSTeresis lt x gt setting
417. t x gt USERdefine AVERage EWEight lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2n steps MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 2 Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 Example MATH x USERdefine AVERage MODE Function Sets or queries the averaging mode for user defined computation MATH x USERdefine AVERage MODE EXPonent OFF MATH x USERdef fine AVERage MODE lt x gt 1to4 MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE EXPONENT MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE gt MATH1 USERDEFINE AVERAGE MODE EXPONENT Description The command affects MATH1 to MATH4 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 109 5 18 MATH Group MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONStant lt x gt Function Sets a user defined math constant or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONStant lt x gt lt NRf gt gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine CONStant lt x gt MATH lt x gt x 1 to 4 CONStant lt x gt x 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 0000E 31 to 1 0000E 31 MATH1 USERDEFINE CONSTANT1 1 MATH1 USERDEFINE CONSTANT1 gt USERDEFINE CONSTANT1 1 000E 00 Syntax Example MATHI MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine Function Sets a user defined math equation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine lt string gt MATH lt x gt USERdefine DEFine lt x gt 1 to 4 lt string gt 128 char
418. tation or queries the current setting ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic F REQuency lt x gt STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt x gt STATe x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE ON ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 STATE 1 Syntax Example IM DLM6054 17EN 5 45 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue Function Queries the peak frequency value of the FFT computation ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic FREQuency lt x gt VALue x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE gt ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC FREQUENCY1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis FFT lt x gt MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt x gt Function Sets the measurement range of the peak value of the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis FFT x MEASure PEAK BASic RANGe lt x gt x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of RANGe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example ANALYSIS FFT1 MEASURE PEAK BASIC RANGE1 0 1 ANALYSIS FFT1 M
419. tatus register overlap enable register HAHAHA HA oj 0 0 0 ISCH 0 HST 0 JACSJPRN 0 olo When bit 5 PRN 1 Built in printer operation not complete When bit 6 ACS 1 Access to the medium not complete When bit 8 HST 1 History search execution not complete When bit 11 SCH 1 Search execution not complete COMMunicate REMote Function Sets remote or local ON is remote mode Syntax COMMunicate REMote lt Boolean gt COMMunicate REMote Example COMMUNICATE REMOTE ON COMMUNICATE REMOTE gt COMMUNICATE REMOTE 1 Description This command is dedicated to the USB and Ethernet interface option IM DLM6054 17EN 5 63 spuewwoy 5 8 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate STATus Function Queries line specific status Syntax COMMunicate STATus Example COMMUNICATE STATUS gt COMMUNICATE STATUS 0 Description The meaning of each status bit is as follows Bit GP IB 0 Unrecoverable transmission error 1 Always 0 2 Always 0 3 or greater Always 0 For USB and Ethernet communications 0 is always returned The status bit is set when the corresponding cause occurs and cleared when it is read COMMunicate VERBose Function Sets whether to return the response to a query using full spelling example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or using abbreviation example CHAN PROB 10 or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate VERBose lt Boolean gt COMMunicate VERBose Exam
420. tax TRIGger EINTerval TRY 5 158 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 30 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval TRY MODE Function Sets the trial mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval TRY MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval TRY MODE Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL TRY MODE ON GGER EINTERVAL TRY MODE TRIGGER EINTERVAL TRY MODE 1 Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval MODE BETWeen NOTBetween TRIGger EINTerval TRY SELect Function Sets the source event of the trial mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval TRY SELect lt NRf gt Gger EINTerval TRY SELect lt NRf gt 1 or 2 GGER EINTERVAL TRY SELECT 1 GGER EINTERVAL TRY SELECT TRIGGER EINTERVAL TRY SELECT 1 Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval MODE BETWeen NOTBetween Example TR TRIGger ENHanced Function Queries all settings related to the enhanced trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern Serial Pattern Function Queries all settings related to the serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern BITRate Function Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt 1 to 50M bps Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPATTER
421. tax MEASure BIT x x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 MEASure BIT x AREA x Function Queries all settings related to each area Syntax MEASure BIT x AREA x x of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 x of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF all logic waveform parameters Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt ALL lt Boolean gt lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example MEASURE BIT1 AREA1 ALL ON MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt Function Queries all settings related to logic waveform parameters MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt lt x gt of BIT lt x gt 1 to 32 On 16 bit models you can set the x in BIT lt x gt to a value from 1 to 8 or 17 to 24 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt parameter gt AVGPeriod DELay DT DUTYcycle ENUMber FREQuency NWIDth PERiod PWIDth Syntax MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the count for continuous statistical processing of logic waveform parameters MEASure BIT lt x gt AREA lt x gt lt parameter gt COUNt lt x gt o
422. te TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the edge state trigger of the logic or queries the current 5 149 LOGic ESTate POLarity setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the edge state trigger source of the logic or queries the current setting 5 149 LOGic ESTate SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the logic serial pattern trigger of each event 5 149 LOGic SPATtern Serial Pattern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 149 LOGic SPATtern BITRate setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Clears set to don t care all patterns of the logic serial pattern trigger 5 149 LOGic SPATtern CLEar TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic serial pattern trigger 5 149 LOGic SPATtern CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or 5 149 LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries 5 150 LOGic SPATtern CLOCk POLarity the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Sets the clock trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current 5 150 LOGic SPATtern CLOCk SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x Enables disables the chip select for the logic serial analysis pattern tr
423. ted communication interfaces To control the DL6000 DLM6000 remotely using communication commands through the USB port select TMC in the menu above and carry out the procedure below You must restart the DL6000 DLM6000 to activate the TMC or Mass Storage setting Wait at least 10 seconds after you turn the power switch OFF and then turn the switch back ON Install YOKOGAWAS TMC Text and Measurement Class driver into your PC To obtain YOKOGAWA S USB TMC driver contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer or access the following USB driver page at our Web site and download it http www yokogawa com tm tm softdownload htm Only use the USB TMC driver or software provided by YOKOGAWA You cannot use keys to perform file operations when a PC is connected to the DL6000 DLM6000 and the Mass Storage setting is enabled You cannot use communication commands to perform file operations either To perform file operations you must restart the DL6000 DLM6000 after disconnecting the PC or enabling the TMC setting IM DLM6054 17EN 1 5 o2ej19ju GSN 9u Jo MalAJ9AQ Chapter 2 Overview of the Ethernet Interface Optional 2 1 Part Names and Functions Front Panel SYSTEM key Press this key to select the Ethernet or VXI 11 interface Rear Panel DL6000
424. ted to the serial cursor 5 69 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the active level of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 ACTive CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the bit length of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 BCOunt CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the bit rate of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 BITRate CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the bit order of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 BITorder CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the display format of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 FORMat CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the hysteresis of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 HYSTeresis CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt JUMP Moves the serial cursor to the specified direction 5 69 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt LEVel Sets the threshold level of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 69 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Sets the serial cursor position or queries the current setting 5 70 POSi tion CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACE Sets the trace of the serial cursor or queries the current setting 5 70 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt TRACK Jumps the serial cursor onto the zoom waveform 5 70 CURSor SERial SCURsor lt x gt Queries the measured value of the serial cursor 5
425. ternal trigger sssssss 5 168 trigger mode trigger POSION 2 exte ee rii aiaa 5 167 5 172 trigger source sssessessssssesssseeeeeeenr enne nnne 5 167 trigger source edge State ssssssssusss 5 163 trigger Source loglo onde etico tenere 5 169 trigger type wis trigger type of the V t sacose nnsa 5 157 TEM UGG NR RR RAN 5 160 U Page pper level qUOty eene Rr ren aa 4 4 USB interface es 1 2 USB interface connector retener 1 1 User Nate eerte erc e e 2 5 V Page u 5 61 vertical cursor Viela T m calculation LGM cis sitet cerit eoa eme ed Deeds delta T value rrt ree time valle creen tenter petens vertical cursor position vertical positlOn ee oerte ritenere eon vertical Sensitivity ceci teen ce tit e Eee zn dis VT cursor calculation item 5 73 time value 5 72 voltage valtie 4 ie eii ee pta 5 72 MT cursor position etre ec i t a dee Ret rele 5 72 VT waveform display sssssseeeennenes 5 48 W Page waveform acquisition mode sssseesss 5 35 waveform display COlOM ccscceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeneeeteeees 5 75 WAVSOfOFfTi gEQUD rene e ao aie waveform label waveform mapping waveform parameter automated measured value ssssssssuss 5 117 statistical value u
426. the ASCII code OAH which stands for NL can also be a code used for data Hence care must be taken when programming the controller IM DLM6054 17EN 4 7 Bulmwesboig aojag gt 4 5 Synchronization with the Controller Overlap Commands and Sequential Commands There are two types of commands overlap commands and sequential commands In the case of overlap commands the execution of the next command may start before the execution of the previous command is completed For example if the next program message is transmitted when specifying the V div value and querying the result the response always returns the most recent setting 5 V in this case CHANnell VDIV 5V VDIV PMT This is because the next command is forced to wait until the processing of CHANnell VDIV itself is completed This type of command is called a sequential command On the contrary let us assume that you send the next program message when you wish to load a file and query the V div value of the result FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASEI CHANnell VDIV In this case CHANnel11 VDIV is executed before the loading of the file is completed and the V div value that is returned is the value before the file is loaded The act of executing the next command before the processing of itself is completed such as with FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 is called an overlap operation A command that operates in this way is called an overlap
427. the auto range of the D A conversion 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA BFORmat Sets the binary format of D A conversion or queries the current setting 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA HISTory ABORt Aborts the history computation of the D A conversion 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA HISTory EXECute Executes the auto range of the D A conversion 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling Queries all settings related to the rescaling of the D A conversion 5 106 MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling AVALue Sets rescaling coefficient A of the D A conversion or queries the current 5 106 setting MATH lt x gt DA RESCaling BVALue Sets rescaling offset B of the D A conversion or queries the current setting 5 106 MATH lt x gt ECOunt Queries all settings related to the edge count computation 5 106 TH lt x gt ECOunt HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the edge detection level of the edge count computation 5 106 or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt ECOunt POLarity Sets the edge detection polarity of the edge count computation or queries 5 106 the current setting MATH lt x gt FILTer Queries all settings related to the filter 5 106 MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay Queries all settings related to the delay computation 5 106 MATH lt x gt FILTer DELay TIME Sets the delay value of the delay computation or queries the current setting 5 107 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR Queries all settings related to the IIR filter computation 5 107 MATH lt x gt FILTer IIR FORDer Sets the filter o
428. the current setting LINKage ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Sets the automated measurement mode of the histogram display of the 5 51 HISTogram MEASure MODE waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of histogram 5 51 HISTogram MEASure PARameter parameters of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turn ON OFF all histogram parameters of the waveform parameter 5 51 HISTogram MEASure PARameter ALL measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries all settings related to the histogram parameter of the waveform 5 51 HISTogram MEASure parameter measurement PARameter lt Parameter gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Turns ON OFF the histogram parameter of the waveform parameter 5 51 HISTogram MEASure measurement or queries the current setting PARameter lt Parameter gt STATe ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt Queries the measured value of the histogram parameter of the waveform 5 51 HISTogram MEASure parameter measurement PARameter lt Parameter gt VALue ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Queries all settings related to the list display of the waveform parameter 5 51 measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Queries list display items of the waveform parameter measurement 5 51 ITEM ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt LIST Sets the list display mode of the waveform parameter measurement or 5
429. the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Sets the polarity of the source waveform of the delay measurement between 5 117 DELay MEASure POLarity channels or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe x AREA x Queries all settings related to the reference waveform of the delay 5 117 DELay REFerence measurement between channels MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Sets the edge detection count of the reference waveform of the delay 5 118 DELay REFerence COUNt measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt Sets the polarity of the reference waveform of the delay measurement 5 118 M 7M M 7M ue o EASure TRACe x DPRoximal DE Sets the unit of the distal and proximal values or queries the current setting 5 118 EASure TRACe x DPRoximal RCent ws Sets the distal and proximal values as a percentage or queries the current 5 119 setting 5 22 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page MEASure TRACe lt x gt DPRoximal Sets the distal and proximal values in the specified unit or queries the current 5 119 UNIT setting MEASure TRACe x METHod Sets the method for detecting the High Low level for automated 5 119 measurement of waveform parameters or queries the cur
430. the offset voltage of the channel or queries the current setting 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt POSition Sets the vertical position of the channel or queries the current setting 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt PROBe Queries all settings related to the probe attenuation of the channel 5 61 CHANne1 lt x gt PROBe MODE Sets the probe attenuation of the channel or queries the current setting 5 61 Channal lt x gt PROBe AUTO Queries the probe attenuation of the channel when set to AUTO 5 61 CHANnel lt x gt PZCalibrate Execute the zero adjustment of the current probe of the channel 5 61 EXECute CHANnel lt x gt VDIV Sets the vertical sensitivity V div of the channel or queries the current 5 61 setting IM DLM6054 17EN spuewwog 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page CLEar Group CLEar Clears traces 5 62 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate Queries all settings related to communications 5 63 COMMunicate HEADer Sets whether to add a header to the response to a query example 5 63 CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or not add the header example 10 or queries the current setting COMMunicate LOCKout Sets or clears local lockout 5 63 COMMunicate OPSE Operation Sets the overlap command that is used by the OPC OPC and WAI 5 63 Pending Status Enable register commands or queries the current setti
431. the waveform acquisition Syntax AC Quire ACQuire AVERage Function Queries all settings related to averaging and the waveform acquisition count Syntax ACQuire AVERage ACQuire AVERage COUNt Function Sets the waveform acquisition count of averaging mode or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt NR gt ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 1024 in 2 steps Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT 2 ACQuire HRMode Function Turns ON OFF the high resolution mode or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire HRMode lt Boolean gt ACQuire HRMode Example ACQUIRE HRMODE ON ACQUIRE HRMODE gt ACQUIRE HRMODE 1 ACQuire INTERLeave Function Turns ON OFF interleave or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire INTERLeave lt Boolean gt ACQuire INTERLeave Example ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE ON ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE gt ACQUIRE INTERLEAVE 1 ACQuire MODE Function Sets the waveform acquisition mode or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire MODE AVERage ENVelope NORMal1 ACQuire MODE Example ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL ACQUIRE MODE gt ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL ACQuire REPetitive Function Turns ON OFF the repetitive sampling or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire REPetitive lt Boolean gt ACQuire REPetitive Example ACQUIRE REPETITIVE ON ACQUIRE REPETITIVE gt ACQUI
432. tings related to the cursor measurement on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor lt x gt 10r2 spuewwoy ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor ALL Function Syntax Example Turns ON OFF all histogram cursors of waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor ALL lt Boolean gt x 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR ALL ON ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C lt x gt Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the cursor measurement on the histogram of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C x x of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 49 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure CURSor C lt x gt POSition Function Sets the cursor position on the trend of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter C lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt HISTogram MEASure PARameter C lt x gt POSition lt x gt of WPARameter lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 HISTOGRAM MEASURE CURSOR C1 POSITION ON ANA
433. tion This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON Gger EINTerval NTerval x x Example T EVENT1 SPATTERN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CLOCK SOURCE Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern CS Function trigger or Syntax TRIGge J po Gge lt x gt 10r2 GGER E Example TR ON TR CS lt Boolean gt GGER E TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN Enables Disables the chip select of the serial pattern queries the current setting r EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern r EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern NTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN NTERVAL EVENT1 SPATTERN CS Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPATtern o DATA S Function Que
434. tput 5 90 HCOPy FILE FORMat Sets the file output image format or queries the current setting 5 90 HCOPy FILE SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of file output 5 90 HCOPy FILE SAVE ANAMing Sets the type of auto naming of save destination file names or queries the 5 90 current setting HCOPy FILE SAVE CDIRectory Sets the save destination directory name or queries the current setting 5 91 Change Directory HCOPy FILE SAVE NAME Sets the save destination file name or queries the current setting 5 91 HCOPy NETPrint Queries all settings related to network printer output or queries the current 5 91 setting HCOPy NETPrint TONE Sets the half tone for the network printer or queries the current setting 5 91 HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Sets the output command type for the network printer or queries the current 5 91 setting HCOPy PRINter Queries all settings related to the built in printer output 5 91 HCOPy PRINter HRMode Turns ON OFF the high resolution mode of the built in printer output or 5 91 queries the current setting IM DLM6054 17EN spueululo2 5 1 List of Commands Commnd Function Page HISTory Group STory Queries all settings related to the history function 5 92 HISTory CURRent Queries all settings related to the history function of the current
435. trigger or queries the current 5 169 setting TRIGger WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 169 WAVeform Group WAVeform Queries all information about the waveform data 5 170 WAVeform BITS Queries the bit length of the waveform data specified by WAVeform 5 170 TRACe WAVeform BYTeorder Sets the transmission order when using word format of two bytes or more or 5 170 queries the current setting WAVeform END Sets the last data point of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or 5 170 queries the current setting WAVeform FORMat Sets the format of the data to be transmitted or queries the current setting 5 170 WAVeform LENGth Queries the total number of points of the waveform specified by WAVeform 5 170 TRACe WAVeform OFFSet Queries the offset value when converting the waveform data specified by 5 170 WAVeform TRACe to physical values WAVeform POSition Queries the vertical axis position used for converting to voltage when RBYTe 5 170 is specified with WAVeform FORMat WAVeform RANGe Queries the range value when converting the waveform data specified by 5 170 WAVeform TRACe to physical values WAVeform RECord Sets the target record number for the commands in the WAVeform group or 5 171 queries the current setting WAVeform RECord MINimum Queries the minimum record number of the history of the target channel 5 171 WAVeform SEND Queries the waveform d
436. ts the latch trace for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current 5 124 LATCh TRACe setting EARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Queries all settings related to the setup for the logic serial pattern search 5 124 ETup EARch x SLOGic SPATtern Sets the bit rate for the logic serial pattern search or queries the current 5 125 Tup BITRate setting EARch x SLOGic SPATtern Clears Don t care all patterns of the logic serial pattern search 5 125 Tup CLEar EARch x SLOGic SPATtern Queries all settings related to the data for the logic serial pattern search 5 125 ETup DATA EARch x SLOGic SPATtern Sets the active trace level of the data for the logic serial pattern search or 5 125 ETup DATA ACTive queries the current setting EARch x SLOGic SPATtern Sets the trace of the data for the logic serial pattern search or queries the 5 125 up DATA TRACe current setting EARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern search in hexadecimal notation 5 125 up HEXA ARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern search in binary notation or 5 125 SETup PATTern queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe Queries all settings related to the logic state search 5 125 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT Queries all settings related to the bits of the logic state search 5 126 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT A lt _ Sets the truth conditions for each bit of
437. tself from the controller if it is not accessed for the period of time that you specify using the timeout value TCP IP To use the Ethernet interface you must specify the following TCP IP settings IP address Subnet mask Default gateway For details on how to specify these settings see section 14 2 Setting Up the TCP IP in the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual IM DLM6054 01EN Note The DL6000 DLM6000 terminates the connection if there is an error in the user authentication process You do not need to enter a password when the user name is set to anonymous 2 6 IM DLM6054 17EN Chapter 3 Overview of the GP IB Interface 3 1 Part Names and Functions Front Panel ZZ DS CYOKOGAWA 4 aaagoaooee WO OE WZ AON Rear Panel Coe O Ko lo WOW DL6000 SHIFT CLEAR key Press this key to clear the remote mode controlled via communications and enter the local mode in which key operations are enabled However this act is invalid if the instrument has been set to Local Lockout mode see page 3 3 by the controller A WARNING WE E CAUTION 2E a e
438. ttings related to the bundle of the logic group Syntax LOGic GROup lt x gt BUND1le lt x gt 11t05 LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example LOGic Function Syntax Example GROup x BUND1le FORMat Sets the display format bus display of the bundled value of the logic group or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle FORMat BINary HEXa SYMBol LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle FORMat lt x gt 1to5 LOGIC GROUP1 BUNDLE FORMAT HEXA LOGIC GROUP1 BUNDLE FORMAT gt ROUP1 BUNDLE FORMAT HEXA LOGIC Q GROup lt x gt BUNDle MODE Sets the bundle mode of the logic group or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle MODE lt Boolean gt LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle MODE lt x gt 1to5 LOGIC GROUP1 BUNDLE MODE ON LOGIC GROUP1 BUNDLE MODE gt GROUP1 BUNDLE MODE 1 spuewwoy LOGIC GROup lt x gt BUNDle SYMBol Sets the symbol item of the bundle value of each logic group LOGic GROup lt x gt BUNDle SYMBol lt string gt lt Boolean gt x 21to05 lt string gt 16 characters or fewer LOGIC GROUP1 BUNDLE SYMBOL TEST ON GROup lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the display of the logic group or queries the current setting LOGic GROup lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt LOGic GROup lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1to5 LOGIC G
439. ty Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern LATCh POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command is valid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON This command is invalid when SEARch lt x gt SPATtern LATCh TRACe NONE Example 5 128 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 21 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SPATtern LATCh TRACe Function Sets the latch trace of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern LATCh TRACe lt NRf gt NONE SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern LATCh TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH TRACE gt SEARCH1 SPATTERN LATCH TRACE 1 Description This command is valid when SEARch x SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup Function Queries all settings related to setup of the serial pattern search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt SPATtern SETup BITRate Function Sets the bit rate of the serial pattern search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPATtern SETup BITRate lt NRf gt SEARC
440. unction Queries the time of the source record number of the reference waveform Syntax HISTory REFerence lt x gt TIME lt NRf gt MINimum lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY REFERENCE1 TIME 1 gt HISTORY REFERENCE1 TIME 1 10 20 30 10 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number 5 100 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 15 IMAGe Group IMAGe Function Queries all settings related to the output of screen image data Syntax IMAGe IMAGe FORMat Function Sets the output format of the screen image data or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe FORMat BMP JPEG PNG IMAGe FORMat Example IMAGE FORMAT BMP IMAGE FORMAT gt IMAGE FORMAT BMP IMAGe SEND Function Queries the screen image data Syntax IMAGe SEND Example IMAGE SEND gt 6 number of bytes 6 digits data byte sequence block data Description For details on Block data see page 4 6 IMAGe TONE Function Sets the tone of the screen image data or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe TONE COLor GRAY OFF REVerse IMAGe TONE Example IMAGE TONE COLOR IMAGE TONE IMAGE TONE COLOR Description If IMAGe FORMat JPEG is specified OFF cannot be selected IM DLM6054 17EN 5 101 spuewwoy 5 16 INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Function Execute the initialization Syntax INITialize EXECute Example INITIALIZE EXECUTE INITialize UNDO
441. unction Sets the source trace of the marker cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt OFF CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt TRACe lt x gt 1to4 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 TRACE 1 CURSOR MARKER CM1 TRACE gt MARKER CM1 TRACE 1 CURSOR CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V Function Queries all settings related to the voltage measurement of the marker cursor Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V lt x gt 1 to 4 CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V STATe Function Turns ON OFF the voltage measurement of the maker cursor or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V STATe lt Boolean gt CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V STATe lt x gt 1to4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 V STATE ON CURSOR MARKER CM1 V STATE gt MARKER CM1 V STATE 1 CURSor CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V VALue Function Queries the voltage value at the marker cursor position Syntax CURSor MARKer CM lt x gt V VALue lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR MARKER CM1 V VALUE gt CURSOR MARKER CM1 V VALUE 0 000E 00 CURSor MARKer FORM Function Sets the marker cursor form or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor MARKer FORM LINE MARK CURSor MARKer FORM Example CURSOR MARKER FORM LINE CURSOR MARKER FORM gt CURSOR MARKER FORM LINE CURSor SERial Function Queries all settings related to the
442. unication Command 100 199 100 199 200 299 300 398 400 499 Details given below Code Messages Corrective Action Reference Page 102 Syntax error Invalid syntax Chapter 4 5 103 Invalid separator Use a comma to separate the data 4 1 104 Data type error Write using the correct data form 4 6 to 4 7 105 GET not allowed GET is not supported for responses to interface messages 3 6 108 Parameter not allowed Check the number of data points 4 6 Chapter 5 109 Missing parameter Enter the required data 4 6 Chapter 5 111 Header separator error Use a space to separate the header and data 4 1 112 Program mnemonic too long Check the mnemonic alphanumerical character string Chapter 5 113 Undefined header Check the header 4 4 Chapter 5 114 Header suffix out of range Check the header 4 4 Chapter 5 120 Numeric data error A number is required in the lt NRf gt form 4 6 123 Exponent too large Use a smaller exponent for lt NR3 gt format 4 6 Chapter 5 124 Too many digits The value must be less than equal to 255 digits 4 6 Chapter 5 128 Numeric data not allowed Enter in a format other than lt NRf gt format 4 6 Chapter 5 131 Invalid suffix Check the unit of the Voltage Time Frequency and 4 6 Current 134 Suffix too long Check the unit of the Voltage Time Frequency and 4 6 Current 138 Suffix
443. ure according to the step numbers All procedures are written with inexperienced users in mind experienced users may not need to carry out all the steps I 4elr lar titelay This section describes the setup items and the limitations regarding the procedures Notation of User Controls Operation Soft Key Names and Menu Items Set in Boldface Boldface type indicates the names of user controlled operation keys on the instrument panel and soft key items and menu items displayed on screen SHIFT Panel Key The SHIFT Panel key means you will press the SHIFT key to turn ON the indicator of SHIFT key and then press the panel key The menu marked in purple above the pressed key appears on the screen Unit k Denotes 1000 Example 100 kS s sample rate K Denotes 1024 Example 720 KB file data size Symbols Used in the Syntax The following table indicates symbols that are used in the syntax mainly in chapters 4 and 5 These symbols are referred to as BNF Backus Naur Form symbols For details on the data see pages 4 5 and 4 6 Symbol Meaning Example Example of Input lt gt Defined value CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 CHANNEL2 Select from values given in COUPling AC DC DC50 GND COUPLING AC Exclusive OR Can be omitted TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe TRIGger SLOPe IM DLM6054 17EN Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 How to Use This M nual
444. urned in response to a single program message Program Messages The program message format is shown below O lt Program message unit gt lt PMT gt lt Program Message Unit gt A program message consists of zero or more program message units each unit corresponds to one command The instrument executes the received commands in order Each program message unit is separated by a semicolon For details regarding the format of the program message unit see the next section Example ACQuire MODE NORMAL HRMode 1 lt PMT gt Unit Unit lt PMT gt PMT is a program message terminator The following three types are available NL New Line Same as LF Line Feed ASCII code OAH EOM The END message as defined by USBTMC The data byte that is sent simultaneously with the END message is the last data of the program message NL EOM NL with an END message added NL is not included in the program message Program Message Unit Format The program message unit format is shown below Program data 2 Program header T Space lt Program Header gt The program header indicates the command type For details see page 4 3 lt Program Data gt If certain conditions are required in executing a command program data is added A space ASCII code 20H separates the program data from the header If there are multiple
445. ved to the internal 5 78 DATE lt x gt memory FILE INTernal STORe SETup Executes the saving of the setup data to the internal memory This is an 5 78 EXECute overlap command FILE INTernal STORe SETup Turns ON OFF the read only attribute of the setup data in the internal 5 78 LOCK lt x gt memory or queries the current setting FILE LOAD Queries all settings related to the loading of files on the specified storage 5 78 medium FILE LOAD BINary ZPOLYGON ZWA Queries all settings related to the loading of specific data 5 78 Ve FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup Aborts the loading of specific data 5 78 SNAP SYMBol ZPOLygon ZWAVe ABORt FILE LOAD BINary MASK SETup Executes the loading of specific data This is an overlap command 5 78 SNAP SYMBol ZPOLygon ZWAVe EXECute FILE LOAD BINary REFerence Sets the load destination of the binary data or queries the current setting 5 78 FILE LOAD ZPOLygon ZWAVe Sets the load destination of the zone data of specific data or queries the 5 78 ZONE current setting FILE SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of data 5 78 FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BI Queries all settings related to the saving of specific data 5 79 Nary FFT FLOat SBUS ZWAVe FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BI Aborts the save operation of specific data 5 79 Nary FFT FLOat SETup SBUS SNAP WPARameter ZWAVe ABORt FILE SAVE AHIStogram ASCii BI Executes the saving of specific
446. w data are stored in order and read from the oldest ones first The output queue is emptied in the following cases in addition to when read out is performed When a new message is received from the controller When a deadlock occurs see page 5 2 When a device clear command DCL or SDC is received When the instrument is power cycled The output queue cannot be emptied using the CLS command To see whether the output queue is empty or not check bit 4 MAV of the status byt D2 D1 D1 D2 D1 Error Queue The error queue stores the error No and message when an error occurs For example if the controller sends an incorrect program message the error number and message 113 Undefined header are stored in the error queue when the error is displayed The STATus ERRor query can be used to read the contents of the error queue As with the output queue the messages are read from the oldest ones first When the error queue overflows the last message is replaced by the message 350 Queue overflow The error queue is also cleared for the following cases When a CLS command is received When the instrument is power cycled To see whether the error queue is empty or not check bit 2 EAV of the status byte IM DLM6054 17EN Appendix Appendix 1 ASCII Character Codes The following table shows the ASCII character codes
447. waveform 5 92 CH1 to 4 M1 to 8 HISTory CURRent DISPlay Sets the start number and end number of the display record of the history 5 92 waveform or queries the current setting HISTory CURRent DMODe Sets the display mode of the history waveform or queries the current setting 5 92 Display Mode HISTory CURRent MODE Sets the highlight display mode of the history waveform or queries the 5 92 current setting HISTory CURRent RECord Sets the target record of the history waveform or queries the current setting 5 92 HISTory CURRent RECord Queries the minimum record number of the history waveform 5 92 MINimum HISTory CURRent REPLay Queries all settings related to the replay function of the history function 5 92 HISTory CURRent REPLay JUMP Jumps the history waveform to the specified record number 5 92 HISTory CURRent REPLay SPEed Sets the replay speed of the history waveform or queries the current setting 5 92 HISTory CURRent REPLay STARt Starts the replay of the history waveform in the specified direction 5 93 HISTory CURRent REPLay STOP Stops the replay of the history waveform 5 93 HISTory CURRent SEARch Queries all settings related to the history search function 5 93 HISTory CURRent SEARCh Aborts the history search 5 93 ABORt HISTory CURRent SEARCh Executes the history search This is an overlap command 5 93 EXECute HISTory CURRent SEARch Sets the history
448. when bit 0 of the condition register changes from 1 to 0 The STATus EESE the status The STATus E extended The SRI STATus EESE 1 F ESR SRE 8 TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Read the response to S1 Wait for a service request l ATus FE ESR WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt The STATus FILTerl FALL command sets byte ESR command is event register E 8 command is used to 1 command is used to reflect only bit 0 of the extended event register to used to clear the generate a Burmwesboig aojag gt service request solely on the cause of the extended event register The WAVeform SI END command is not executed until a service request is generated Using the COMMunicate WAIT Command The COMMunicate WAIT command halts communications until a specific event is generated Example For a description of STATus FIL and STATus EESR see the previous section STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESR TRIGger MODE SINGlIe PMT Read the response to STATus EESR COMMunicate WAIT 1 WAVeform SEND PMT rerl FALL regarding the extended event register The COMMunicate WAIT 1 command indicates that the program will wait for bit O of the extended event register to be set to 1 The WAVeform Sl
449. width trigger 5 166 TRIGger LOGic WIDTh MODE Sets the determination mode of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the 5 166 current setting TRIGger LOGic WIDTh POLarity Sets the polarity of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current setting 5 167 TRIGger LOGic WIDTh SOURce Sets the trigger source of the logic pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 167 setting TRIGger LOGic WIDTh TIME lt x gt Sets the logic pulse width of the pulse width trigger or queries the current 5 167 setting TRIGger MODE Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting 5 167 TRIGger POSition Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting 5 167 TRIGger SCOunt Single N Sets the number of times the trigger is to be activated when the trigger mode 5 167 Count is Single N or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce Queries all settings related to the trigger source 5 167 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Queries all settings related to the channel of the trigger source 5 167 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the trigger coupling of the channel or queries the current setting 5 167 COUPling TRIGger SOURce Sets the low pass filter HF rejection of the channel or queries the current 5 167 CHANnel lt x gt HFRejection setting HighFrequencyREJECTION TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the hysteresis of the channel or queries the current setting 5 168 HYSTeresis 5 32 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 1 List of Co
450. x x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC C1 STATE ON ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC Cl STATE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC C1 STATE 1 Example ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of the cursor of the accumulated histogram ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic C lt x gt VALue Syntax x of AHIStogram lt x gt 1 or 2 x of C lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC Cl VALUE gt ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC C1 VALUE 1 000E 00 Example 5 36 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC Function Queries all settings related to measured values between cursors of the accumulated histogram Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC lt x gt 10r2 ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC STATe Function Turns ON OFF the measured values between cursors of the accumulated histogram or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC STATe lt Boolean gt ANALysis AHIStogram lt x gt MEASure CURSor BASic DC STATe lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS AHISTOGRAM1 MEASURE CURSOR BASIC DC STATE
451. x TRENd lt x gt 10r2 Syntax 5 52 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 3 ANALysis Group ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd ASCale EXECute Function Executes the auto scaling of the trend display of the waveform parameter measurement ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd ASCale EXECute lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND ASCALE EXECUTE Syntax Example ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge Function Sets the target window for trend display of measured waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HRANge MAIN Z1 Z2 ANALysis WPARametercx TRENd HRANge 10r2 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETERI TREND HRANGE MAIN ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND HRANGE gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND HRANGE MAIN lt x gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan Function Sets the horizontal span of the trend display of the waveform parameter measurement or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan lt NR gt ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd HSPan lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000 Example ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN 1 ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN gt ANALYSIS WPARAMETER1 TREND HSPAN 1 ANALysis WPARameter lt x gt TRENd MEASure Function Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of the trend display of the waveform parameter measuremen
452. x TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern BITRate lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern BITRate lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 50M bps Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN BITRATE 1 000E 00 Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE OFF Oo o 3 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic 3 SPATtern CLEar a Function Clears set to don t care all patterns of the logic 9 serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLEar x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLEAR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock for the logic serial pattern trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk x2 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE Function Enables disables the clock for the logic serial analysis pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK MODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN CLOCK
453. x 2 IM DLM6054 17EN R Page read onlyos ien sinere ctt cepe te ee tr ipee ur des T 5 78 rear ON Me ne 2 1 record length 5 35 rectangle search REFerence group 4 usine m EE Remote Goritrol rrr eret tren tle remote control repetitive sampling response RESPONSE dala ace cinerea te ker EEUU 4 2 response message an epe pec ae ORE a 4 1 S Page sample rate wee 5 143 5 172 scaling Mode a otc ert eter Bien cete tree pun 5 108 search function iore seri 5 121 clock trace 3 detection Con rrr nne rmt enn 5 122 detection waveform number eesssss 5 122 hold off detectioh rer mene 5 122 polarity of the clock channel sssssssss 5 121 search logic 2 SKIP MOOG mete EL saneeraxencsdpsategades P ESEESE SEARCH group ert rete eee tee pee search source trace rte 5 130 search start position esa rte tds 5 130 search type zi sequential command sssssssssseeeeeeeennn 4 8 serial cursor active level cte rn ren 5 68 bit length bit rate TIU ez To ITEAN O ERE REN RE RR EET 5 70 display formal ania a 5 69 hysteresis measured value cde ten 5 70 ACC ces M 5 70 serial cursotr POSUWON ie ccsec gwar cnc ec n tps 5 70 serial pattern search grum 5 129 Chip Select uit ee et er cosi e ret p ca d eee
454. x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of FREQuency lt x gt 1 or 2 Frequency See the DL6000 DLM6000 User s Manual Example GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY1 0 1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY1 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK FREQUENCY1 1 000E 00 0 000E 00 GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the upper and lower limits of the peak voltage of the FFT determination or queries the current setting GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt PARameter FFT lt x gt PEAK V lt x gt lt x gt of SELect lt x gt 1 to 4 x of FFT lt x gt 1 or 2 x of V lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 4 to 4 div GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 1 2 GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 gt GONOGO ZPARAMETER SELECT1 PARAMETER FFT1 PEAK V1 2 000E 00 1 000E 00 Oo GONogo ZPARameter SELect lt x gt S PARameter MEASure 3 Function Queries all settings related to the determination using a o Syntax automated measurement of waveform parameters measure determination GONogo ZPARameter SELect x PARameter MEASure x 1 to 4 GONogo ZPARamet
455. x gt 1 or 2 MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt Function Syntax Example Sets the edge detection count of the source waveform of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt NRf MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 10 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY MEASURE COUNT 1 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 1 MEASure TRACe x AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity Function Syntax Example Sets the polarity of the source waveform of the delay measurement between channels or queries the current setting MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity FALL RISE MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay MEASure POLarity x of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt of AREA lt x gt 1 or 2 MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY MEASURE POLARITY RISE MEASURE TRACE1 AREA DELAY MEASURE POLARITY gt MEASURE TRACE1 AREA1 DELAY MEASURE POLARITY RISE MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DELay REFerence Function Syntax Queries all settings related to the reference waveform of the delay measurement between channels MEASure TRACe lt x gt AREA lt x gt DEL
456. x gt LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the latch trace of the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh POLarity x 210r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH POLARITY FALL Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce DONTcare TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce Function Sets the latch trace for the logic serial pattern trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt DONTcare TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern LATCh SOURce x 210r2 y 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENTI LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPATTERN LATCH SOURCE AO Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt x LOGic SPATtern CLOCk MODE ON On 16 bit models
457. xample FILE SAVE ZWAVE ZONE 1 FILE SAVE ZWAVE ZONE gt FILE SAVE ZWAVE ZONE 1 5 80 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 12 GONogo Group GONogo Function Queries all settings related to GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo GONogo ABORt Function Aborts the GO NO GO determination Syntax GONogo ABORt Example GONOGO ABORT GONogo ACTion Function Queries all settings related to the action taken when the determination result is NO GO and the criteria values Syntax GONogo ACTion GONogo ACTion BUZZer Function Sets whether to sound a buzzer when the determination result is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion BUZZer Boolean GONogo ACTion BUZZer Example GONOGO ACTION BUZZER ON GONOGO ACTION BUZZER GONOGO ACTION BUZZER 1 GONogo ACTion HCOPy Function Sets whether to print the screen image on the printer when the determination result is NO GO or queries the current setting Syntax GONogo ACTion HCOPy lt Boolean gt GONogo ACTion HCOPy Example GONOGO ACTION HCOPY ON GONOGO ACTION HCOPY gt GONOGO ACTION HCOPY 1 GONogo ACTion MATL Function Queries all settings related to the mail transmission when the determination is NO GO Syntax GONogo ACTion MAIL Example GONOGO ACTION MAIL gt GONOGO ACTION MAIL INTERVAL 10 MODE 1 GONogo ACTion MATL INTerval Function Sets the interval at which to send mail when th
458. xample SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP DATA TRACE AO Description On 16 bit models you can only select A lt x gt C lt x gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup o HEXA 3 Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern search in 3 hexadecimal notation a Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup o HEXA string x 210r2 lt string gt combination of up to 32 characters 0 F and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP HEXA ABCD SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup PATTern Function Sets the pattern of the logic serial pattern search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch x SLOGic SPATtern SETup PATTern lt string gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPATtern SETup PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt string gt combination of up to 128 characters 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN 1100110111101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPATTERN SETUP PATTERN 1100110111101111 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe Function Queries all settings related to the logic state search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic STATe lt x gt 10r2 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 125 5 24 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic STATe BIT Function Queries all settings related to the bits of th
459. xample TELECOMTEST MMODE ON TELECOMTEST MMODE gt TELECOMTEST MMODE 1 TELecomtest TRACe Function Sets the source trace of the mask test or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest TRACe lt NRf gt TELecomtest TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example TELECOMTEST TRACE 1 TELECOMTEST TRACE gt TELECOMTEST TRACE 1 TELecomtest TRANge Time Range Function Sets the measurement range of the mask test or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest TRANge NRf NRf TELecomtest RANge lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example TELECOMTEST TRANGE 5 0 TELECOMTEST TRANGE gt TELECOMTEST TRANGE 0 000E 00 5 000E 00 TELecomtest WINDow Function Sets the measurement source window of the mask test or queries the current setting Syntax TELecomtest WINDow MAIN Z1 22 TELecomtest WINDow Example TELECOMTEST WINDOW MAIN TELECOMTEST WINDOW gt TELECOMTEST WINDOW MAIN 5 142 IM DLM6054 17EN 5 29 TIMebase Group TIMebase Function Queries all settings related to the time base Syntax TIMebase Example TIMEBASE gt TIMEBASE TDIV 1 000E 06 TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate or queries the current setting Syntax TIMebase SRATe Example TIMEBASE SRATE gt TIMEBASE SRATE 125 0E 06 TIMebase TDIV Function Sets the T div value or queries the current setting Syntax TIMebase TDIV lt Time gt TIMebase TDIV

Communication Interface - Electro

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents